Electrical Specs-00f1 - Fire Station

Saudi Aramco 2616-ENG (03/99)
PMT OPRNS
SMK
SAUDI ARABIAN OIL COMPANY
AAG SMK
THIS DRAWING AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN ARE THE SOLE PROPERTY OF SAUDI ARAMCO. NO REPRODUCTION IN FULL OR IN PART SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM THIS DOCUMENT WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF ITS OWNER.
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
REZ
MAS
MAS
Date Revision Remarks

ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION

DESCRIPTION
10/27/16 00
1.01 from Section 26 05 26 was revised to

12/01/16 00F1
include Scope of work items.
2.02 3 from Section 26 05 29 was revised to

12/01/16 00F1
delete waived standard SAES-104.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
12/01/16 00F1 1.07 from section 26 05 43 was deleted

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
3.01 from section 26 24 16 was revised to

12/01/16 00F1 change Ground fault circuit interrupt devices to
NO.
REV
00
residual current devices.

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER Section 26 41 13 was revised to include only
ANP
using of Stranded Bare Copper Conductors and
DATE:
12/1/16 12/01/16 00F1 using steel rebars as down condutors.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
SMK
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
APPROVAL/CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS,
00F1
THIS INDICATES THAT REV. NO.__________
REVISION CERTIFICATE
OF THIS DRAWING IS COVERED, FOR ALL
BY DRAWING COMPLETION CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
B CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS - ELECTRICAL DWG.TYPE PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. SHT.NO. REV.NO.
SOUTH DHAHRAN HOME OWERSHIP PROJECTS - SCHOOLS DOC 2

A18 A DE-D20114
SOUTH DHAHRAN HOME OWNERSHIP AJYAL OF 00F1
DHAHRAN SAUDI ARABIA EWO: 28-00014-0002 203
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
REZ
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MAS
MAS
26 05 00 - BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS........................................................................................ 4

26 05 19 - LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES .................................. 23
26 05 26 – GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS .................................................. 30
26 05 29 – HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELCTRICAL SYETEMS ...................................................... 37
26 05 33 - RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ......................................................... 45
26 05 36 - CABLE TRAYS ............................................................................................................................. 60

26 05 39 - CABLE TRUNKING ...................................................................................................................... 67
DESCRIPTION
26 05 43 - UNDERGROUND DUCTS & RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ................................ 77

26 05 53 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ....................................................................... 84
26 05 73 - OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES ................................................................................. 89
26 24 13 - SWITCHBOARDS ........................................................................................................................ 96
26 24 16 - PANEL BOARDS ........................................................................................................................ 109
26 27 13 - ELECTRICITY METERING ........................................................................................................ 116
26 27 26 - WIRING DEVICES ...................................................................................................................... 120
26 28 16 - ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS ............................................................... 128
26 29 13 - ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS .................................................................................................... 138
26 29 23 - VARIABLE FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS ................................................................ 145
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
26 41 13 - LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURES ..................................................................... 156

26 43 13 - TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION FOR LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER
CIRCUITS .................................................................................................................................................... 161
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
26 50 00 - LIGHTING ................................................................................................................................... 168

26 51 16 – FLUORESCENT INTERIOR LIGHTING .................................................................................... 178
26 51 19 – LED INTERIOR LIGHTING ........................................................................................................ 178
NO.
REV
00
26 51 23 – HID INTERIOR LIGHTING......................................................................................................... 178

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
26 52 19 – EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING ........................................................................................ 185
ANP 26 56 13 - POLES AND STANDARDS ........................................................................................................ 190
DATE:
12/1/16 26 56 68 - EXTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES ............................................................................................ 198
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
SMK
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
REZ
26 05 00 - BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

MAS
MAS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. This Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements for

electrical installations in SAUDI ARAMCO facilities.
DESCRIPTION
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with all applicable Codes and Standards including,
but not limited to, those listed below:
SBC 401 Saudi Building Code – Volume 4

SASO Saudi Arabian Standards Organization
SEC Distribution Materials Specification (56-SDMS-03) Rev.01
SEC SDCS-02 Construction Standard for Underground Networks
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
– Parts 1 thru 7.
SEC 31-SDMS-02 REV.02 Specification for Low Voltage
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
Distribution Pillars.
SEC 40-SDMS-02 REV.02A & 02B Electronic Kilo-Watt-Hour
Meters.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
SEC 42-SDMS-01 specifications for fiber glass reinforced
ENGINEER
ANP
polyester meter boxes.
12/1/16
SEC SDCS-03 Distribution network grounding (Parts 1 to 3).
DATE:
PROJECT
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission
ENGINEER
EIA Electrical Industries Association (EIA).
MAS
12/1/16
IBC International Building Code 2009 without references to the
DATE:
CERTIFIED
National Electrical Code.
REZ NFPA-70 National Electrical Code (for Emergency System only).
12/1/16 NFPA National Fire Protection Association (Emergency, Fire alarm
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION and Lightning Protection only).
AGENCY
AAG IES Illuminating Engineering Society of North America.
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
SAES SAUDI ARAMCO Engineering Standards, (except : SAES-P-
SMK 101, SAES-P-104, SAES-P-111, SAES-P-113, SAES-P-121,
12/1/16
SAES-P-123.)
DATE:
SAMSS SAUDI ARAMCO Material System Specifications
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
B. For detailed list of Codes and Standards, refer to the appropriate Specification
EDSD
sections.
DATE:
BY:
1.03 DEFINITIONS
00F1
A. For purposes of these Specifications the following definitions apply:

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
1. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical, electrical and IT equipment

rooms, furred spaces, pipe chases, unconditioned spaces immediately below

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces,.

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
2. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include

finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms.
MAS
MAS
3. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to

outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include
rooftop locations.
4. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from
physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and
in chases.
5. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from
DESCRIPTION
weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to

outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations in vehicle
service tunnels.
1.04 WORK INCLUDED
A. Work includes but is not limited to the following systems, equipment, and
services:
1. All work associated with the containment of the incoming electrical service
from substation, coordination, seals and provision within the main panel
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
board and/or switchboard (as described on the drawings).

2. Electric service, switchboards and Utility Company electric metering
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
provisions.
3. 50mm conduit for fiber cable to SEC meter from distribution substation for
buildings, to SEC standards.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
4. Switchboards, Distribution, and panel boards for lighting and power, including
ENGINEER final wiring to circuit breakers and lighting control relays.
ANP
12/1/16
5. Feeders, bus duct, sub feeders, and branch circuiting for light, power and
DATE:
PROJECT
control wiring, including connections to all service switchboards, distribution
ENGINEER switchboards, transfer switches, panel boards, transformers, mechanical
MAS
distribution panels, motor starter groups, motor control equipment,
12/1/16
DATE: disconnect devices, outlets, motors and equipment included in these
CERTIFIED
REZ Specifications or indicated on the drawings.
12/1/16 6. Furnishing and installation of lighting equipment, lighting fixtures, lamps,
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
contactors, lighting control systems, etc.
AGENCY
AAG
7. Installation and testing of lighting equipment and controls.
12/1/16
8. Telecommunications empty cable containment system.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
9. A complete electrical grounding/earthing system.
SMK
10. Lightning protection system
12/1/16
11. Testing and Balancing Loads. Installation and wiring of individual motor
DATE:
controllers and mechanical distribution panels, including variable speed
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
drives provided mechanical and wired by electrical.

12. Connection of all motors, equipment, interlocks, safety devices, and other
EDSD
components including all motor controllers and variable speed drives.

DATE:
13. Furnishing and installing equipment interlock wiring not provided by the
BY:
Building Management System (BMS).

14. Labor and/or standby assistance in commissioning the control and

00F1
instrumentation systems provided with Building Management Specification.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
15. Wiring and connection to conveying systems, such as elevator equipment

being provided under other Divisions.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
16. Final connection of all equipment furnished under other Divisions and/or by
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
Saudi Aramco unless specified otherwise.

17. Removal of the protective coverings on the lighting fixtures when required.
MAS
MAS
18. Miscellaneous items as required for complete and functioning systems as

specified herein or as noted on the drawings.
19. Provide all excavation and back-fill required for Division 26 Work.
20. Supports, vibration isolation and seismic restraint devices.
21. Furnish and set all sleeves complete with seals and firestops as specified
herein and as required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction for the passage
of conduit, etc. through structural steel, decking, masonry and concrete walls
DESCRIPTION
and floors, drywall construction, any other rated construction assembly, and
elsewhere as will be required for the proper protection of each raceway and
busduct passing through a wall, floor, etc. Coordinate the work with the work
of other Trades in order to properly expedite and perform the work. Furnish
shop drawings showing the size and location of all required holes through
the concrete floors and walls.
22. Participate in and assist in the testing, operation and commissioning of all
electrically powered equipment as required during the performance testing
and startup of the work of other Sections.
23. Instruments as required for operating and testing the various systems shall
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
be furnished and installed complete as specified herein.

24. Operation and maintenance of the entire installation and complete printed or
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
typed instruction booklets shall be provided covering maintenance,

operation, and adjustment of each piece of equipment.
25. Complete all tests required by rules and regulations of Authorities Having
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
Jurisdiction and prepare, complete and file all forms, tabulations, plans,
ENGINEER including controlled inspections, pertinent thereto with the referenced
ANP
12/1/16
authorities and accomplish such work with qualified personnel, where so
DATE:
PROJECT
required. Patching or replace all fireproofing if it is damaged or removed
ENGINEER during the installation of the Electrical Work.
MAS
26. Furnish access doors in general construction.
12/1/16
DATE: 27. Power and empty cable containment system for the security system.
CERTIFIED
REZ 28. Power and empty cable containment systems, for the telecommunication
12/1/16 systems.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
29. All associated electrical work related to Outdoor lighting
AGENCY
AAG
30. Fire alarm and detection system.
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
B. Builders Work In Connection With Electrical Services Installation
SMK
1. The Contractor is required to detail all builders work requirements in
12/1/16
connection with the electrical services installation. This shall include the
DATE:
following:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
a. Lifting beams
b. Holes/openings in structural elements
EDSD
c. Holes/openings in non-structural elements

DATE:
d. Chases for concealment of buried services

BY:
e. Main services entries into buildings

f. Details for cast/set in cable containment/service outlet boxes in structural

00F1
and non-structural elements.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
g. Details of cast/set in anchors etc. for fixings

h. Below ground trenches

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
i. Boxes/plinths for large items of plant

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
j. Requirements associated with lightning protection

2. The above list is not exhaustive and is provided for general guidance of the
MAS
MAS
Contractor only. The Contractor shall provide details of all builders work
required for the electrical installation.
3. The Contractor shall ensure that the fire integrity of any building element
which is affected by the electrical installation is made good using proprietary
products as detailed in specifications and drawings.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
DESCRIPTION
A. Submit detailed and fully coordinated and dimensioned shop drawings showing
all containment routes and equipment. The Electrical Rooms shall be detailed to
with large- scale (minimum 1:50) layout shop drawings.
B. Submit manufacturer’s data, shop drawings and samples as noted of all

proposed equipment including but not limited to the following:
1. Switchboards
2. Cable Identification Tags (include sample)
3. Disconnect switches
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
4. Current Transformers.
5. Circuit Breakers.
6. Wires and Cables (include sample).
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
7. Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor.

8. Fuses.
NO.
REV
00
9. Switches.
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 10. Lighting Control System.
ANP
11. Equipment/Devices Name Plates (include sample).
12/1/16
DATE: 12. Power Sockets (include sample).
PROJECT
ENGINEER 13. Lightning Protection System.
MAS
14. Panelboards.
12/1/16
DATE: 15. Fireproofing (include sample).
CERTIFIED
REZ 16. Cable tray and Fittings.
12/1/16
17. Cable Supports (include sample).
DATE:
18. Metering System.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 19. Busways.
AAG
20. Fire alarm and detection system.
12/1/16
DATE: 21. Earthing Equipment.
OPERATIONS
22. Seismic Restraint Systems.
SMK
23. Uninterrupted Power Supply System.
12/1/16
DATE: 24. Mechanical Distribution Panels.
CONTROL NUMBER
25. Vibration Isolation Devices.

VERIFICATION
26. Lamps.
EDSD
27. Floor Boxes and Junction Boxes.

DATE:
28. Wiring Devices (include sample).

BY:
29. Emergency Lighting System.

30. Conduit & Fittings.

00F1
31. Switch plates (include sample).

(DCC) NO. _____________________
32. Socket Plates (include sample).

28-00014-0002-0001
33. Nameplates (include sample).


A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
C. Submit maintenance manuals which shall include the following information for
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
equipment items:
MAS
MAS
1. Description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations,

performance curves, engineering data and tests, and complete
nomenclature and commercial numbers of replacement parts.
2. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include startup, break-in,

and routine and normal operating instructions; regulation, control, stopping,

shutdown, and emergency instructions; and summer and winter operating
DESCRIPTION
instructions.
3. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and

troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and
adjusting instructions.
4. Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules.
D. Submit design and coordination of access requirements to electrical services to

include requirements for walkways including ladders stair/handrails etc.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
E. Submit certified test reports and establish final trip setting by carrying out a
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
protection co-ordination study of overcurrent and overload devices as required by

the Specifications or the Contract Drawings.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
F. Prior to commissioning, the contractor shall submit blank site test reports for
ENGINEER comment for all equipment that is to be tested. Prior to Final Acceptance, the
ANP
12/1/16
following data shall be furnished to Saudi Aramco:
DATE:
PROJECT
1. Record Drawings.
ENGINEER 2. Coordination Drawings
MAS
3. Operation and Maintenance Manuals
12/1/16
DATE: 4. Manufacturer’s Data of the equipment and devices installed
CERTIFIED
REZ 5. Completed and signed site test reports.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
A. All workmen performing under this Division shall be skilled workers of the
12/1/16
DATE: trade involved. Where specialty work, such as cable splicing, input testing
OPERATIONS
or welding are required, submit proof of training, experience and work
SMK
history for each workman, for review by Saudi Aramco. Only approved
12/1/16
DATE: workmen shall perform specialty work.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
B. All electrical materials and equipment for which there is a nationally

EDSD
recognized standard shall bear the conformance labeling of the third party
DATE:
inspection authority in accordance with the requirements of the local

BY:
Authority Having Jurisdiction.

00F1
C. Carcinogenic material, including Asbestos and PCB shall not be furnished or

installed.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
D. With the exceptions as specified and/or indicated on the Drawings or in

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
the Specifications, the Contractor shall apply, install, connect, erect, use,
clean, commission and condition manufactured articles, materials, and
MAS
MAS
equipment per Manufacturer's current printed instructions and

recommendations. Copies of such printed recommendations shall be kept
at the Project site and made available as required.
E. Where equipment, materials or services are required to be listed and / or

labeled, such listing or label shall be as approved by the AHJ.

DESCRIPTION
1.07 GUARANTEE
A. Installation Pathway: Remove and replace access fencing, doors, lift-out

panels, and structures to provide pathway for moving electrical equipment into
place.
B. Environmental Limitations:
1. Do not deliver or install electrical equipment until spaces are enclosed and
weathertight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, work above electrical
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
equipment is complete, and temporary HVAC system is operating and maintaining

ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the
remainder of the construction period.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
2. Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following conditions unless
otherwise indicated:
NO.
REV
00
a. Ambient Temperature: Not exceeding 50 deg C.

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
b. Altitude: Not exceeding 2000 m.
ANP c. Service Conditions:
DATE:
12/1/16 1) Ambient temperatures within limits specified.
PROJECT
ENGINEER 2) Altitude not exceeding 2000 m.
MAS
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED 1.08 SPACE CONSTRAINT
REZ
12/1/16 A. The equipment selections used in the preparation of the Contract Documents will
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
fit into the physical spaces provided and indicated, allowing ample room for
AAG access, servicing, removal and replacement of parts, etc. The Contractor shall
DATE:
12/1/16 ensure that adequate space is provided for clearance of the equipment supplied
OPERATIONS in accordance with Code requirements, the requirements of the local Authorities
SMK Having Jurisdiction, and the equipment manufacturer's recommendations.
12/1/16
DATE:
B. In the preparation of Drawings, a reasonable effort to accommodate acceptable
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
equipment manufacturer's space requirements has been made. However, since

EDSD
space requirements and equipment arrangement vary according to each

manufacturer, the responsibility for initial access, maintenance access, code
DATE:
BY:
required access, and proper fit rests with the Contractor.

00F1
C. No conduit, raceway, equipment, piping, ductwork, etc., shall be installed in a 300

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
mm high zone directly above the proposed finished ceiling in tenant areas as

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
shown on the architectural drawings to allow for tenant build-out and flexibility
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
unless otherwise specifically shown on the Drawings or prior written authorization

is received from Saudi Aramco. Wherever possible, electrical equipment
MAS
MAS
distribution and branch lines shall be installed tight to structure.
1.09 DRAWINGS AND COORDINATION WITH OTHER WORK
A. Design Development Drawings

1. Drawings are essentially diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of work

DESCRIPTION
and to indicate the desired location or arrangement of equipment, devices,

and main cable containment runs, sockets, etc. and are to be followed as
closely as possible. Secure the best possible installation in the available
space and to overcome local difficulties due to space limitation or interference
with structural conditions. With respect to cable containment systems primary
routes are shown only. The Contractor shall design, furnish and install all
cable containment systems from the primary routes to the final point of use.
2. Drawings indicate diagrammatically the routes of duct banks, raceways and
conduit system, unless specifically dimensioned, and do not indicate the
required pull boxes, cable support boxes, fittings, seismic restraint, supports
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
or similar items required for a complete system

3. Exact routing of wiring and locations of outlets, panels, equipment, devices,
luminaires, etc., shall be governed by structural conditions, obstructions and
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
final conditions. Employer reserves right, at no increase in cost, to make any

reasonable change in locations of electrical items, exposed at ceiling and/or
NO.
REV
00
on walls, to group them into orderly relationships and/or increase their utility.
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 4. The Contractor shall check drawings of all trades to verify spaces in which
ANP
Work will be installed. Maintain maximum headroom in all areas. Where space
12/1/16
DATE: conditions appear inadequate, Saudi Aramco shall be notified before
PROJECT
ENGINEER proceeding with the installation.
MAS
5. Certain material will be furnished, installed, or furnished and installed, under
12/1/16
DATE: other Sections of the Contract Documents. Examine the Contract Documents
CERTIFIED
REZ to verify these requirements.
12/1/16
6. Equipment location and dimensions shown on the Drawings is approximate of
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
a typical equipment of the class indicated and has been coordinated for
AGENCY
AAG
structural penetrations, electrical requirements, operating and service
12/1/16
requirements, and physical size with regard to the space where the equipment
DATE: is shown. Other manufacturers of this equipment will be acceptable contingent
OPERATIONS
on the Contractor providing a complete installation and maintaining full
SMK
responsibility to provide, at no additional cost, any modifications to the
12/1/16
DATE: structure or electrical service that are required to properly install, operate, and
CONTROL NUMBER
service the equipment. These modifications shall not include additional area
VERIFICATION
for the equipment unless approved by Saudi Aramco.

EDSD
7. Locations shown on Architectural Reflected Ceiling Drawings, Architectural

DATE:
Floor Plans or on wall elevations shall take precedence over electrical plan
BY:
locations.
00F1
B. Coordination with other work:

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
1. Work out all "tight" conditions involving Work under this Division and Work in

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
other Divisions in advance of installation. If necessary, and before Work

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
proceeds in these areas, prepare supplementary Drawings under this Division

for review, showing all Work in "tight" area. Provide supplementary Drawings
MAS
MAS
and additional Work necessary to overcome "tight" conditions.

2. Carefully check space requirements with other Sections of the Contract
Documents to ensure that all material can be installed in the spaces allotted
thereto.
3. Transmit to other trades information required for work to be provided under
other Sections such as space for access to pull boxes, cable support boxes,
control wiring and connections, access doors in ample time for installation.
DESCRIPTION
4. The General Contractor and all trades shall coordinate the installation of
equipment, conduit, busduct, ductwork, piping, cable, cable trays, etc., with
the installation of luminaires, special ceiling construction, air distribution
equipment and the structure. Provide additional rises, drops, offsets and
pullboxes as required. If, after installed, new conduit, busduct, ductwork,
piping or cable is found to be in conflict with the architecture, structure, or
other trade Work which is either existing or shown on the Contract
Documents, the conduit, busduct, ductwork, piping or cable shall be relocated
without additional cost to SAUDI ARAMCO.
5. Wherever work interconnects with work of other Sections, coordinate this work
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
to insure that other Sections are advised of the information necessary so that
they may properly install all the necessary connections and equipment.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
Identify all work items in an approved manner in order that the work of other
Sections may know where to install access doors and panels.
6. Furnish and set all sleeves for passage of the electrical service and
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
distribution, and telecommunication services through structural masonry and
ENGINEER
ANP
concrete walls and floors and elsewhere as will be required for the proper
12/1/16
protection of each conduit passing through building surfaces. Coordinate this
DATE:
PROJECT
work in order to properly expedite and perform this work and provide
ENGINEER fireproofing in accordance with these Contract Documents.
MAS
12/1/16
7. Architectural drawings shall be checked for ceiling height requirements.
DATE: Where no ceiling height is stated, and ceilings are present, request direction
CERTIFIED
REZ from Saudi Aramco prior to commencing work.
12/1/16 8. Field drilling, cutting and/or reinforcing of holes in structural metal deck
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
required for work under this Section shall be coordinated through the General
AGENCY
AAG
Contractor and approved by the Structural Engineer. All such drilling, cutting
12/1/16
and reinforcing costs shall be included as work of this Section of the Contract
DATE:
OPERATIONS
Documents.
SMK
9. Coordinate electrical power and control wiring requirements of mechanical,
12/1/16
plumbing, and elevator equipment with Divisions 14, 21, 22,and 23.
DATE:
10. Coordinate electrical power and control wiring requirement of Building
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
Management System and Security System with corresponding

documentation.
EDSD
11. Equipment rough-in locations shown on the Drawings for equipment furnished
DATE:
by Employer and for equipment furnished under other Divisions are

BY:
approximate. Obtain exact rough-in locations from following sources:

a. From shop drawings for Contractor-furnished and installed equipment.

00F1
b. From Saudi Aramco for Employer-furnished Contractor-installed equipment.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
12. Provide templates, information and instructions to other Divisions to properly

locate holes and openings to be cut or provided for the Work.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
13. Coordinate with the Utilities Infrastructure Contractor for their requirements for
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
service connections and provide necessary materials, labor and testing.

14. Furnish to appropriate trades, shop drawings, catalog sheets and instructions
MAS
MAS
necessary for construction of concrete bases, concrete encasement, anchor

bolts, and other construction required to accommodate installations under
other Sections.
15. Before installing electrical work, all pertinent drawings shall be studied and
precise information obtained from the architectural schedules, scale drawings,
large scale and full size details of finished rooms, reviewed shop drawings.
Make any necessary adjustment of the work to fit conditions for luminaires,
DESCRIPTION
switches, Fire alarm devices and for outlets occurring in glazed tile, block,
wood paneling or other special finish material in order that all boxes shall be
flush with finish and centered properly. In centering outlets make due
allowance for overhead piping, ducts, window and door trim, variations in
thicknesses of furring, plastering, etc., as erected, regardless of conditions
which may be otherwise shown on small scale drawings.
16. Locate local switches, which are shown near doors at the strike side of the
door, unless specifically noted on plans on architectural details to be beyond
the open door.
17. In Mechanical Rooms, Electric Rooms, Elevator Machine Rooms, Pump Rooms,
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
Communications Rooms, Baggage Handling Rooms etc., light fixture arrangement

shall be adjusted to suit the final coordinated equipment, duct, cable containment
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
systems, racks and piping, conveyor belts layouts. Fixtures shall be mounted not
less than 2500 mm above the finished floor, unless otherwise noted on the
Drawings.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
18. Coordinate all components and aspects of the work, in order to minimize power
ENGINEER shutdowns to the power distribution systems. Should any part of the Work require an
ANP
"off-hours" shutdown, supply temporary services or feeders to maintain operation of
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
the existing systems and equipment.
ENGINEER 19. Coordinate arrangement, mounting, and support of electrical equipment:
MAS
20. To allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights that reduce
12/1/16
DATE: headroom are indicated.
CERTIFIED
REZ 21. To provide for ease of disconnecting the equipment with minimum interference to
12/1/16 other installations.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
22. To allow right of way for piping and conduit installed at required slope.
AGENCY
AAG
23. So connecting raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, and busways will be clear
12/1/16
of obstructions and of the working and access space of other equipment.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
24. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in cast-in-
SMK
place concrete, masonry walls, and other structural components as they are
12/1/16
constructed.
DATE:
25. Coordinate location of access doors for electrical items that are behind finished
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
surfaces or otherwise concealed.

26. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of
EDSD
firestopping.
DATE:
27. Coordinate with the Elevator Contractor for their requirements for service
BY:
connections and provide necessary materials, labor and testing.

00F1
28. Coordinate with the Plumbing Contractor for their requirements for equipment
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
connections and provide necessary materials, labor, and testing.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
C. Coordination Drawings
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
1. The Contractor shall produce a complete set of the “Coordination Drawings”

showing electrical, mechanical, plumbing, fire protection, structural and architectural
MAS
MAS
for the project.

2. The Drawings shall indicate the equipment actually purchased and the exact
location of the equipment and the exact routing and elevations for all lines such as
piping, busway, cable containment systems, conduit and ductwork. All dimensions
shall be referenced to building structural centerlines.
3. All Contract Drawing space allocations shall be maintained, such as ceiling height,
chase walls, equipment room size, etc., unless prior written authorization is received
DESCRIPTION
from Saudi Aramco to change them.

4. The Drawing preparation and completion shall comply with the requirements of the
project construction schedule.
5. The plan drawings, prepared on electronic media (CAD) at a scale not less than that
indicated on architectural plans, shall serve as the base drawings to which all other
Contractors will overlay and add their work. Each trade shall draw their work on
separate layers represented by individual colors.
6. The Contractor's "Coordination Drawings" indicating piping, raceway, conduit,
busway, and equipment support points and loads exceeding 250 kg. imposed on the
building structure shall be submitted to Saudi Aramco for review and approval. The
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
elevation, location, support points, static, dynamic and expansion forces and loads
imposed on the structure at support, and anchor points, and the size of all lines shall
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
be indicated.
7. All beam and slab penetrations shall be indicated, sized and coordinated. All work
routed underground or embedded in concrete shall be indicated by dimension to
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
column and building lines and shall be coordinated. This requirement for
ENGINEER "Coordination Drawings" shall not be construed as authorization for the Contractor to
ANP
12/1/16
make any unauthorized changes to the Contract Drawings.
DATE:
PROJECT
8. Prepare large scale detailed layout Drawings showing locations of equipment, cable
ENGINEER containment and conduit runs, panels, and all other elements of electrical systems
MAS
where required by other Sections of this Division, plus sections of all congested
12/1/16
DATE: areas to show relative position and spacing of affected elements. All symbols and
CERTIFIED
REZ designations used in preparing Record Drawings shall be as approved by Employer.
12/1/16 9. The Work shall be installed in accordance with the shop drawings and the
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
“Coordination Drawings”. If the Contractor allows one trade to install their work
AGENCY
AAG
before coordinating with the work of other trades, the Contractor shall make
12/1/16
necessary changes to correct the condition without cost to the Employer.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
SMK
1.10 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES
12/1/16
DATE: A. All shop drawings and samples shall be identified as follows
CONTROL NUMBER
1. Date of submittal.
VERIFICATION
2. Title of project.
EDSD
3. Name of Contractor and date of his approval.

DATE:
4. Number of submission.
BY:
5. Any qualification, departure or deviation, item by item, from the requirements

of the Contract Documents.

00F1
6. IEC/BS Standard where required.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
B. The term "shop drawings" shall include layout, detail, and assembly drawings,

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
diagrams, schedules, catalogue sheets, printed descriptive matter, and tabular

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
and graphical presentations of operating and performance data that describe

work required by the Contract Documents.
MAS
MAS
C. No part of the work shall be started in the shop or in the field until Saudi
Aramco has reviewed the shop drawings and samples for that portion of the
work and provided the approval required. Thereafter, the work shall be
executed in accordance with the Contract Documents and the indicated status of
the reviewed shop drawing.
D. Shop drawings and samples shall be submitted for review sufficiently in advance
DESCRIPTION
of the scheduled start of the work in the shop or in the field to allow ample time,
in consideration of the number and complexity of the drawings in the submittal,
for Saudi Aramco to make an orderly review. No extension to complete the work
will be granted to the Contractor by reason of his failure in this respect.
E. The Contractor shall carefully check shop drawings and samples, including those
received by them from Subcontractors and material personnel, for accuracy,
completeness of required information and conformance with the Contract
Documents. Shop drawings found to be inaccurate, incomplete or not in
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
conformance with the Contract Documents shall be corrected and/or appropriately

annotated before being submitted to Saudi Aramco for review.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
F. Each submitted shop drawing shall bear the Contractor's stamped and signed
certification (i.e., by the Project Manager) that the work has been checked for all
NO.
REV
00
related job conditions, for maintenance of architectural conditions, and coordinated with
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
the shop drawings of other trades for interrelated work, as required for the proper and
ANP complete performance of the work. No shop drawing submittal will be reviewed without
DATE:
12/1/16 this certification.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS G. Each shop drawing and sample submitted for review shall be accompanied by a letter
DATE:
12/1/16 of transmittal, and shall be identified by the project title, Contractor's name, and a
CERTIFIED reference to the related part of the Contract Documents.
REZ
12/1/16
DATE: H. Shop drawings for manufactured material and equipment shall include model numbers,
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY dimensioned drawings, operating weights, material specifications, operating features
AAG
and controls wiring diagrams, performance characteristics, service procedures,
12/1/16
DATE: including clearance requirements for maintenance work, and conformance to specified
OPERATIONS Codes and standards. Note that in addition to these requirements, other specific
SMK
submittal data, and forms of data submission, are required by the Contract Documents
12/1/16 for particular items of equipment and material.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
I. Shop drawings for generator rooms, UPS rooms, electrical LV Rooms, electric closets,
EDSD
and for cable containment, conduit and similar distribution services shall show by
dimension the exact size and location of each element of the system in both the
DATE:
BY:
horizontal and vertical plane, as well as relationship to the building structure,

architectural construction, equipment, and the work of other Trades. Shop drawings
00F1
shall clearly show where doors providing access to equipment will be required in
finished construction. Pads, foundations, anchorages, supports and attachments to the
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
building structure, where required for the installation of the work shall be shown in

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
layout and detail with sizes, dimensions, materials and methods of construction noted.
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
The work described in any shop drawing submission shall be carefully checked by this
Contractor for all clearances, including those required for maintenance, servicing
MAS
MAS
equipment removal, field conditions, maintenance of architectural conditions and

proper coordination with all trades on the job.
J. Ensure clean pathways including use of elevators, hosts, cranes / gantries for
transportation of equipment to designated locations. Coordinate all openings required
for equipment passage with General Contractor.

DESCRIPTION
K. Samples shall be identical in all respects to the material which is to be installed or

applied in the execution of the work, and shall be of sufficient size or quantity to permit
proper evaluation and review. Manufacturer's descriptive labels and printed application
instructions which are normally attached to the material or its packaging shall be
furnished with the sample. Samples shall be submitted for review when requested by
Saudi Aramco.
L. Review of drawings and other material submitted shall not be construed as a complete
check or constitute a waiver of the requirements of the Contract Documents. This
review shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to fit the proposed materials
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
to the spaces provided, and to effect necessary rearrangement or construction of other

Work.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
1.11 COMMISSIONING
NO.
REV
00
A. In addition to the commissioning activities described in the Division 26 and 28

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER specifications, provide assistance to commissioning team with Pre-Functional
ANP
and Functional tests.
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 1.12 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
MAS
12/1/16
DATE: Refer to the appropriate specification sections for specific requirements. Otherwise,
CERTIFIED
REZ deliver products to the WORK Site properly identified with names, model numbers, types,
12/1/16
grades, compliance labels, and other information needed for identification.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
Delivery to the site should be at the time convenient for erection to proceed immediatly to
AGENCY
AAG
minmize the need for any storage facility, otherwise shall be stored indoor and protected
as per manufacturer recommendation.
12/1/16
DATE: General Storage, Packing and handling shall be as per Manufacturer recommendation and
OPERATIONS
Saudi Aramco General Packing Specifications SA-8314.
SMK
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
REZ
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MAS
MAS
2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. SEC must approve all conduit and wiring related to the incoming electrical
service prior to ordering equipment and installation. Conduit, cables, and other
equipment related to the electrical service must be on the SEC approved vendor
list.
B. Equipment and materials furnished shall be new and unused, prior to this
DESCRIPTION
installation, first grade commercial quality and shall be essentially the standard
cataloged products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of
the products. Only those items specifically shown on the Drawings as Employer
furnished shall be reused in this installation. Rebuilt or remanufactured
equipment will not be permitted.
C. Since manufacturing methods vary, reasonable minor variations are expected;

however, performance and material requirements specified herein are the
minimum standards acceptable. Saudi Aramco retains the sole right to judge
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
the equality of equipment that deviates from the Contract Documents, to

reject any substitutions submitted by the Contractor, and to require the
specified materials and equipment which conform to the requirements of the
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
Contract Documents be furnished.

NO.
REV
00
D. Equipment and materials that have defects or damage during transportation,

DISCIPLINE installation, or operation is considered as totally damaged. They shall be
ENGINEER
ANP replaced new. The materials and equipment which have minor damage may be
DATE:
12/1/16 repaired if written approval is given by Saudi Aramco. If equipment and
PROJECT
ENGINEER
materials are approved for repairs, they shall be repaired in a manner
MAS acceptable to Saudi Aramco at no additional cost to the Employer. The
DATE:
12/1/16 Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with the repairs,
CERTIFIED replacement, including but not limited to, all preparations prior to re-testing,
REZ
extended warranties, re- commissioning of the equipment, etc.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
E. Where no specific make of material or equipment is mentioned, use any
AAG product of reputable manufacturer which conforms to requirements of the
DATE:
12/1/16 project, the associated system and other applicable specification sections.
OPERATIONS
SMK F. While several manufacturers are acceptable, similar equipment within each
12/1/16 building shall be by only one manufacturer.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
2.2 SLEEVES FOR RACEWAYS AND CABLES

EDSD
A. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized
DATE:
steel, plain ends where they are exposed. Use PVC pipe sleeves where they are
BY:
not exposed.
00F1
B. Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: Galvanized sheet steel.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
1. Minimum Metal Thickness:

a. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 1270 mm and no

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
side more than 400 mm, thickness shall be 1.3 mm.

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
b. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter equal to, or more than 1270
mm and 1 or more sides equal to, or more than 400 mm, thickness shall
MAS
MAS
be 3.5 mm.
C. SLEEVE SEALS
1. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill

annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable.

a. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of
DESCRIPTION
cable or conduit.
b. Pressure Plates: Stainless steel. Include two for each sealing element.
c. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure
pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing
element.
D. Grout
Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged,
nonmetallic aggregate grout, noncorrosive, nonstaining, mixed with water to
consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
00F1 12/1/16
PART 3 - EXECUTION
DATE
10/27/16
3.01 INSTALLATION
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 3.1 SEISMIC REQUIREMENT:
ANP
12/1/16
DATE: A. Seismic restraints for equipment, conduits, cable trays, devices, luminaries,
PROJECT
ENGINEER equipment housekeeping pads and equipment supports shall be provided in
MAS accordance with Section 260548 ‘Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical
12/1/16
DATE: Systems’.
CERTIFIED
REZ
3.2 PENETRATIONS:
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
A. Avoid, if possible, the penetration of any waterproof membranes such as roofs,
AAG machine room floors, basement walls, and the like. If such penetration is
DATE:
12/1/16 necessary, perform it prior to the waterproofing and furnish all sleeves or
OPERATIONS pitch-pockets required. Advise Saudi Aramco and obtain written permission
SMK before penetrating any waterproof membrane, even where such penetration is
DATE:
12/1/16 shown on the Drawings.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
B. If Contractor penetrates any walls or surfaces after they have been waterproofed,
EDSD
he shall restore the waterproof integrity of that surface as directed by Saudi

Aramco at his own expense.
DATE:
BY:
C. Pack space between conduits, sleeves, cable trays and seal unused sleeves
00F1
in non-fire rated walls with non-combustible materials. Refer to specifications for

details and requirements.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
D. Where conduits or cable ducts enters the building through a concrete foundation

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
wall below grade level; a watertight entrance seal shall be used.

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
E. Make penetrations through floors, walls and any damp-proofed/water-proofed

MAS
MAS
surfaces, damp-proof/waterproof by appropriate means to maintain integrity of

system penetrated. Refer to specifications for details and requirements.
F. Seal around penetrations and between conduits, cable trays, sleeves, etc. and
seal unused sleeves, in fire rated walls with NRTL listed fireproofing material to
maintain integrity fire rating. Refer to specifications for details and requirements.
G. The Contractor shall be responsible for the timely placing of sleeves for all
DESCRIPTION
piping passing through walls, partitions, beams, floors, and roofs, while the
same are under construction.
3.3 EXPANSION/DEFLECTION
A. Equip all cable trays and conduits, including those embedded in concrete,
which cross building expansion or control joints, with expansion fittings.
B. Where conduits are subjected to expansion and movement in any directions or to

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
vibration transmitted by equipment or vehicular traffic, install a combination

expansion and deflection fittings.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
3.4 DISSIMILAR METALS
A. Dissimilar metals shall mean those metals, which are incompatible with one
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
another in the presence of moisture. Where dissimilar metals come in contact,
ENGINEER
ANP
paint the joint both inside and out with approved coating so as to exclude
12/1/16
moisture from the joint, or provide a suitable insulating barrier separating the
DATE:
PROJECT
metals.
ENGINEER
MAS
B. Transitions in cable containment systems, from one metal to a dissimilar metal
12/1/16
DATE: shall only be made at boxes or other enclosures.
CERTIFIED
REZ
3.5 RUBBER MATS
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY A. Install a continuous one-piece rubber mats in front of each electrical equipment
AAG
such as switchboard, motor control center, switchgear, generator paralleling
12/1/16
DATE: switchgear, Uninterruptible Power Supply equipment, substation transformers,
OPERATIONS each side of a generator set, etc.
SMK
DATE:
12/1/16 B. Rubber mats when installed shall lay flat without curling.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
C. Rubber mats shall conform to ASTM D 178, Type 2

EDSD
3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING

DATE:
BY:
A. The work shall be carefully laid out in advance. Where cutting, channeling, chasing or
00F1
drilling of floors, walls, partitions, ceilings or other surfaces is necessary for the proper
installation, support or anchorage of raceway, outlets or other equipment, the work

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
shall be carefully done and where required, fire rating integrity shall be restored. Any
damage to the piping, equipment or defaced finish plaster, woodwork, metalwork,

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
etc. shall be repaired by skilled mechanics of the trades involved at no

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
additional cost to the Employer. Refer to architectural specifications for details and
requirements.
MAS
MAS
B. The Contractor shall do no cutting, channeling, chasing or drilling of unfinished

masonry, tile, floor slab, etc., unless he first obtains permission from the
Structural Engineer. If permission is granted, the Contractor shall perform this
work in a manner approved by Saudi Aramco.
C. If holes and/or sleeves are not properly installed and cutting and patching
becomes necessary, it shall be done at no additional expense to the
DESCRIPTION
Employer. The Contractor shall undertake no cutting or patching without first

securing the Saudi Aramco written approval.
D. Where other Trades are required to do cutting and patching, furnish to the
General Contractor necessary information so that openings for this work can
be built into the floors and walls in time. Such cooperation is required to keep
cutting of walls and floors to a minimum.
E. Should Contractor neglect to perform preliminary work, and should cutting be

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
required in order to install equipment, conduits, etc., the expense of this cutting
and restoring of surfaces to their original condition shall be borne by this
Contractor.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
3.7 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE A. Electrical penetrations occur when raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, or
ENGINEER
ANP busways penetrate concrete slabs, concrete or masonry walls, or fire-rated
12/1/16 floor and wall assemblies.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
B. Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core-drilled
MAS
12/1/16
holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and
DATE:
CERTIFIED
walls.
REZ
12/1/16 C. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
D. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire-rated floor and
wall assemblies unless openings compatible with firestop system used are
12/1/16
DATE: fabricated during construction of floor or wall.
OPERATIONS
SMK
E. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls.
12/1/16
DATE:
F. Extend sleeves installed in floors 100 mm above finished floor level.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
G. Size pipe sleeves to provide 6 mm annular clear space between sleeve and
raceway or cable, unless indicated otherwise.
DATE:
BY:
H. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry
00F1
1. Promptly pack grout solidly between sleeve and wall so no voids remain. Tool
exposed surfaces smooth; protect grout while curing.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
I. Interior Penetrations of Non-Fire-Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
between sleeve and raceway or cable, using joint sealant appropriate for size,
depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section 07
MAS
MAS
92 00 Joint Sealants.
J. Fire-Rated-Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls,

partitions, ceilings, and floors at raceway and cable penetrations. Install sleeves
and seal raceway and cable penetration sleeves with firestop materials.
Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section 07 84 13 Penetration

Firestopping.
DESCRIPTION
K. Roof-Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual raceways and

cables with flexible boot-type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing
work.
L. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using steel pipe

sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 25-mm
annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve
seals.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
M. Underground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Install cast-iron pipe sleeves. Size

sleeves to allow for 25-mm annular clear space between raceway or cable and
sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
3.8 SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE A. Install to seal exterior wall penetrations.

ENGINEER
ANP
12/1/16
B. Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for
DATE:
PROJECT
raceway or cable material and size. Position raceway or cable in center of
ENGINEER
sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space
MAS
12/1/16
between raceway or cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates
DATE:
CERTIFIED
that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.
REZ
12/1/16 3.9 FIRESTOPPING

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
A. Apply firestopping to penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies for
12/1/16
electrical installations to restore original fire-resistance rating of assembly.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
3.10 CLEANING UP
SMK
12/1/16 A. Contractor shall take care to avoid accumulation of debris, boxes, crates, etc.,
DATE:
resulting from the installation of the work. Contractor shall remove from the
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
premises each day all debris, boxes, etc., and keep the premises clean,
EDSD
subject to the Saudi Aramco instructions, which shall be promptly carried out.
DATE:
BY:
B. Contractor shall clean up all luminaires and equipment at the completion of the project.
00F1
C. All switchboards, switchgears, busway, panelboards, wireways, transformers,

transfer switches, trench ducts, cabinets, enclosures, etc. shall be thoroughly

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
vacuumed clean prior to energizing equipment and at the completion of the project.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
Equipment shall be opened for observation by Saudi Aramco as required.

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
3.11 FINAL ACCEPTANCE TESTS

MAS
MAS
A. The entire electrical installation shall be pre-tested, inspected, thoroughly

cleaned, and damaged finishes touched up after final completion prior to
final acceptance testing being performed. Not less than 30 days prior to the
final acceptance testing, furnish the pre-test results and a test plan, to Saudi
Aramco for review, outlining all aspects of the testing, including tests to be
performed and the expected results.
DESCRIPTION
B. Provide complete documentation of all component and system tests prior to

Employer acceptance and turnover of components or systems. In addition, the
Employer reserves the right to review all test objectives, test plans and test
cases, and witness all preoperational tests. Provide the Employer with a
comprehensive schedule detailing the preparation of testing documentation and
the conduct of all component or system tests.
C. Perform the following field test in the presence of Saudi Aramco to

demonstrate the reliability of the electrical installation. Give Saudi Aramco a
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
minimum of one-week advance notice of such tests.
D. Operate all electrical systems and equipment in accordance with the

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
individual specification sections or manufacturers requirements for a period of

24 hours, unless in the opinion of Saudi Aramco, a different test period is
NO.
REV
required, to prove the operation and performance of a system and its equipment.
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP E. Should the foregoing test reveal any defects, promptly correct such defects
12/1/16 and re-run the tests until the entire installation conforms to the requirements of
DATE:
PROJECT these Specifications and the Drawings.
ENGINEER
MAS
12/1/16
F. Tests requiring certified reports and those requiring factory or field inspection
DATE:
CERTIFIED
shall be conducted and reported to Saudi Aramco in conformance with
REZ standards specified in the applicable sections.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
G. In addition to the tests outlined above, after completion of the electrical system
AGENCY
AAG
and prior to occupancy, the following equipment and devices, as a minimum,
12/1/16
shall be thermo graphically inspected.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
1. Feeder splices and Connections.
SMK
2. Switchboard.
12/1/16
3. Panelboards.
DATE:
4. All 400 volt (nominal) cable connections rated 100 amperes or greater.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
5. Other equipment as shown on the Drawings

EDSD
H. The Aramco inspection shall be made by an independent inspection

DATE:
company. The inspection shall be made with all equipment, motors, lighting
BY:
fixtures, and miscellaneous loads operating and with equipment covers removed.
00F1
I. Inspection reports complete with color photographs of the infrared scan and
(DCC) NO. _____________________
control photographs indicating the ambient temperature and any hot spots of each item
28-00014-0002-0001
inspected shall be submitted to Saudi Aramco for approval. Any equipment,


A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
connections or devices indicated to be operating improperly performing equipment

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor at no cost to the Employer.

MAS
MAS
J. The date for the final performance acceptance testing shall comply with the
Project construction schedule and shall be sufficiently in advance of the
Contract completion date to permit the execution of the testing by the
Contractor prior to occupancy and the close-out of the Contract. Specific
attention is required for any special spaces such as Tenant Areas, which will be
governed, by a separate construction and turnover schedule from that provided

for the overall project. Any adjustments and/or alterations which the final
DESCRIPTION
acceptance tests indicate as necessary for the proper and satisfactory functioning
of all equipment and systems shall be completed prior to the close-out of the
Contract. Re- tests shall not relieve the Contractor of completion date
responsibility.
3.12 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. The Contractor shall provide operating instructions and maintenance data books
for all equipment and materials furnished under this Section.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
B. Operation and Maintenance manuals shall include complete cleaning, and

servicing data compiled in clearly and easily understandable form. Data shall
show serial numbers and model numbers of each piece or equipment,
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
complete lists of replacement parts (including part numbers), motor ratings, and
actual loads.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE C. Include the following information where applicable:

ENGINEER
ANP 1. Identifying name and mark number.
DATE:
12/1/16 2. Locations of major equipment (where several similar items are used, provide a list).
PROJECT
ENGINEER
3. Complete nameplate data.
MAS 4. "Reviewed" submittals as returned to this Contractor.
DATE:
12/1/16 5. Parts lists.
CERTIFIED 6. Performance curves and data.
REZ
7. Wiring diagrams.
12/1/16 8. Lubrication charts.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
9. Manufacturers' recommended operation and maintenance instructions with
AAG all non- applicable information deleted.
DATE:
12/1/16 10. List of spare parts recommended for normal service requirements.
OPERATIONS 11. Assembly and disassembly instructions with exploded view Drawings
SMK where available.
DATE:
12/1/16 12. Trouble shooting diagnostic instructions where available.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
D. Provide any and all electronic and database information to the clients supplied
EDSD
Facilities Management Maintenance System.

DATE:
BY:
00F1
END OF SECTION

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
26 05 19 - LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
MAS
MAS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL
A. The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall complete the shop drawings, coordination with
other disciplines, all permitting and drawing approvals in regular drawing

submissions to the client during Construction Phases, as well as completing
DESCRIPTION
Construction of the facility.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the drawings, including General and

Supplementary Conditions, apply to this Section.
1.3 SUMMARY
A. LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide all Design, Labor, Materials, Contractor’s

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
Equipment and Plant to fully execute the requirements to furnish, deliver, and
install the Works as expressly described in the Drawings and Specification, or
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
implied therefrom, and in accordance with the standard requirements. It is the

intent of this Specification section that the work performed pursuant here to be
complete and acceptable in every respect for its intended purpose. It is further
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
required that the provisions of this Specification section shall be complementary
ENGINEER
ANP
to, and shall be correlated with, the requirements of the Contract. Nothing in this
12/1/16
specification section shall limit the scope of work as required by the Contract.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER B. All cables indicated in Drawings are copper conductor.
MAS
12/1/16
DATE: 1.4 REFERENCES
CERTIFIED
REZ
A. Saudi Building Code Chapter 401 – Electrical.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY B. Saudi Arabian Standards Organization (SASO).
AAG
DATE:
12/1/16 C. International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC).
OPERATIONS 1. IEC 60502 – Power Cables.
SMK 2. IEC 60364 – Low Voltage Installations.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
D. Electrical Industries Association/Telecommunication Industries Association (EIA/TIA)

EDSD
E. SEC 11-SDMS-01 Low voltage power cables

DATE:
BY:
1.5 RELATED WORK

00F1
A. Section 26 05 53, Identification for Electrical Systems: Equipment identifications.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
1.6 SUBMITTALS
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

MAS
MAS
B. Field quality-control test reports.
C. Prototype test certificates for products used.
D. Manufacturer’s test Certificates.

1.7 CABLE CLASSIFICATION

DESCRIPTION
A. Refer to SEC Standard applicable for the

application. 1. .
1.8 SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS
A. Nominal Voltage: 400/231V
B. Maximum voltage: 0.6/1kV

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
C. Number of Phases: 3+N+E
D. Frequency: 60 Hz
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
E. Highest symmetrical fault level: 65 kA Contractor to verify and adjust

NO.
REV
00
rating accordingly based on final design.

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP 1.9 WARRANTY
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT A. Refer to Division 1.
ENGINEER
MAS
12/1/16
B. Refer to Saudi Aramco contract for minimum required warranty after handover.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
Contractor to provide the manufacturer’s standard warranty period but shall not be
REZ less than the duration stipulated in contract.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
C. Unless otherwise stated in this specification section all materials, assemblies,
AGENCY
AAG
components parts and workmanship shall be guaranteed against defect, damage,
12/1/16
or non- conformity.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
D. During the guarantee period the manufacturer shall make all necessary repairs or
SMK
replacement to achieve conformity to the requirements of the Contract Documents.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

EDSD
A. Deliver low voltage electrical power conductors and cables in drums with
DATE:
BY:
sections, lengths and weights that can be moved past obstructions in delivery
path.
00F1
B. Remove metal fasteners, loose packing and flammable materials from cable
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
drums. Store in dry, protected areas with cable ends properly sealed.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
2.1 MANUFACTURERS (CONDUCTORS AND CABLES):

MAS
MAS
A. List of Manufacturers: Refer to SEC regulated vendor approved list. Subject

to full compliance with requirements and COMPANY approval, manufacturers
offering product that may be incorporated into work include but are not limited to
the following:
1. Jeddah Cables
2. Riyadh Cables
3. Saudi Cables
DESCRIPTION
4. Ducab
5. Oman Cables
6. Egytech Cables
7. Liban Cables
8. Jordan Cables
9. Al Fanar Electrical Systems
10. Elsewedy Cables
11. Polycab Wire
12. Nuhas Oman
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
13. Bahra Cables

14. Chakira Cable Company
15. KEI India
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
16. Leader Cable Industry

NO.
REV
00
2.2 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES :

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP
A. Low voltage jacketed cables shall comply with NEC or IEC 502.
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 1. NEC low voltage cables shall be rated 600V, shall have a minimum temperature
MAS rating of 90 deg C dry/75 deg C wet, and shall conform to UL Standards according
12/1/16
DATE: to the particular type (e.g. UL 1277, including its vertical tray flame test, for type TC
CERTIFIED tray cables, etc.).
REZ
12/1/16
DATE: 2. IEC 502 type cables shall be rated 600/1000V, shall have a minimum rating of 85
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY deg C, and shall meet the flame test of IEC 332-3.
AAG
12/1/16
DATE: B. Low voltage unjacketed insulated wires, shall comply with NEC or SSA 55.
OPERATIONS
SMK
1. NEC low voltage wires shall be rated 600V, shall have a minimum temperature
12/1/16
DATE: rating of 90 deg C dry/75 deg C wet, and shall conform to UL Standards according
CONTROL NUMBER
to the particular type (e.g. UL 83 for THHN/THWN and UL 44 for XHHW).

VERIFICATION
EDSD
2. SSA 55 type low voltage wires shall be rated 450/750V, shall have a minimum
DATE:
rating of 85 deg C, and shall meet the flame test of IEC 332-1.
BY:
Exception:
00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
For wiring of equipment such as lighting fixtures, etc., that require higher temperature wires
28-00014-0002-0001
and cables, the above minimum temperature ratings shall be increased accordingly.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
REZ
C. Conductors: Power and control conductors shall be stranded copper, except solid
copper conductors 6mm square (10 AWG) and smaller may be used in non-industrial
MAS
MAS
locations. Mineral insulated cables and specialty cables (e.g. down hole pump motor
cables, high temperature cables, etc.) with solid conductors are also permitted.
D. Conductor Stranding: Stranding shall be ASTM B8 Class B or C or IEC 228 Class 2,

except flexible cords, portable cables and motor leads shall have finer stranding in
accordance with appropriate ICEA and UL Standards or manufacturers

recommendations.
DESCRIPTION
E. Wiring Insulation for Interior Building Wiring: Unless otherwise indicated, provide
THHN/THWN insulation for all conductor sizes, except for equipment grounding
conductor which may have PVC or thermoplastic insulation (green).
F. Minimum Wire Size of Conductors: Unless otherwise indicated, minimum size of

conductors shall be as follows:
Control (600V and below) 2.5mm square (14 AWG)

Power (600V and below) 4mm square (12 AWG)
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
G. Conductors of multi-conductor control cables shall be numbered or color-coded by

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
colors other than green or green with yellow stripes.
2.2.1 MULTI-CORE CABLE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS (NON-FIRE RATED)

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER Conductor – refer to IEC 60502 AND SASO Standards.
ANP
12/1/16
DATE: 2.2.2 ARMORED SINGLE-CORE CABLE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS (NON-FIRE
PROJECT
ENGINEER RATED)
MAS
DATE:
12/1/16 Conductor – refer to IEC 60502 AND SASO Standards.
CERTIFIED
REZ
2.2.3 NON-ARMORED SINGLE-CORE CABLE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS
12/1/16
DATE: (NON-FIRE RATED)
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG Conductor – refer to IEC 60502 AND SASO Standards.
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS 2.3 CABLE DRUMS
SMK
12/1/16 A. All cables shall be supplied on cable drums with a maximum diameter of 2.55m and a
DATE:
maximum width of 1.28m. No drums with cable shall weigh more than 7.5 tons. In
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
addition the lengths of cables on the drums shall be in accordance with the Schedule
EDSD
of Quantities.
DATE:
B. The drums shall be stoutly constructed of Timber and supported with steel tie
BY:
bars and shall be fully lagged and bonded. On each flange of each drum a steel
00F1
plate with tubular steel insert shall be fitted to accept a 100mm diameter
spindle to be used during cable installation. The steel plate shall be a

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
minimum of 400mm x 400mm x 5mm thick, welded to the tubular insert. The
plates shall be fixed with 6 bolts through the flange.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
C. All drums shall be painted and engraved with:

REZ
1. Manufacturer’s name.
MAS
2. Drum Number/Year of Manufacture of Cable.

MAS
3. Size and Voltage of Cable, including the designation ‘XLPE’.

4. Length of cable on the drum
5. “Aramco” and Order Number.
2.4 WIRE MARKERS ON CONDUCTORS

DESCRIPTION
Other than color-coding requirements identified elsewhere in this Specifications, conductor

identification is required when conductor numbering systems are shown on the drawings.
Wires at termination points shall be identified by the use of permanently embossed wire
markers of the heat-shrinkable or slip-on type. Wrap-around, rigid snap-on, or adhesive
type markers are not permitted.
2.5 COLOR CODING FOR PHASE IDENTIFICATION
A. Color code secondary service, feeder, and branch circuit conductors with
factory applied color as follows:
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
Phase 400Wye/230 Volts

A Brown
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
B Black
C Grey
NO.
REV
00
Neutral Blue
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER Ground Green-and-yellow
ANP
12/1/16
DATE: B. Except for ground conductor in which green is mandatory, use conductors with
PROJECT
ENGINEER black insulation or jacket and color-code with Scotch No. 35 color-coding tape or
MAS
equivalent for specified insulations and jackets not manufactured by the selected
12/1/16
DATE: vendor with integral colors. Color-code each conductor entering every box,
CERTIFIED
REZ cabinet, panel board, through, and wire way. In wire ways and other locations
12/1/16
where conductors are accessible, color-code conductors every 1500mm (5 FT).
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
PART 3 - EXECUTION
12/1/16
DATE: 3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENT
OPERATIONS
SMK
A. Cables shall be installed in accordance with SASO and IEC reference standards
DATE:
12/1/16 and the guidance notes published by the Institute of Electrical Engineers.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
B. Minimum leading radiuses for all cables shall not be exceeded as set out in
EDSD
SASO and IEC reference standards.

DATE:
BY:
C. Three phase groups of single core cables shall be installed in trefoil.

00F1
D. The Contractor shall secure the manufacturers instruction with respect to:
1. Cable temperature prior to installation.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
2. Cable temperature during installation.

3. Handling, installation, jointing and termination.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
E. Joints in cables will not generally be permitted unless specifically detailed elsewhere.
REZ
F. All conductors shall be terminated using compression lugs. Screw clamp tyre
MAS
MAS
terminals may however be used for cables with a cross section area of 16mm² or
less.
G. Earthing connectivity bonds shall be provided to all cable armoring. Bonds shall
be as defined in SASO and IEC reference standards.
H. Where cables are supplying vibrating equipment or are oversize as a result of

DESCRIPTION
voltage drop. The cable shall terminate in a junction box or isolator located,
adjacent to the apparatus. The final connectivity shall then be made using
multi core or single core cables as appropriate installed in flexible conduit.
Flexible conduits shall be metal with
P.V.C oversheath. A separate circuit protective conductor shall be installed in all cases.
I. Cable glands shall be installed for all cable terminations for example entries into
switchgear, terminal boxes or other enclosures. Glands shall be brass for steel
wire armored cables and tin nickel plated brass or aluminum alloy for aluminum
armored cables. Glands shall be manufactured in accordance with SASO and IEC
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
reference standard. Locknuts and earthtags shall be provided for each cable and
shall be of the same material as the glands.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
J. Cables shall be spread/segregated from other services as identified in the table below:
NO.
REV
00
Horizontal
Type of Service Vertical Spacing
DISCIPLINE Spacing
ENGINEER
ANP LV cable - LV cable ** 50mm 300mm
DATE:
12/1/16 LV cable - MV cable 300mm 300mm
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MV cable - MV cable ** 300mm 300mm
MAS LV cable - Communications cable 300mm 300mm
DATE:
12/1/16 MV cable - Communications cable 300mm 300mm
CERTIFIED
REZ
Note - unless shown otherwise on drawings
12/1/16
DATE: ** For single-core cables - distance between the group of cables, not between the cables in
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY a group
AAG
DATE:
12/1/16 K. Cables shall be supported as identified in the table below. Unless otherwise
OPERATIONS shown on the drawings.
SMK
DATE:
12/1/16 Single-core cables laid in trefoil Secure in purpose-made trefoil cleats
Single-core cables laid side by side Individual secured using non-ferrous cleats
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
Non-metallic cleats for LSF cables LSF material

EDSD
Fixings for fire rated cables Able to withstand fire for same duration as cable
DATE:
Multi-core cables on ladder or tray In single layer, secured with cable ties
BY:
Cable tie material Stainless steel

Cables in bundles Ties to retain all cable s of groups

00F1
Cables in vertical runs Supported with load bearing cable cleats or

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
Installation on structural steelwork Cable supports attached by girder clips or

Drilling/welding of structural Not permitted

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
L. Cables shall be installed either horizontally or vertically and shall be run in

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
parallel and perpendicular to building and structural elements, cables shall

have a minimum separation from water or gas services of 150mm. Under no
MAS
MAS
circumstances shall LV cables be installed on the same cable tray/ladder as

MV cables. Where cables are installed in trenches, these shall be installed on
cable trays or fixed using cleats, clips or saddles on the sides or bottom of the
trench.
M. Spacing of cable clips or saddles shall be as identified in the table below. In addition
cables shall be fixed at 150mm on either side of a set or board.
DESCRIPTION
Horizonta
Overall diameter of cable Vertical Spacing
l
Up to 9mm 250mm 400mm
9-15mm 300mm 400mm
15-20mm 350mm 450mm
20-40mm 400mm 550mm
Above Manufacturer's recommendation
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
3.2 TESTING AND INSPECTION

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
A. This relates to tests to be carried out during or after manufacture of the specified
cables. The following tests shall be carried out on each manufactured length of
NO.
REV
00
cable, or sample length as instructed by Saudi Aramco. The tests shall be per
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER SASO and IEC reference standard
ANP
DATE:
12/1/16 B. Type tests
PROJECT
ENGINEER 1. The entire above test results to be certified and delivered to Saudi Aramco.
MAS
DATE:
12/1/16 C. Special tests
CERTIFIED 1. Conductor examination.
REZ
2. Check of dimensions.
12/1/16 3. Electrical test.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
4. Hot set test.
AAG
DATE:
12/1/16 D. Routine tests
OPERATIONS 1. Electrical resistance of conductors.
SMK 2. Insulation resistance between phases, phase and neutral, phase and earth/ground.
DATE:
12/1/16 3. Partial discharge test.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
E. Site Acceptance tests

EDSD
1. Electrical resistance of conductors.

2. Insulation resistance between phases, phase and neutral, phase and earth/ground.
DATE:
BY:
00F1
END OF SECTION

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
REZ
26 05 26 – GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

MAS
MAS
PART 1 – GENERAL
The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall complete the shop drawings, coordination with

DESCRIPTION

1.2 SUMMARY

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS
DATE:
12/1/16 A. This Section includes solid grounding of electrical systems and equipment in
CERTIFIED facilities, which may include, but not limited to:
REZ
12/1/16
DATE: 1. School buildings.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 2. Electrical and Mechanical Equipment Rooms.
AAG
12/1/16 B. Communications System grounding is not included in this section, shall be in

DATE:
OPERATIONS accordance with Communication Standards.
SMK
DATE:
12/1/16 C. Grounding of Process control instrumentation and process control systems shall be
in accordance with Electrical system for Instrumentation.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD

DATE:
BY:
A. Applicable Codes and Standards: Comply with all applicable Codes and
Standards including but not limited to, those listed below:
00F1
SBC 401 Saudi Building Code – Volume 4

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC)

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
Saùd iJ f<ra r,ml: u :;;t';ì主品， E NG (03/99)
iZj 言 i三 SAUDI ARABIAN OIL COMPANY
tωZ〉〉
Omb u
川← H 'l' 10 卧
去二君 J~ F
Ul Underwriters Laboratories
比。←Z
15;也 t~ Uι467 Grounding ancf Bonding Equipment
川
剧的zouzru国主川剧工←←DO工匕主←zuz=UD口阴阳工←ED国白
';;: S221锺 FZt B Listìno amd Labeüng: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and
labe!~.， 1M term⑤咱 sted!' and "Iabelèd" shall be defined as they are in the NEC ,
AriírcJe 1@:Ø:
主 ι
G. Elewi car C:afflÐonent Standarg: Components and installation shall comply with
,
24 辛苦$捂住也
海 U"" ~ 。 S IB'C 4 Q1 an cS t Þla< NEC: with , the SBCj 40t requirements, prevailing over the NEC
可，li' .p:忏 E ←
懂!ii
rovrsiGs, in aCliclitl oR' tO: the飞 requtrements . specified herein\
,
E式
Dγ FieJ(i如le时tl'la 傲。 anization .
Qualification2: ' To q 峭的 fOr acceptance , the
L 目可 $ 早吁
ifld'epefl,l!fel'lt tèstln~ organization如 mush

demonstrate' based on evaluation of
j
,lú:: J1 Q f (j)
Ofg'8'liliizati0P1创~mi忧ed criteria , conforming , to< ASTM B 699 , that it has the
在岛草拟gy
ex阴阳nee aA'di capabilitJ'1 td、 conductsatisfactorily: the testing indicated.

if l割草
惊
AIE
人
ρ
SUBMIT1Al S
5
HJhJ
〈
口=
空垒旦旦到 Submit♀ the， fOllowing , in , accordance with、 Conditions of Contract and
…m
A.
uhZ
叶F
Di'visf,(i)f'!. 1: $peoiflcation Section s.
国H
;2黯
飞D口
〈〈
n←
O曲
h田
、 "
Z。
B .-' 、尸 and吗 connection
H国
Pmdud data f0 1'f ground rods , connectors materials , and grounding
ω0H
fitbmg,s.
器 I~ 1~
h
1Z2HZD
口υ2口DEU国02.OUZ〈国〈吕=〈的LD〉←川
C. Field-t.estiÌ1lQ': organization certificate , signed by the C:;; ontractor , ce 而fying that the
普普拉 I U orQJa防阳就[(;J(Jll perlòrming field、 tests complies with、 tt>le requirements specified in
吨.(DlSCIPtt肉E t&
1 日划GINEiO'R ~~ Q崎~lyA随嗣nGe' above ，
f~À~1ID1nS; ]
O. Repolit 011 岱elâtests， and observations certifíed by the testing organization .
LJ踊路，又
门仨L旦竖一- ~ B'ÄR形:2~正 PHODU'CrS
l队也哩旦旦- --M
ltf C宦:mE2创-，i'".i '. :. MANUFAI口\LIlmE院g
F山~'
E
UoUd民且出口的山工←ω国〈ZU川
LWg阳GTI.0N ，~ ðvailable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements , manufacturers
L~ , AGENGY I~ offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to ,
I'i__l"旦旦-liI the follow~1il9:
4ÀT~，哩坐立-B
头 OBEIR:岛市 10利$If
A'. B 二 Chanc:e、 Cø..
L二三r::_K___ [
剧
Erico Prøducts , Inc.

E工QUZH〈←zouzo口〈E国DLZH旧工←口Z〈UZHE〈国己的HZ←
队也些旦旦- GB Electricat , I:nìt'.
iiljij
General M.邵阳附 PI'Oøucts Co" Inc.
Kearney- 队Jationav
。~Z/Ged:ney: C(!)<.
i. >1鸟 L 8 运珞
Racb , lnc.
Thomas & Betts (C(i)fp'
ωE
Thermoweld Prodwets
Other A~fiJfO:ved Ma
iiH
i量 iE L
Z 墨E CON町阳c:r刷碗α附'AJ'tGNS，-民ECTRICAL r O~~TY..:E t 川T 向 IIN叫 ORAWINGNO
3 雪 3 运翻JTHf DHAH阳N HO附E ØWERSHIP RR0UECTS - SCHOOLSr DOC 1. &.. ^ I _ I
i ii 当
孟罢昌都，!J时翩翩邸
80川剧AH刚刚E &INNBRSHIP 削刊L
5阐 01 ARABIA
f' A18
[, EWO:
I A I DE-D20114
28-00014-00( 2 |iMni
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
2.02 GROUNDING AND BONDING PRODUCTS

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
Products: Of types indicated and of sizes and ratings to comply with SBC 401 and the
MAS
MAS
NEC. Where types, sizes, ratings, and quantities indicated are in excess of NEC
requirements, the more stringent requirements and the greater size, rating, and quantity
indications govern.
2.03 WIRE AND CABLE CONDUCTORS

A. Conductor Materials:
DESCRIPTION
1. Conductors shall be soft drawn copper and shall conform to the following
applicable standards:
a. Solid Conductors: ASTM B-3.
b. Assembly of Stranded Conductors: ASTM B-8.
c. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B-33.
2. Conductors larger than 35mm square (#2 AWG) shall be stranded.
B. Conductors shall be insulated and PVC-jacketed with green or green with yellow
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
stripes, unless indicated otherwise.

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
2.04 CONNECTOR PRODUCTS

NO.
REV
00
A. General: UL-listed and labeled as grounding connectors for the materials used.
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP
B. Pressure Connectors: High-conductivity-plated units.
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER C. Bolted Clamps: Heavy-duty units listed for the application.
MAS
12/1/16
DATE: D. Exothermic Welded Connections: Provided in kit form and selected for the specific
CERTIFIED
REZ types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items to be connected.
12/1/16
DATE:
2.05 GROUNDING ELECTRODES
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
A. Ground Rods: Comply with the following:
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
1. Shall be copper, copper-jacketed steel (“Copperweld” or equivalent) or
SMK
galvanized steel. Copper-clad or jacketed steel rod shall be steel with high-
12/1/16
DATE: strength steel core and electrolytic-grade copper outer sheath, molten
CONTROL NUMBER
welded to core and shall meet the requirements of UL467.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
2. Minimum Size:
DATE:
BY:
a. Copper or copper-clad: 16mm (5/8 inch) diameter by 2.44m (8 ft) long.

b. Galvanized steel: 19mm (3/4inch) diameter by 2.44m (8 ft) long.

00F1
c. Reinforcing steel bar of building shall not be used as a grounding

(DCC) NO. _____________________
electrode. Structural steel of a building may be used as down

28-00014-0002-0001
conductors.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
d. Grid or Loop Conductors: Bare copper conductors.

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
e. Equipment Grounding : Insulated copper conductors.

MAS
MAS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 APPLICATION
A. Equipment Grounding Conductor for Feeder and Branch Circuits: Install separate
insulated equipment grounding conductors with circuit conductors as indicated.

DESCRIPTION
Comply with SBC 401 for sizes and quantities of equipment grounding conductors,
except where larger sizes or more conductors are indicated.
1. Conduit, cable tray, shall not be relied on as the equipment grounding

conductor. A bare or insulated copper conductor shall be installed in the
same conduit, cable tray, cable, or cord or shall otherwise accompany the
power conductors.
2. In accordance with the NEC, an equipment grounding conductor is not

required between the neutral point of a transformer and a service
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
disconnecting means. The grounded circuit conductor (neutral) required by

the NEC is sufficient.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
3. Aluminum cable trays containing only circuits operated at, or below, 50V to
ground may be used as equipment grounding conductors provided the SBC
NO.
REV
00
requirements for such use are met. On other aluminum cable trays,
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER common equipment grounding conductor external to the cables in the tray
ANP
may be used under the following conditions:
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER a. This common conductor shall be sized in accordance with SBC for
MAS the largest power conductor in the tray, with a minimum size of
12/1/16
DATE: 16mm square.
CERTIFIED b. Connections shall be made between this common grounding
REZ
conductor and other grounding conductors for intersecting or branch
12/1/16
DATE: trays, and to extend the equipment grounding conductor beyond the
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY tray.
AAG
c. This common conductor (or the largest individual grounding
12/1/16
DATE: conductor, if more than one are installed) shall be bonded to each
OPERATIONS
section of the cable tray system with a connector approved for a
SMK
copper to aluminum connection.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
B. Underground Conductors for Ground Grid:

VERIFICATION
EDSD
1. Buried conductors used for grids and/or interconnection of ground rods

DATE:
shall be 120mm square minimum. Burial depth shall be 460mm minimum.

BY:
2. Grounding connections to grounding grids or grounding electrodes shall be

70mm square or 25mm square minimum as indicated in plan.

00F1
3. Grounding conductors extending through concrete or asphalt shall be run in

(DCC) NO. _____________________
PVC conduit (preferred) or PVC coated rigid steel conduit.

28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
D. In areas of severe corrosion, exposed ground system conductors shall be insulated

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
or covered.
MAS
MAS
E. Grounding conductors which do not accompany associated power conductors in

the same conduit shall not be installed in metallic conduit except where PVC is not
suitable and it is necessary to protect the conductor against mechanical damage.
Grounding conductors installed in metallic conduit and which do not accompany
associated power conductors shall be bonded to both ends of the conduit.
F. Signal and Communications: Unless required otherwise by other Standards,

DESCRIPTION
telephone, alarm, and communication systems, shall be provided with a 25 mm

square minimum green insulated copper conductor in raceway from the grounding
electrode system to each terminal cabinet or central equipment location.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. General: Ground electrical systems and equipment in accordance with SBC 401
requirements.
B. Electrical Room Ground Bus: Size, location, and arrangement as indicated. Space
1 inch from wall and support from wall 6 inches above finished floor, except as
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
otherwise indicated.
C. Ground Rods: Locate a minimum of one-rod length from each other and buried at
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
least 460mm below grade. Connect ground conductors to ground rods by means
of exothermic welds, brazing, or approved compression grounding connectors
NO.
REV
00
(Burndy “Hyground” system or equivalent). Make these connections without

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER damaging the copper coating or exposing the steel. Drive rods until tops are
ANP
150mm (6 inches) below finished floor or final grade except as otherwise indicated.
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER D. Braided-Type Bonding Jumpers: Use for flexible bonding and grounding
MAS
connections.
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ E. Route grounding conductors along the shortest and straightest paths possible
12/1/16
without obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to
DATE:
strain, impact, or damage, except as indicated.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
F. Test Wells/Ground Test Stations: Locate as indicated, and fabricate in accordance
12/1/16
DATE: with details indicated.
OPERATIONS
SMK
G. Ground the shields and armor of power cable at both ends. Maintain continuity of
12/1/16
DATE: splice by bonding across the splice. On long runs of single core cables where
CONTROL NUMBER
circulating currents are a problem, ground one end of the cable shield. Install a
VERIFICATION
cable protection device on the open end.

EDSD
DATE:
H. Ground metallic raceway conduit at both end points. Grounding with locknuts
BY:
alone is not acceptable. Conduit grounding may be accomplished by:

00F1
1. Externally installing approved grounding clamps and conductors. For PVC-

(DCC) NO. _____________________
coated conduits, do not scrape the coating to install grounding clamps. Use
28-00014-0002-0001
other methods explained below.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
2. Using grounded enclosures having integral threaded bushings or using a

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
conduit hub (such as Myers hub) which is approved for grounding

purposes.
MAS
MAS
3. Using an approved grounding bushing.
I Bond metallic cable trays at both end points and a minimum of every 25 meters to
the local ground grid or ground electrode or to structural steel which is bonded to
the local ground grid or ground electrode.
J. Ground busses of motor control centers shall have two connections to the main
DESCRIPTION
ground electrode.
K. Raised computer floors shall be grounded by bonding a minimum of two pedestals

at opposite corners to the nearest grounding electrode.
3.03 CONNECTIONS
A. General: Make connections in such a manner as to minimize possibility of galvanic

action or electrolysis. Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and
connection methods so metals in direct contact will be galvanically compatible.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
B. Make connections with clean bare metal at points of contact.

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
C. Exothermic Welded Connections: Use for connections to structural steel and for
underground connections to ground rods except those at ground test stations.
NO.
REV
00
Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations. Welds that are puffed up or

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER that show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning are not acceptable.
ANP
12/1/16
DATE: D. Terminate insulated equipment grounding conductors for feeders and branch
PROJECT
ENGINEER circuits with pressure-type grounding lugs. Where metallic raceways terminate at
MAS
metallic housings without mechanical and electrical connection to the housing,
12/1/16
DATE: terminate each conduit with a grounding bushing. Connect grounding bushings
CERTIFIED
REZ with a bare grounding conductor to the ground bus in the housing. Bond
12/1/16
electrically non-continuous conduits at both entrances and exits with grounding
DATE:
bushings and bare grounding conductors.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
E. Tighten grounding and bonding connectors and terminals, including screws and
12/1/16
DATE: bolts, in accordance with manufacturer's published torque tightening values for
OPERATIONS
connectors and bolts. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not
SMK
indicated, tighten connections to comply with torque tightening values specified in
12/1/16
DATE: UL 486A and UL 486B.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
F. Connections at Ground Test Stations: Use compression-type connectors on

EDSD
conductors and make bolted- and clamped-type connections between conductors

DATE:
and ground rods.

BY:
G. Compression-Type Connections: Use hydraulic compression tools to provide the

correct circumferential pressure for compression connectors. Use tools and dies
00F1
recommended by the manufacturer of the connectors. Provide embossing die

(DCC) NO. _____________________
code or other standard method to make a visible indication that a connector has
28-00014-0002-0001
been adequately compressed on the ground conductor.


A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
H. .Moisture Protection: Where insulated ground conductors are connected to ground

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
rods or ground buses, insulate the entire area of the connection and seal against
moisture penetration of the insulation and cable.
MAS
MAS
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Independent Testing Organization: Arrange and pay for the services of a qualified
independent electrical testing organization to perform tests described below.
B. Tests: Subject the completed grounding system to a megger test at each location
DESCRIPTION
where a maximum ground resistance level is specified, at service disconnect

enclosure ground terminal, and at ground test stations. Measure ground resistance
without the soil being moistened by any means other than natural precipitation or
natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial
means of reducing natural ground resistance. Perform tests by the 2- point method
in accordance with Section 9.03 of IEEE 81, "Guide for Measuring Earth
Resistivity, Ground Impedance and Earth Surface Potentials of a Grounding
System."
C. Ground/resistance maximum values shall be as follows:

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
Equipment rated 500 kVA and less: 10 Ohms

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
Pad-mounted equipment: 5 Ohms
D. Deficiencies: Where ground resistances exceed specified values, and if directed,

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
modify the grounding system to reduce resistance values. Where measures are
ENGINEER directed that exceed those indicated the provisions of the Contract, covering
ANP
12/1/16
changes will apply.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER E. Report: Prepare test reports, certified by the testing organization, of the ground
MAS
resistance at each test location. Include observations of weather and other
12/1/16
DATE: phenomena that may affect test results. Describe measures taken to improve test
CERTIFIED
REZ results.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
3.05 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING
AGENCY
AAG
12/1/16
A. Restore surface features at areas disturbed by excavation and re-establish original
DATE:
grades except as otherwise indicated.
OPERATIONS
SMK
B. Where sod has been removed, replace it as soon as possible after backfilling is
12/1/16
DATE: completed. Restore areas disturbed by trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, and
CONTROL NUMBER
other Work to their original condition.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
C. Include necessary topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sodding, sprigging, or

DATE:
mulching. Restore disturbed paving as indicated.

BY:
00F1
END OF SECTION
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
26 05 29 – HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELCTRICAL SYETEMS

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
MAS
MAS
PART 1 – GENERAL

DESCRIPTION

1.2 SUMMARY

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE specification section shall limit the scope of work as required by the Contract.
ENGINEER
ANP
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS
DATE:
12/1/16 This Section includes secure support from the building structure for electrical items by
CERTIFIED means of hangers, supports, anchors, sleeves, inserts, seals, and associated fastenings.
REZ
12/1/16 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG A. Codes and Standards: Comply with all applicable Codes and Standards including
DATE:
12/1/16 but not limited to, those listed below:
OPERATIONS
SMK 1. Electrical Component Standard: Components and installation shall comply with
DATE:
12/1/16 SBC 401 (Saudi Building Code Volume 4) and ANSI/NFPA 70 "National Electrical
Code," with the SBC 401 requirements prevailing over the NFPA 70 provisions.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
2. Electrical components shall be listed and labeled by UL, ETL, CSA, BS or other
approved, nationally recognized testing and listing agency that provides third-party
DATE:
BY:
certification follow-up services.

00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
1.5 SUBMITTALS
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and

MAS
MAS
Division 1 Specification Sections.
1. Product data for each type of product specified.
2. Hanger and support schedule showing manufacturer's figure number, size,

spacing, features, and application for each required type of hanger, support,
sleeve, seal, and fastener to be used.
DESCRIPTION
3. Shop drawings indicating details of fabricated products and materials.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers

offering products which may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
limited to, the following:

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the

following:
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
1. Slotted Metal Angle and U-Channel Systems:
ENGINEER ABAHSAIN-COPE S.A. LTD.
ANP
12/1/16
Allied Tube & Conduit
DATE:
PROJECT
American Electric
ENGINEER B-Line Systems, Inc.
MAS
GS Metals Corp.
12/1/16
DATE: Unistrut Diversified Products
CERTIFIED
REZ Other Approved Manufacturers
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
2. Conduit Sealing Bushings:
AGENCY
AAG
12/1/16
Cooper Industries, Inc.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
GS Metals Corp.
SMK
Killark Electric Mfg. Co.
12/1/16
O-Z/Gedney
DATE:
Raco, Inc.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
Red Seal Electric Corp.

Spring City Electrical Mfg. Co.
EDSD
Thomas & Betts Corp.

DATE:
Other Approved Manufacturers

BY:
2.02 COATINGS AND MATERIALS FOR SUPPORTING DEVICES

00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
A. Conform to manufacturer's recommendations for selection and installation of

supports. Per SBC-401, also conform to the following:

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
Exception: Plant structural members used as supports for conduit and other
REZ
electrical equipment are not included in this section. Attachment hardware

(clamps, bolts, nuts, etc) must however comply to the requirements.
MAS
MAS
1. Channel erector system components (Unistrut or similar) used to support

conduits, cable trays, enclosures, lighting fixtures and other electrical
equipment shall be made of steel and iron, either hot-dip galvanized
(preferably), or zinc electroplated as supplied by the manufacturer.
2. For purposes of this section, severe corrosive environments include:

DESCRIPTION
a. Outdoor offshore locations

b. Outdoor onshore locations within one kilometer from the shoreline of
the Arabian Gulf, all of the Rastanura Refinery and Terminal, and
within three kilometers from shoreline of the Red Sea.
2.03 MANUFACTURED SUPPORTING DEVICES
A. Raceway Supports: Provide as indicated on the drawings or as per requirements

JO/EWO
of SBC 401 and the NEC. Supports include clevis hangers, riser clamps, conduit
28-00014
28-00014
straps, threaded C-clamps with retainers, ceiling trapeze hangers, wall brackets,
and spring steel clamps.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
B. Fasteners: Types, materials, and construction features as follows:

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE 1. Expansion Anchors: Carbon steel wedge or sleeve type, zinc coated
ENGINEER
ANP
(indoor and outdoor use), or stainless steel (corrosive locations).
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT 2. Toggle Bolts: All steel springhead type (indoor use only).
ENGINEER
MAS
12/1/16 3. Powder-Driven Threaded Studs: Heat-treated steel, designed specifically
DATE:
CERTIFIED
for the intended service.
REZ
DATE:
12/1/16 C. Conduit Sealing Bushings: Factory-fabricated watertight conduit sealing bushing
CONSTRUCTION assemblies suitable for sealing around conduit, or tubing passing through concrete
AGENCY
AAG floors and walls. Construct seals with steel sleeve, malleable iron body, neoprene
12/1/16 sealing grommets or rings, metal pressure rings, pressure clamps, and cap screws.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
SMK D. Cable Supports for Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of
12/1/16 threaded body and insulating wedging plug for nonarmored electrical cables in riser
DATE:
conduits. Provide plugs with number and size of conductor gripping holes as
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
required to suit individual risers. Construct body of malleable-iron casting with hot-
EDSD
dip galvanized finish.

DATE:
E. U-Channel Systems: 16-gage steel channels unless indicated otherwise. Provide

BY:
fittings and accessories that mate and match with U-channel and are of the same
00F1
manufacture.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
2.04 FABRICATED SUPPORTING DEVICES

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
A. General: Shop- or field-fabricated supports or manufactured supports assembled

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
from U-channel components. Conform to the requirements of Paragraph 2.02

regarding coatings and materials.
MAS
MAS
B. Steel Brackets: Fabricated of angles, channels, and other standard structural

shapes. Connect with welds and machine bolts to form rigid supports. Conform to
the requirements of Paragraph 2.02 regarding coatings and materials.
C. Pipe Sleeves: Provide pipe sleeves (normally two sizes larger than conduit/pipe
DESCRIPTION
passing through) of one of the following:
1. Sheet Metal: Fabricate from galvanized sheet metal; round tube closed
with snaplock joint, welded spiral seams, or welded longitudinal joint.
Fabricate sleeves from the following gage metal for sleeve diameter noted:
3-inch and smaller: 20-gage.

4-inch to 6-inch: 16-gage.
over 6-inch: 14-gage.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
2. Steel Pipe: Fabricate from Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe.

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
3. Plastic Pipe: Fabricate from Schedule 80 PVC plastic pipe.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
D. Hanger Rods: Mild low carbon steel, unless otherwise specified; fully
ENGINEER threaded or threaded each end, with nuts as required to position and lock rod
ANP
12/1/16
in place. All Hanger rods and associated accessories shall be galvanized
DATE:
PROJECT
plated.
ENGINEER
MAS
12/1/16
DATE: PART 3 - EXECUTION
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16 3.01 APPLICATION

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
A. Comply with local regulations and corresponding SASO and IEC reference
12/1/16
standards for application of hangers and supports for electrical equipment and
DATE:
OPERATIONS
systems except if requirements in this Section are stricter.
SMK
B. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceway: Space
12/1/16
DATE: supports for EMT, IMC, and RMC as required by local regulations and
CONTROL NUMBER
corresponding SASO and IEC reference standards. Minimum rod size shall be 6
VERIFICATION
mm in diameter.
EDSD
DATE:
C. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze-type supports fabricated with steel

BY:
slotted support system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 50 percent

in future without exceeding specified design load limits.
00F1
1. Secure raceways and cables to these supports with two-bolt conduit clamps
(DCC) NO. _____________________
using spring friction action for retention in support channel.

28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
REZ
3.02 INSTALLATION
MAS
MAS
A. Install supporting devices to fasten electric components securely and permanently

in accordance with NEC requirements.
B. Coordinate with the building structural system and with other electrical installation.
C. Conform to manufacturer's recommendations for selection and installation of

supports, in addition to the requirements specified in this Section.
DESCRIPTION
D. Strength of each support shall be adequate to carry present and future load
multiplied by a safety factor of at least four. Where this determination results in a
safety allowance of less than 200 lbs, provide additional strength until there is a
minimum of 200 lbs safety allowance in the strength of each support.
E. Install individual and multiple (trapeze) raceway hangers and riser clamps as
necessary to support raceways. Provide U- bolts, clamps, attachments, and other
hardware necessary for hanger assembly and for securing hanger rods and
conduits.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
F. Support parallel runs of horizontal raceways together on trapeze-type hangers.

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
G. Support individual horizontal raceways by separate pipe hangers. Spring steel

fasteners may be used in lieu of hangers only for 1-1/2-inch and smaller raceways
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
serving lighting and receptacle branch circuits above suspended ceilings only. For
ENGINEER hanger rods with spring steel fasteners, use 1/4-inch-diameter or larger threaded
ANP
12/1/16
steel. Use spring steel fasteners that are specifically designed for supporting
DATE:
PROJECT
single conduits or tubing.
ENGINEER
MAS
H. Space supports for raceways in accordance with the following Table. Space
12/1/16
DATE: supports for raceway types not covered by the above in accordance with SBC 401
CERTIFIED
REZ and the NEC.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
SPACING FOR RACEWAY SUPPORTS
AGENCY
AAG
12/1/16 Raceway No. of Maximum Spacing

DATE:
OPERATIONS Size Coductors of Supports (Feet)
SMK (Inches) in. Run Location RSC EMT RNC
12/1/16 *
DATE:
HORIZONTAL RUNS
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
½, 3/4 1 or 2 Flat ceiling or wall where it 5 5 3

EDSD
is difficult to provide
supports except at interval
DATE:
fixed by the building

BY:
construction.
00F1
½, 3/4 3 or more Any location 7 7 -

½-1 3 or more Any location 7 7 -

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
1 & larger 1 or 2 Flat ceiling or wall where it 6 6 -

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
is difficult to provide
supports except at intervals
MAS
MAS
fixed by the building

construction.
1 & larger 3 or more Any location 10 10 -
Any Concealed 10 10 -
VERTICAL RUNS
½, 3/4 Exposed 7 7 -
DESCRIPTION
1, 1-1/4 Exposed 8 8 -
1-1/2 and Exposed 10 10 -
larger
Up to 2 Shaftway 14 10 -
2-1/2 Shaftway 16 10 -
3 & larger Shaftway 20 10 -
Any Concealed 10 10 -
* Maximum spacings for RSC above apply to straight runs only. Otherwise the
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
maximums for EMT apply.

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
Abbreviations: EMT - Electrical metallic tubing.

10/27/16
RSC - Rigid steel conduit.

RNC - Rigid nonmetallic conduit.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER I. Support exposed and concealed raceway within 1 foot of an unsupported box and
ANP
access fittings. In horizontal runs, support at the box and access fittings may be
12/1/16
DATE: omitted where box or access fittings are independently supported and raceway
PROJECT
ENGINEER terminals are not made with chase nipples or threadless box connectors.
MAS
12/1/16
DATE: J. In vertical runs, arrange support so the load produced by the weight of the raceway
CERTIFIED
REZ and the enclosed conductors is carried entirely by the conduit supports with no
12/1/16
weight load on raceway terminals.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
K. Vertical Conductor Supports: Install simultaneously with installation of conductors.
12/1/16
DATE:
L. Miscellaneous Supports: Support miscellaneous electrical components as required
OPERATIONS
SMK
to produce the same structural safety factors as specified for raceway supports.
Install metal channel racks for mounting cabinets, panelboards, disconnects,
12/1/16
DATE: control enclosures, pull boxes, junction boxes, transformers, and other devices.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
M. In open overhead spaces, cast boxes threaded to raceways need not be supported
EDSD
separately except where used for fixture support. Support sheet metal boxes
DATE:
directly from the building structure or by bar hangers. Where bar hangers are
BY:
used, attach the bar to raceways on opposite sides of the box and support the
raceway with an approved type of fastener not more than 24 inches from the box.
00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
N. Sleeves: Install in concrete slabs and walls and all other fire- rated floors and walls
28-00014-0002-0001
for raceways and cable installations. For sleeves through fire-rated wall or floor

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
construction, apply UL- listed firestopping sealant in gaps between sleeves and
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
enclosed conduits and cables in accordance with "Fire Resistant Joint Sealers"
requirement of Division 16 Section 16050.
MAS
MAS
O. Conduit Seals: Install seals for conduit penetrations of slabs on grade and exterior
walls below grade and where indicated. Tighten sleeve seal screws until sealing
grommets have expanded to form watertight seal.
P. Fastening: Unless otherwise indicated, fasten electrical items and their supporting
hardware securely to the building structure, including but not limited to conduits,
DESCRIPTION
raceways, cables, cable trays, busways, cabinets, panelboards, transformers,

boxes, disconnect switches, and control components in accordance with the
following:
1. Fasten by means of wood screws or screw-type nails on wood, toggle bolts

on hollow masonry units, concrete inserts or expansion bolts on concrete or
solid masonry, and machine screws, welded threaded studs, or spring-
tension clamps on steel. Threaded studs driven by a powder charge and
provided with lock washers and nuts may be used instead of expansion
bolts and machine or wood screws.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
2. Do not weld conduit, pipe straps, or items other than threaded studs to steel
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
structures.
3. In partitions of light steel construction, use sheet metal screws.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER Q. Holes cut to depth of more than 1-1/2 inches in reinforced concrete beams or to
ANP
depth of more than 3/4 inch in concrete shall not cut the main reinforcing bars. Fill
12/1/16
DATE: holes that are not used.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS
R. Ensure that the load applied to any fastener does not exceed 25 percent of the
12/1/16
DATE: proof test load. Use vibration- and shock- resistant fasteners for attachments to
CERTIFIED
REZ concrete slabs.
12/1/16
3.03 TESTS:
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
When directed by Company Representative to provide testing of fasteners, comply with
12/1/16
the following:
DATE:
OPERATIONS
SMK
A. Test pull-out resistance of one of each type, size, and anchorage material for the
following fastener types:
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
1. Expansion anchors.
VERIFICATION
EDSD
2. Toggle bolts.
DATE:
BY:
3. Powder-driven threaded studs.

00F1
B. Provide all jacks, jigs, fixtures, and calibrated indicating scales required for reliable
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
testing.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
C. Obtain the Structural Engineer's approval before transmitting loads to the structure.
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
D. Test to 90 percent of rated proof load for fastener. If fastening fails test, revise all
MAS
MAS
similar fastener installations and retest until satisfactory results are achieved.
END OF SECTION

DESCRIPTION
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
SMK
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
26 05 33 - RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
MAS
MAS
PART 1 - GENERAL

DESCRIPTION

1.2 SUMMARY

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP This Section includes raceways normally used in SAUDI ARAMCO facilities for
DATE:
12/1/16 electrical wiring. Types of raceways in this section include the following:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS 1. Rigid steel conduit.
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED 2. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT).
REZ
DATE:
12/1/16 3. Flexible Metal Conduit.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG 4. Liquid tight Flexible Metal Conduit.
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS 5. Rigid PVC conduit.
SMK
DATE:
12/1/16 6. Non-metallic conduit.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
1.3 REFERENCES
EDSD
DATE:
A. Saudi Building Code Chapter 401 – Electrical.

BY:
B. Saudi Arabian Standards Organization (SASO).

00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
C. International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC).

28-00014-0002-0001
1. IEC 60364 – Low Voltage Electrical Installation.


A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
D. Electrical Industries Association/Telecommunication Industries Association (EIA/TIA).

REZ
MAS
E. International Building Code (IBC).

MAS
1.4 DESCRIPTION
A. This section specifies the furnishing, installation, and connection of conduit,

fittings, and boxes to form complete, coordinated, grounded conduit systems.
DESCRIPTION
Conduits are required for all final branch circuits unless shown or specified
otherwise.
B. Definitions: The term conduit, as used in this specification, shall mean any or all
of the raceway types specified.
1.5 DEFINITIONS
A. EMT: Electrical metallic tubing.

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
B. ENT: Electrical nonmetallic tubing.
C. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber.

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
D. FMC: Flexible metal conduit.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
E. IMC: Intermediate metal conduit.
ENGINEER
ANP
12/1/16
F. LFMC: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
G. LFNC: Liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit.
MAS
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
H. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber.
REZ
12/1/16 I. RNC: Rigid nonmetallic conduit.

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG 1.6 SUBMITTALS
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
General:
SMK
12/1/16
A. In accordance with Section 01 33 23, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA,
DATE:
AND SAMPLES, furnish the following:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
B. Shop Drawings:
EDSD
1. Size and location of conduits, cable trays and trunking requiring integration
DATE:
within structural building elements.

BY:
2. Size and location of wiring accessories associated with 1 above.

3. Layout of required conduit, and trunking penetrations through structural elements.

00F1
4. The specific item proposed and its area of application shall be identified on
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
the catalog cuts.

5. For the following raceway components. Include plans, elevations, sections,

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
details, and attachments to other work.

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
a. Cable trays.
b. Enclosures and cabinets.
MAS
MAS
c. For handholes and boxes for underground wiring, including the following:
1) Duct entry provisions, including locations and duct sizes.
2) Frame and cover design.
3) Grounding details.
4) Dimensioned locations of cable rack inserts, and pulling-in and lifting irons.
5) Joint details.
6. Coordination Drawings:
DESCRIPTION
a. Raceway routing plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are
shown and coordinated with each other, based on input from installers of
the items involved:
1) Structural members in the paths of conduit groups with common supports.
2) HVAC and plumbing items and architectural features in the paths of
conduit groups with common supports.
7. Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification:
a. Submit certification that enclosures and cabinets and their mounting
provisions, including those for internal components, will withstand seismic
forces defined in Division 26. Include the following:
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
1) Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based

on actual test of assembled components or on calculation.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
a) The term "withstand" means "the cabinet or enclosure will remain in

place without separation of any parts when subjected to the seismic
forces specified and the unit will retain its enclosure characteristics,
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
including its interior accessibility, after the seismic event."
ENGINEER 2) Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of
ANP
12/1/16
gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions.
DATE:
PROJECT
3) Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which
ENGINEER the certification is based and their installation requirements.
MAS
12/1/16
DATE: 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of the complete range
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
of all supporting devices and ancillary electrical connection materials including
AGENCY
AAG
connectors, terminals, equipment supports, etc., whose products have been in
satisfactory use in similar services for not less than 5 years. Preference shall
12/1/16
DATE: be given to local manufacturers and suppliers/agents.
OPERATIONS
SMK
B. Installer: Firms regularly engaged and qualified with at least 5 years of
12/1/16
DATE: successful installation experience on projects with electrical installation work
CONTROL NUMBER
similar to that required for the project.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
C. All type of products used for installation of equipment connections and supports
shall comply with SASO, NEC, NEMA, ASTM and AWS.
DATE:
BY:
D. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M,

00F1
"Structural Welding Code - Steel."

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
1.8 REFERENCES
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
A. Comply with the applicable SASO and IEC reference standard for the following:
MAS
MAS
B. Rigid steel conduits and fittings
C. Flexible steel conduit

D. Adapters
E. Non-metallic conduits and fittings

DESCRIPTION
F. Accessory boxes for flush mounting
G. Conduit boxes for suspension of luminaires -
H. Steel trunking
I. Non-metallic Trunking
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
1.09 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in

Division 03.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
B. Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations,
ANP as specified in Division 07.
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
1.10 WARRANTY
MAS
DATE:
12/1/16 A. Refer to Division 1.
CERTIFIED
REZ
DATE:
12/1/16 Contractor to provide the manufacturer’s standard warranty period but shall not be
CONSTRUCTION less than the duration stipulated in contract.
AGENCY
AAG
12/1/16 C. Unless otherwise stated in this specification section all materials,

DATE:
OPERATIONS assemblies, components parts and workmanship shall be guaranteed against
SMK defect, damage, or non- conformity.
12/1/16
DATE:
D. During the guarantee period the manufacturer shall make all necessary
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
repairs or replacement to achieve conformity to the requirements of the Contract

Documents.
EDSD
DATE:
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
BY:
00F1
2.1 METAL WIREWAYS


(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
B. Manufacturers:
MAS
1. Abahsain-Cope Saudi Arabia Co. Ltd.

MAS
2. Saudi Steel Pipe Company Limited.

3. MK Cable management Saudi Arabia Limited.
C. Description: Sheet metal sized and shaped as indicated,

1. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints,

adapters, hold-down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate
with wireways as required for complete system.
DESCRIPTION
2. Wireway Covers: Screw-cover type.

3. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish.
2.2 NONMETALLIC WIREWAYS

offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
B. Manufacturers:
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
3. MK Cable management Saudi Arabia Limited

4. Amaintit Rubber Industries, Ltd.
NO.
REV
00
5. Sappco Dammam Factory Branch of Saudi Plastic Products Co. Ltd.

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP C. Description: Fiberglass polyester, extruded and fabricated to size and shape
DATE:
12/1/16 indicated, with no holes or knockouts. Cover is gasketed with oil-resistant gasket
PROJECT material and fastened with captive screws treated for corrosion resistance.
ENGINEER
MAS Connections are flanged, with stainless-steel screws and oil-resistant gaskets.
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
D. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints,
REZ adapters, hold-down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with
DATE:
12/1/16 wireways as required for complete system.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG 2.3 SURFACE RACEWAYS
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
A. Surface Metal Raceways: Galvanized steel with snap-on covers. Manufacturer's
SMK
standard enamel finish in color selected by Saudi Aramco.
12/1/16
DATE: B. Available Manufacturers:
CONTROL NUMBER

VERIFICATION

EDSD

DATE:
BY:
2.4 SURFACE NONMETALLIC RACEWAYS:

00F1
A. Two-piece construction, manufactured of rigid PVC with texture and color

(DCC) NO. _____________________
selected by Saudi Aramco from manufacturer's standard colors.

28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
B. Available Manufacturers:
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ

MAS
MAS

2.5 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT)

DESCRIPTION
A. EMT - Electrical metallic tubing (thin-wall) and fittings shall be galvanized steel.
B. Unless otherwise shown on the Contract Drawings, all fittings shall be

compression type made of malleable or pressed steel.
C. Manufacturers
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
2.6 RIGID GALVANIZED CONDUIT
A. RGS - Hot-dipped galvanized steel (thick-wall) conduit shall be threaded.

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
B. All preformed elbows shall be similar in construction to, and of a type designed for
NO.
REV
00
use with the appropriate conduit.

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP C. All fittings shall be threaded and shall be compatible with conduit and tubing materials.
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT D. Manufacturers
ENGINEER
MAS
12/1/16 2. Saudi Steel Pipe Company Limited.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16 E. RGS shall be used for transition from underground PVC conduit to SEC meter
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION and to main panel boards and/or switchboards.
AGENCY
AAG
12/1/16
2.7 NON-METALLIC CONDUIT TUBING
DATE:
OPERATIONS
A. Schedule 40 PVC
SMK
12/1/16
DATE: B. Fittings to match conduit type
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
C. Manufacturers
EDSD

DATE:
BY:

00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
2.8 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by

MAS
one of the following:

MAS
1. Arabia Fiberglass Products Company

2. HAWA Electric Panel Board factory
3. Safety and Protection Factory
4. Alfanar Electrical System
5. Cooper Industries Middle East LCC.

6. Industrial System Group.
DESCRIPTION
B. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Per applicable SASO and IEC
reference standard.
C. Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Per applicable SASO and IEC reference
standard, ferrous alloy with gasketed cover.
D. Nonmetallic Outlet and Device Boxes: Per applicable SASO and IEC
reference standard.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
E. Metal Floor Boxes: Per applicable SASO and IEC reference standard, cast metal,
fully adjustable, rectangular.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
F. Nonmetallic Floor Boxes: Per applicable SASO and IEC reference

standard, nonadjustable, round.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP
G. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: Per applicable SASO and IEC
12/1/16
reference standard.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER H. Cast-Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: Per applicable SASO and IEC
MAS
reference standard, galvanized, cast iron with gasketed cover.
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ I. Hinged-Cover Enclosures: Per applicable SASO and IEC reference standard, IP
12/1/16
67, with continuous-hinge cover with flush latch, unless otherwise indicated.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
1. Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's
AGENCY
AAG
standard enamel.
2. Nonmetallic Enclosures: Plastic, finished inside with radio-frequency-
12/1/16
DATE: resistant paint.
OPERATIONS
SMK
J. Cabinets:
12/1/16
DATE: 1. Per applicable SASO and IEC reference standard, IP 31, galvanized-steel box
CONTROL NUMBER
with removable interior panel and removable front, finished inside and out with
VERIFICATION
manufacturer's standard enamel.

EDSD
2. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge.
3. Key latch to match panel boards.
DATE:
BY:
4. Metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage.

5. Accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment.
00F1
K. Size boxes for 20% spare.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
2.9 HANDHOLES AND BOXES FOR EXTERIOR UNDERGROUND WIRING

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
A. Description:
MAS
1. Color of Frame and Cover: Gray.

MAS
2. Configuration: Units shall be designed for flush burial and have closed
bottom, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Cover: Weatherproof, secured by tamper-resistant locking devices and
having structural load rating consistent with enclosure.
4. Cover Finish: Nonskid finish shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.50.
5. Cover Legend: Molded lettering, "ELECTRIC."

DESCRIPTION
6. Conduit Entrance Provisions: Conduit-terminating fittings shall mate with entering

ducts for secure, fixed installation in enclosure wall.
7. Handholes (300 mm wide by 600 mm long) and larger shall have inserts for cable
racks and pulling-in irons installed before concrete is poured.
B. Polymer-Concrete Handholes and Boxes with Polymer-Concrete Cover: Molded

of sand and aggregate, bound together with polymer resin, and reinforced with
steel or fiberglass or a combination of the two.
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work

include, but are not limited to, the following:
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
C. Fiberglass Handholes and Boxes: Molded of fiberglass-reinforced polyester resin,

with covers of cast iron
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE 2.10 SLEEVES FOR RACEWAYS

ENGINEER
ANP
12/1/16 A. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40,
DATE:
PROJECT galvanized steel, plain ends.
ENGINEER
MAS
12/1/16
B. Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile-iron
DATE:
CERTIFIED
pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated.
REZ
12/1/16 C. Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: Galvanized sheet steel with minimum 1.3- or
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
3.5- mm thickness as indicated and of length to suit application.
AGENCY
AAG
D. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of
12/1/16
DATE: firestopping specified in Division 07.
OPERATIONS
SMK
2.11 SLEEVE SEALS
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
A. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular
VERIFICATION
space between sleeve and cable.

EDSD
1. Sealing Elements: NBR interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or

conduit. Include type and number required for material and size of raceway or
DATE:
BY:
cable.
2. Pressure Plates: Stainless steel. Include two for each sealing element.
00F1
3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure

(DCC) NO. _____________________
pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element.
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
2.12 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL FOR UNDERGROUND ENCLOSURES

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
A. Handhole and Pull-Box Prototype Test: Test prototypes of handholes and boxes
MAS
for compliance with ANSI / SCTE 77 Tier 22, unless noted otherwise.
MAS
1. Tests of materials shall be performed by a independent testing agency.

2. Testing machine pressure gages shall have current calibration
certification complying with ISO 9000 and ISO 10012, and traceable to NIST
standards.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
DESCRIPTION
3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION
A. Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below, unless otherwise indicated:

1. Exposed Conduit: Rigid steel conduit.
2. Concealed Conduit, Aboveground: Rigid steel conduit
3. Underground Conduit: RNC, direct buried. Transition to RGS when
transitioning to above ground
4. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and
Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): LFMC.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
5. Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: Similar to NEMA 250 or NEMA Type 4

for wet locations.
6. Application of Handholes and Boxes for Underground Wiring:
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
a. Handholes and Pull Boxes in Driveway, Parking Lot, and Off-Roadway

Locations, Subject to Occasional, Nondeliberate Loading by Heavy
NO.
REV
00
Vehicles: Polymer concrete, SCTE 77, Tier 15 structural load rating.

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER b. Handholes and Pull Boxes in Sidewalk and Similar Applications with a
ANP
Safety Factor for Nondeliberate Loading by Vehicles: Polymer-concrete
12/1/16
DATE: SCTE 77, Tier 8 structural load rating.
PROJECT
ENGINEER c. Handholes and Pull Boxes Subject to Light-Duty Pedestrian Traffic Only:
MAS Fiberglass-reinforced polyester resin, structurally tested according to SCTE
12/1/16
DATE: 77 with 13 345-N vertical loading.
CERTIFIED
REZ
B. Comply with the following indoor applications, unless otherwise indicated:
12/1/16
DATE: 1. Exposed, Not Subject to Physical Damage: EMT or Cable Tray.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 2. Exposed, Not Subject to Severe Physical Damage: EMT or Cable tray.
AAG
3. Exposed and Subject to Severe Physical Damage below 2400 mm: Rigid steel
12/1/16
DATE: conduit. Includes raceways in the following locations:
OPERATIONS a. Loading dock.
SMK
b. Corridors used for traffic of mechanized carts, forklifts, and pallet-handling units.
DATE:
12/1/16 c. Mechanical rooms.
d. Utility areas
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
e. Corridors, areaways for luggage carts.

EDSD
4. Concealed above Ceilings and in Interior Walls and Partitions: EMT or Cable Tray.
a. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic,
DATE:
BY:
Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): FMC, except

use LFMC in damp or wet locations.
00F1
b. Damp or Wet Locations: Rigid steel conduit, PVC coated.

c. Raceways for Optical Fiber or Communications Cable in Spaces Used for
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
Environmental Air: EMT or Cable Tray if plenum rated.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
d. Raceways for Optical Fiber or Communications Cable Risers in Vertical

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
Shafts: Riser-type, optical fiber/communications cable raceway or EMT.

e. Raceways for Concealed General Purpose Distribution of Optical Fiber or
MAS
MAS
Communications Cable: EMT or Cable Tray.

f. Boxes and Enclosures: Similar to NEMA 250, Type 1, except use similar to
NEMA 250, Type 4, stainless steel in damp or wet locations.
C. Minimum Raceway Size: 20 mm trade size.

D. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location.
1. Rigid and Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings,
DESCRIPTION
unless otherwise indicated.

2. PVC Externally Coated, Rigid Steel Conduits: Use only fittings listed for use
with that material. Patch and seal all joints, nicks, and scrapes in PVC coating
after installing conduits and fittings. Use sealant recommended by fitting
manufacturer.
3. For areas with high frequency (400 Hz) applications: Install nonferrous conduit
or tubing for circuits operating above 60 Hz. Where aluminum raceways are
installed for such circuits and pass through concrete, install in nonmetallic
sleeve.
4. Do not install aluminum conduits in contact with concrete.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
3.2 INSTALLATION
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
A. Comply with local Wiring Regulations for installation requirements applicable to

products specified in Part 2 except where requirements on Drawings or in this
NO.
REV
00
Article are stricter.

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP
B. Keep raceways at least 150 mm away from parallel runs of flues and steam or
12/1/16
DATE: hot-water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS C. Support raceways as specified in Division 26 for Electrical Systems.
DATE:
12/1/16 Independently support conduits, trunking and cable trays as identified in local
CERTIFIED wiring regulations and applicable SASO and IEC reference standard. Do not use
REZ
supports used for ceiling, ceiling support members, light fixtures, mechanical
12/1/16
DATE: piping and duct work.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG D. Support within 150 mm of changes of direction, and within 150 mm of each
DATE:
12/1/16 enclosure to which connected.
OPERATIONS
SMK E. Close ends of empty conduit / trunking with plugs or caps at the rough-in stage to
DATE:
12/1/16 prevent entry of debris, until wires are pulled in.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
F. Conduit / trunking installations under fume and vent hoods are prohibited.
EDSD
G. Secure conduits to cabinets, junction boxes, pull boxes and outlet boxes with a
DATE:
conduit coupling and hexagon male smooth bore bush (Brass). Do not make
BY:
conduit connections to junction box covers.

00F1
H. Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings or specified herein, all conduits and
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
trunking in public spaces shall be installed concealed within finished walls, floors
and ceilings.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
I. At Building movement joints, expansion couplings shall be installed. The

REZ
Contractor shall identify on the drawings all such locations and provide details of
MAS
the method of providing for such movements.

MAS
J. Live terminations are not permitted in any part of the conduit installation including
associated boxes and other accessories.
K. Steel Conduit - Additional Requirements.
1. Earth continuity links shall be provided to ensure electrical continuity across

expansion joints. Bonds shall be single core 4.0mm² green, yellow insulated
DESCRIPTION
standard copper wires.

2. All conduits to be bonded to earth to provide electrical continuity throughout
their length.
3. Running couplers and backnuts shall be avoided where practicable.
4. The use of threaded ‘nipples’ is not permitted.
5. Where conduits are installed surface mounted, spacer bar saddles shall be
used. Where necessary as a result of uneven or rough surfaces distance
saddles shall be used. Saddles shall have an equivalent finish to the type of
conduit in use.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
6. Minor damage to Conduit surfaces and exposed running threads shall be

repaired prior to completion of the installation using zinc rich epoxy primer
applied in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
L. Non - Metallic Conduit - Additional Requirements

NO.
REV
00
1. All non-metallic conduits shall be heavy gage as per applicable SASO and
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
IEC reference standard.
ANP
2. All bends and sets in non-metallic conduits shall be formed using an
12/1/16
DATE: appropriate bending machine. Internal springs shall be used to prevent
PROJECT
ENGINEER collapse of the conduit wall. Conduits up to a size of 25mm may be cold set.
MAS 3. Boxes for use with non-metallic conduits shall have web mounded spouts and
12/1/16 brass thread inserts.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ
4. Saddles and spacing’s shall be as those detailed for metallic conduits.
12/1/16
DATE: M. Arrange stub-ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above the finished
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY slab.
AAG
DATE:
12/1/16 N. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any conduit run
OPERATIONS except for communications conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed.
SMK
DATE:
12/1/16 O. Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless
otherwise indicated.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
P. Raceways Embedded in Slabs:

1. Run conduit larger than 25-mm trade size, parallel or at right angles to main
DATE:
reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to

BY:
slab support.
00F1
2. Arrange raceways to cross building expansion joints at right angles with

expansion fittings.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
3. Change from ENT to rigid steel conduit before rising above the floor.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
Q. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive, or Outdoor

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
Conditions: Apply listed compound to threads of raceway and fittings before

making up joints. Follow compound manufacturer's written instructions.
MAS
MAS
R. Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use

insulating bushings to protect conductors, including conductors smaller than 25
mm².
S. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic

line with not less than 90-kg tensile strength. Leave at least 300 mm of slack at
each end of pull wire.
DESCRIPTION
T. Raceways for Optical Fiber and Communications Cable used for electrical
controls: Install raceways, metallic and nonmetallic, rigid and flexible, as follows:
1. 20-mm Trade Size and Smaller: Install raceways in maximum lengths of 15m.
2. 25-mm Trade Size and Larger: Install raceways in maximum lengths of 25m.
3. Install with a maximum of two 90-degree bends or equivalent for each length
of raceway unless Drawings show stricter requirements. Separate lengths with
pull or junction boxes or terminations at distribution frames or cabinets where
necessary to comply with these requirements.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
U. Install raceway sealing fittings at suitable, approved, and accessible locations and
fill them with listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of
adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings at the following points:
NO.
REV
00
4. Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
refrigerated spaces.
ANP 5. Where otherwise required by local Wiring Regulations.
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER V. Expansion-Joint Fittings for RNC: Install in each run of aboveground conduit that
MAS is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 17 deg C, and
DATE:
12/1/16 that has straight-run length that exceeds 7.6 m.
CERTIFIED 6. Install expansion-joint fittings for each of the following locations, and provide
REZ
type and quantity of fittings that accommodate temperature change listed for
12/1/16
DATE: location:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY a. Outdoor Locations Not Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 70 deg C
AAG
temperature change.
12/1/16
DATE: b. Outdoor Locations Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 86 deg C temperature change.
OPERATIONS c. Indoor Spaces: Connected with the Outdoors without Physical Separation:
SMK
70 deg C temperature change.
12/1/16 d. Basements: 75 deg C temperature change.
DATE:
7. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.06 mm
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
per meter of length of straight run per deg C) of temperature change.

EDSD
8. Install each expansion-joint fitting with position, mounting, and piston setting
selected according to manufacturer's written instructions for conditions at
DATE:
BY:
specific location at the time of installation.

00F1
W. Flexible Conduit Connections: Use maximum of 1800 mm of flexible conduit for

recessed and semirecessed lighting fixtures, equipment subject to vibration, noise
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
transmission, or movement; and for transformers and motors.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
9. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations subject to severe physical damage.

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
10. Use LFMC or LFNC in damp or wet locations not subject to severe
physical damage.
MAS
MAS
X. Recessed Boxes in Masonry Walls: Saw-cut opening for box in center of cell of
masonry block, and install box flush with surface of wall.
Y. Set metal floor boxes level and flush with finished floor surface.
Z. Set nonmetallic floor boxes level.Trim after installation to fit flush with finished
floor surface.
DESCRIPTION
3.3 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CONDUIT
A. Direct-Buried Conduit:
1. Excavate trench bottom to provide firm and uniform support for conduit.
Prepare trench bottom as specified in Division 31 for pipe less than 150 mm in
nominal diameter.
2. Install backfill as specified in Division 31.
3. After installing conduit, backfill and compact. Start at tie-in point, and work
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
toward end of conduit run, leaving conduit at end of run free to move with
expansion and contraction as temperature changes during this process. Firmly
hand tamp backfill around conduit to provide maximum supporting strength.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
After placing controlled backfill to within 300 mm of finished grade, make final
conduit connection at end of run and complete backfilling with normal
NO.
REV
00
compaction as specified in Division 31

DISCIPLINE 4. Install manufactured rigid steel conduit elbows for stub-ups at poles and
ENGINEER
ANP equipment and at building entrances through the floor.
DATE:
12/1/16 a. Couple steel conduits to ducts with adapters designed for this purpose, and
PROJECT
ENGINEER
encase coupling with 75 mm of concrete.
MAS b. For stub-ups at equipment mounted on outdoor concrete bases, extend
DATE:
12/1/16 steel conduit horizontally a minimum of 1500 mm from edge of equipment
CERTIFIED pad or foundation. Install insulated grounding bushings on terminations at
REZ
equipment.
12/1/16 5. Warning Planks: Bury warning planks approximately 300 mm above direct-
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
buried conduits, placing them 600 mm o.c. Align planks along the width and
AAG along the centerline of conduit.
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS 3.4 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND HANDHOLES AND BOXES
SMK
12/1/16 A. Install handholes and boxes level and plumb and with orientation and depth
DATE:
coordinated with connecting conduits to minimize bends and deflections required
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
for proper entrances.

EDSD
B. Unless otherwise indicated, support units on a level bed of crushed stone or

DATE:
gravel, graded from 12 mm sieve to 4.75mm sieve and compacted to same

BY:
density as adjacent undisturbed earth.

00F1
C. Elevation: In paved areas, set so cover surface will be flush with finished grade.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
Set covers of other enclosures 25 mm above finished grade.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
D. Install removable hardware, including pulling eyes, cable stanchions, cable arms,
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
and insulators, as required for installation and support of cables and conductors
and as indicated. Select arm lengths to be long enough to provide spare space for
MAS
MAS
future cables, but short enough to preserve adequate working clearances in the
enclosure.
E. Field-cut openings for conduits according to enclosure manufacturer's written

instructions. Cut wall of enclosure with a tool designed for material to be cut. Size
holes for terminating fittings to be used, and seal around penetrations after fittings
are installed.
DESCRIPTION
3.5 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS
A. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of

firestopping specified in Division 07.
B. Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core-drilled
holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and
walls.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
C. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
D. Rectangular Sleeve Minimum Metal Thickness:

1. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 1200 mm and no side
greater than 400 mm, thickness shall be 1.3 mm.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE 2. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter equal to, or greater than, 1200
ENGINEER
ANP mm and 1 or more sides equal to, or greater than, 400 mm, thickness shall be
12/1/16 3.5 mm.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
E. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall
MAS
12/1/16
assemblies unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated
DATE:
CERTIFIED
during construction of floor or wall.
REZ
12/1/16 F. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
G. Extend sleeves installed in floors 100 mm above finished floor level.
12/1/16
DATE: H. Size pipe sleeves to provide 6 mm annular clear space between sleeve and
OPERATIONS
raceway unless sleeve seal is to be installed.
SMK
DATE:
12/1/16 I. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
J. Interior Penetrations of Non-Fire-Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space

EDSD
between sleeve and raceway, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and
location of joint. Refer to Division 07 for materials and installation.
DATE:
BY:
K. Fire-Rated-Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls,

00F1
partitions, ceilings, and floors at raceway penetrations. Install sleeves and seal
with firestop materials. Comply with Division 07.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
L. Roof-Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual raceways with flexible,


A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
boot- type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work.

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
M. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and

MAS
mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 25 mm annular clear
MAS
space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.
N. Underground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves.

Size sleeves to allow for 25 mm annular clear space between raceway and sleeve
for installing mechanical sleeve seals.
3.6 SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION

DESCRIPTION
A. Install to seal underground, exterior wall penetrations.
B. Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for raceway
material and size. Position raceway in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve
seals and install in annular space between raceway and sleeve. Tighten bolts against
pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.
3.7 FIRESTOPPING
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies

to restore original fire-resistance rating of assembly. Firestopping materials and
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
installation requirements are specified in Division 07.

NO.
REV
00
3.8 HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP A. Use rigid steel conduit only, notwithstanding requirements otherwise specified in
DATE:
12/1/16 this or other sections of these specifications.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS
B. Install British Standard approved intrinsically safe sealing fittings that prevent
12/1/16 passage of explosive vapors, in hazardous areas equipped with explosive proof
DATE:
CERTIFIED lighting fixtures, switches, and receptacles.
REZ
DATE:
12/1/16 3.9 PROTECTION
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure coatings, finishes,
12/1/16
and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial
DATE:
OPERATIONS
Completion.
SMK
1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by
12/1/16
manufacturer.
DATE:
2. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
coating recommended by manufacturer.

EDSD
DATE:
END OF SECTION 26 05 33
BY:
00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
REZ
26 05 36 - CABLE TRAYS
MAS
MAS
PART 1 – GENERAL

DESCRIPTION

1.2 SUMMARY

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP
DATE:
12/1/16 1.3 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS A. This section includes Hot Dip Galvanized and aluminum cable trays.
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED 1.4 RELATED DOCUMENTS
REZ
12/1/16 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
AAG Section.
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS 1.5 REFERENCES:
SMK
12/1/16 A. International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC)

DATE:
1. IEC 603364 – Low Voltage Electrical Installations
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
2. IEC 61537 – Cable Management.

EDSD
B. NEMA-VE1- Metal Cable Tray Systems.

DATE:
1.6 SUBMITTALS
BY:
00F1
A. Submit in accordance with Division 26 Common Work Results for Electrical.


(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
B. Product Data: Include data indicating dimensions and finishes for each type of
cable tray indicated.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
C. Shop Drawings: For each type of cable tray.

REZ
1. Show fabrication and installation details of cable tray, including plans,

MAS
elevations, and sections of components and attachments to other

MAS
construction elements. Designate components and accessories, including

clamps, brackets, hanger rods, splice-plate connectors, expansion-joint
assemblies, straight lengths, and fittings.
2. Seismic-Restraint Details: Certified by a Qualified Engineer, who is
responsible for their preparation.

a. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for selecting seismic restraints.
DESCRIPTION
b. Detail fabrication, including anchorages and attachments to

structure and to supported cable trays along with load calculations.
D. Coordination Drawings: Floor plans and sections, drawn to scale. Include scaled
cable tray layout and relationships between components and adjacent structural,
electrical, and mechanical elements. Show the following:
1. Vertical and horizontal offsets and transitions.
2. Clearances for access above and to side of cable trays.
3. Vertical elevation of cable trays above the floor or bottom of ceiling structure.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
E. Field quality-control reports.
F. Operation and Maintenance Data: For cable trays to include in emergency,

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
operation, and maintenance manuals.

NO.
REV
00

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP A. Source limitations For each building, obtain cable tray components through one
DATE:
12/1/16 source from a single manufacturer.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS
B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as
12/1/16 per applicable SASO and IEC reference standard.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION A. Steel cable tray, hot dip galvanized after fabrication, may be stored outside
AGENCY
AAG without cover, but shall be loosely stacked, elevated off the ground, and
12/1/16 ventilated to prevent staining during storage.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
SMK
B. Store indoors to prevent water or other foreign materials from staining or
12/1/16
adhering to cable tray. Unpack and dry wet materials before storage.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
C. Steel, electrogalvanized cable tray shall be stored in a well-ventilated, dry

VERIFICATION
location. Unpack and dry wet materials before storage.

EDSD
D. Epoxy/Polyester coated cable tray shall be stored indoors. Protect cable tray
DATE:
BY:
from scratching and marring of finish. Unpack and dry wet materials before
storage.
00F1
1.9 WARRANTY
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
A. Refer to Division 01.

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
MAS
Contractor to provide the manufacturer’s standard warranty period but shall not
MAS
be less than the duration stipulated in contract.
C. Unless otherwise stated in this specification section all materials,

assemblies, components parts and workmanship shall be guaranteed against
defect, damage, or non conformity.
DESCRIPTION
replacement to achieve conformity to the requirements of the Contract

Documents.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to full compliance with requirements and COMPANY

approval, manufacturers offering product that may be incorporated into work
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
include but are not limited to the following:

1. Legrand Saudi Electric Industries LTD.
2. Wahah Electric Supply Company of Saudi Arabia
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
3. ADHWA Alrawafid Electric Industries

4. Cooper Industries Middle East LCC
NO.
REV
5. Thomas & Betts Saudi Arabia

00
DISCIPLINE 6. Abahsain Cope S.A. Co. LTD.

ENGINEER
ANP
12/1/16 2.2 MATERIALS AND FINISHES

DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
A. All Applications (with the exception of Concealed, Exterior Installations)
MAS
12/1/16
1. Cable Trays, Fittings, and Accessories: Aluminum, complying with
DATE:
CERTIFIED
applicable SASO and IEC reference standard support components.
REZ 2. Cable Trays, Fittings, and Accessories: all bends, T connections, width
12/1/16 reduction parts etc. shall be by the same manufacturer as the cable tray.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION 3. All cable trays and associated components shall be hot dip galvanized to
AGENCY
AAG applicable SASO and IEC reference standard.
12/1/16 4. Cable trays carrying main and sub main feeder cables shall be heavy gage
DATE:
OPERATIONS
return flange. All other cable trays may be medium gage as appropriate.
SMK
12/1/16
B. Concealed, Exterior Installations:
DATE:
1. Cable trays and associated accessories designed for exterior use shall be
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
heavy duty aluminum, complying with applicable SASO and IEC reference
standard powder coated with UV resistant epoxy/polyester..
EDSD
DATE:
C. Cable Trays, base materials, Fittings, and Accessories: all bends, T connections
BY:
width reduction parts etc. shall be by the same manufacturer as the cable tray.
1. The coating shall be even, durable and scratch resistant.

00F1
2. Earth continuity shall be ensured by providing corrosion resistant straps or by

(DCC) NO. _____________________
use of shake-proof star washers

28-00014-0002-0001
3. Supplier shall provide test certificates of corrosion resistance for tests done in

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
the presence of most common inorganic acids and alkalis confirming the
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
requirements of applicable SASO and IEC reference standard with ambient

temperature in Dhahran.
MAS
MAS
4. UV resistant surface coating shall be suitable for local conditions.

5. The thickness of the UV resistant epoxy/polyester powder coating shall be
70 microns thick minimum or as per manufacturer recommendations suitable
for the project environment.
2.3 CABLE TRAY ACCESSORIES

DESCRIPTION
A. Fittings: Tees, crosses, risers, elbows, and other fittings as indicated, of same
materials and finishes as cable tray.
B. Covers: Louvered, type of same materials and finishes as cable tray.
C. Barrier Strips: Same materials and finishes as cable tray.
D. Cable tray supports and connectors, including earthing continuity straps, as

recommended by cable tray manufacturer.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
E. Earth continuity straps shall be fitted at all cable tray joints.
F. Where expansion joints or seismic arrangements interrupt the electrical continuity

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
of cable trays. Supplementary earth bonding shall be provided. This shall take
the form of an earth strap with a minimum cross sectional area of 4mm².
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
2.4 WARNING SIGNS
ENGINEER
ANP
12/1/16
A. Lettering: 40-mm high, black letters on yellow background with legend
DATE:
PROJECT
"WARNING! NOT TO BE USED AS WALKWAY, LADDER, OR SUPPORT FOR
ENGINEER LADDERS OR PERSONNEL." in English and Arabic.
MAS
B. Materials and fastening are specified in Division 26 Identification for Electrical
12/1/16
DATE: Systems.
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY PART 3 - EXECUTION
AAG
DATE:
12/1/16 3.1 CABLE TRAY AND LADDERS INSTALLATION
OPERATIONS
SMK A. Comply with recommendations in applicable SASO and IEC reference standard,
DATE:
12/1/16 the manufacturer and the local Wiring Regulations. Install as a complete system,
including all necessary fasteners, hold-down clips, splice-plate support systems,
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
barrier strips, hinged horizontal and vertical splice plates, elbows, reducers, tees,
EDSD
and crosses.
DATE:
B. Remove burrs and sharp edges from cable trays fit plastic end caps on support
BY:
channel ends.
00F1
C. Cable tray system shall be able to carry the weight of the installed cables, plus
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
an allowance for future expansion equal to 20 percent of the weight of the

installed cables, plus a 890N (200lb) load at center span without exceeding the

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
working load capacity for the tray and span used.

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
D. Bond jumpers shall be used at every expansion joint.

MAS
MAS
E. Cable trays shall be bonded to the building’s grounding system at intervals not
exceeding 15m. When cable tray is insulated from a metallic supporting structure
bonding jumpers shall be provided.
F. Fasten cable tray supports to building structure and install seismic restraints.
1. Design each fastener and support to carry load indicated by seismic
requirements and to comply with seismic-restraint details according to
DESCRIPTION
Division 26.
2. Place supports so that spans do not exceed maximum spans allowed by
codes and standards, and manufacturers recommendations. Supports shall
be arranged to ensure that the maximum deflection of the fully loaded tray
does not exceed 1/360 of the span length. Supports shall additionally be
placed at either side of bends or intersections and at all changes of direction.
3. Construct supports from channel members, threaded rods, and other
appurtenances furnished by cable tray manufacturer. Supports shall be
manufactured from the same materials as the cable tray unless otherwise
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
indicated. Cable trays supported on hangers shall have additional lateral

supports. Arrange supports in trapeze or wall-bracket form as required by
application.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
4. Support bus assembly to prevent twisting from eccentric loading.

5. Manufacture center-hung support, designed for 60 percent versus 40 percent
NO.
REV
00
eccentric loading condition, with a safety factor of 3.

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
6. Provide supports to give a minimum safety factor of 4.
ANP
DATE:
12/1/16 G. Make connections to equipment with flanged fittings fastened to cable tray and to
PROJECT
ENGINEER
equipment. Support cable tray independent of fittings. Do not carry weight of cable tray
MAS on equipment enclosure.
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED H. Install expansion connectors where cable tray crosses building expansion joint
REZ
and in cable tray runs that exceed dimensions recommended in the relevant
12/1/16 standards. Space connectors and set gaps according to applicable standard.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG I. Make changes in direction and elevation using standard fittings.
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS J. Make cable tray connections using standard fittings.
SMK
12/1/16
K. Seal penetrations through fire and smoke barriers according to Division 07.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
L. Sleeves for Future Cables: Install capped sleeves for future cables through
VERIFICATION
firestop sealed cable tray penetrations of fire and smoke barriers.

EDSD
DATE:
M. Workspace: Install cable trays with enough space to permit access for installing cables.
BY:
N. Install barriers to separate cables of different systems, such as power,

00F1
communications, and data processing; or of different insulation levels, such as

(DCC) NO. _____________________
230/400 and 22 000 V. In general separate cable tray systems are to be

28-00014-0002-0001
provided. Providing electrical segregation of cables operating at the different


A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
voltage ranges, unless otherwise indicated.

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
O. After installation of cable trays is completed, install warning signs in visible

MAS
locations on or near cable trays.

MAS
P. Where cable trays receive minor damage during the course of the construction
works the galvanized surfaces shall be repaired by applying a zinc rich epoxy
primer – applied in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
Q. Cutting of cable trays shall be along a plain line of material and shall not be made
along the line of the perforations in the cable tray.
DESCRIPTION
R. Joining of tray or ladder shall be carried out in accordance with the

manufacturers instructions but generally as follows:-
1. Nuts, bolts, washers and other fastenings shall be of compatible materials.
2. Bolts shall be of the domed headed type installed with nuts facing away from
cables.
3. All holes in cable trays shall be provided with a suitable male and female
bush for cable exit.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
S. Where cable trays are broken to enable cables to pass through walls proprietary
sleeves shall be installed to facilitate installation and later withdrawal. Where
cables pass through fire rated walls/floors sleeves shall be galvanized steel.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
Where walls are non fire rated sleeves shall be Heavy gage P.V.C. Sleeves shall
have a minimum diameter of 25mm larger than the cable or bunch of cables
NO.
REV
passing through them.

00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP T. Sleeves passing through walls or floors shall extend for 50mm either side of the
12/1/16 penetration.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
U. All holes through fire rated elements shall be sealed using proprietary products to
MAS
12/1/16
ensure that the original fire integrity of the element is maintained. Where holes
DATE:
CERTIFIED
pass through external walls additional sealing shall be provided using flexible
REZ rubber boot or shroud over sleeve projection.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION V. For horizontal runs of cable trays /ladder trays, provide minimum 250 mm clear
AGENCY
AAG space from top and on side of tray, to facilitate cable installation.
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
W. Where cable trays /ladders carrying power cables and conductors cross cable
SMK
trays for communication systems, provide minimum 150 mm clear space
12/1/16
between the top of the lower tray and bottom of the upper tray.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
3.2 CABLE INSTALLATION

EDSD
A. Install cables only when cable tray installation has been completed and inspected.
DATE:
BY:
B. Fasten cables on horizontal runs with cable clamps or cable ties as

recommended detailed elsewhere in this specification. Tighten clamps only
00F1
enough to secure the cable, without indenting the cable jacket. Install cable ties
(DCC) NO. _____________________
with a tool that includes an automatic pressure-limiting device.

28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
C. On vertical runs, fasten cables using proprietary chips/cleats to tray every

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
450mm. Cable ties are not permitted. Install intermediate supports when cable
weight exceeds the load-carrying capacity of the tray rungs.
MAS
MAS
D. Install covers after installation of cable is completed.
3.3 CONNECTIONS
A. Earth cable trays according to the requirements of the local Wiring Regulations.
B. Install an insulated equipment grounding conductor with cable tray, in addition to

DESCRIPTION
those required by electrical codes and standards.
A. After installing cable trays and after electrical circuitry has been energized,
survey for compliance with requirements. Perform the following field quality-
control survey:
1. Visually inspect cable insulation for damage. Correct sharp corners,
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
protuberances in cable tray, vibration, and thermal expansion and contraction

conditions, which may cause or have caused damage.
2. Verify that the number, size, and voltage of cables in cable tray do not
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
exceed that permitted by codes and regulations. Verify that communication or

data-processing circuits are separated from power circuits by barriers.
3. Verify that there is no intrusion of such items as pipe, hangers, or other
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE equipment that could damage cables.

ENGINEER
ANP 4. Remove deposits of dust, industrial process materials, trash of any
12/1/16 description, and any blockage of tray ventilation.
DATE:
PROJECT 5. Visually inspect each cable tray joint and each ground connection for
ENGINEER
MAS
mechanical continuity. Check bolted connections between sections for
12/1/16 corrosion. Clean and re- torque in suspect areas.
DATE:
CERTIFIED 6. Check for missing or damaged bolts, bolt heads, or nuts. When found,
REZ replace with specified hardware.
DATE:
12/1/16 7. Perform visual and mechanical checks for adequacy of cable tray grounding;
CONSTRUCTION verify that all takeoff raceways are bonded to cable tray.
AGENCY
AAG
DATE:
12/1/16 B. Report results in writing.
OPERATIONS
SMK 3.5 PROTECTION
12/1/16
DATE:
A. Protect installed cable trays.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
1. Install temporary protection for cables in open trays to protect exposed

cables from falling objects or debris during construction. Temporary
EDSD
protection for cables and cable tray can be constructed of wood or metal
DATE:
materials until the risk of damage is over.

BY:
00F1
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
26 05 39 - CABLE TRUNKING
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
MAS
MAS
PART 1 - GENERAL

DESCRIPTION
Drawings and general provisions of the drawings, including General and

1.2 SUMMARY

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP B. This Section includes the following:
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 1. Underfloor/Incavity floor trunking systems.
MAS 2. Trench type underfloor trunking systems.
12/1/16
DATE: 3. General purpose lighting and power trunkings.
CERTIFIED
REZ 4. Floor Boxes.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
1.3 DESCRIPTION
AAG
DATE:
12/1/16 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
OPERATIONS Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
SMK Section.
12/1/16
DATE:
B. This section specifies the furnishing, installation, and connection of the underfloor
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
ducts to form a complete, coordinated, earthed trunking system.

EDSD
1.4 RELATED WORK

DATE:
BY:
A. Division 26 Common Work Results for Electrical: General electrical requirements

that are common to more than one section of Division 26.

00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
B. Division 26 Earthing and Bonding for Electrical Systems: Requirements for

28-00014-0002-0001
personnel safety and to provide a low impedance path to ground for possible

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
ground fault currents.

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
C. Division 26 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables: Wiring

MAS
installed in the underfloor trunking system.

MAS
D. Division 26 Wiring Devices: Wiring devices, installed as part of the underfloor

trunking system.
1.5 REFERENCES:
A. Saudi Building Code Chapter 401 – Electrical

DESCRIPTION
B. Saudi Arabian Standards Organization (SASO)
C. International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC)

1. IEC 60364 – Low Voltage Electrical Installations
2. IEC 61084 – Cable Trunking and Ducting for Electrical Installations.
D. Electrical Industries Association/Telecommunication Industries Association (EIA/TIA)

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
E. International Building Code (IBC)

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
1.6 DEFINITIONS:
NO.
REV
A. Flush Floor Outlet Box: Used with raised modular flooring system, or with in-
00
DISCIPLINE screed trunking systems. The box shall house power receptacle and
ENGINEER
ANP communications outlet plates below a hinged lid. The hinged lid shall finish flush
DATE:
12/1/16 with the respective floor surface. The lid shall be recessed to accept
PROJECT carpet/ceramic tile as appropriate for the area used. Lids shall be provided with
ENGINEER
MAS flap type entry for routing of flexible power cords or communication cables.
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED B. Slab Box: Used in conjunction with raised modular flooring systems. Slab boxes
REZ shall be located in the floor cavity fixed directly to the structural floor. The box will
DATE:
12/1/16 house power receptacle and communication outlet plates. Slab boxes shall be
CONSTRUCTION used in conjunction with “grommet” plates recessed into the floor tile, providing
AGENCY
AAG flexible cable access to the slab box below.
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS C. In-screed trunking: Rectangular cross-section trunking with a removable lid
SMK installed with the top of the trunking flush with the surface of the concrete in
12/1/16 which it is embedded. Trunking lid shall accept floor covering i.e. Carpet/Ceramic
DATE:
tile.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
D. Header Trunking: Rectangular cross-section, single-channel or multichannel,

EDSD
underfloor trunking arranged as feeder trunking to bring wires and cables to

DATE:
service trunkings from panelboards and communication terminal components.

BY:
E. In-cavity Trunking: Underfloor trunking and outlet installed with the top of the
00F1
fixed portion of the connector assemblies located below the surface of the floor or
(DCC) NO. _____________________
floor covering and arranged to receive plug connectors with the bodies of the
28-00014-0002-0001
plugs concealed below the floor level.


A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
REZ
F. Trench Header: Trench-type trunking arranged as feeder trunking to bring wires

and cables to service trunkings from panelboards and communication terminal
MAS
MAS
equipment.
G. Underfloor Trunking: A conduit, duct, or trench located within the floor material,
floor cavity or with its top at the floor surface.
1.7 SUBMITTALS:
DESCRIPTION
A. Product Data: In-screed and underfloor trunking/power distribution

components, fittings, and accessories.
B. Shop Drawings: For In-screed and underfloor trunking/power distribution. Include

floor plans, assembly drawings, sections, and details.
1. Identify components and accessories such as expansion-joint assemblies,
straight trunking lengths, preset and afterset inserts, and service fittings.
2. Provide dimensions locating trunking header and distribution elements.
Include spacing between preset inserts and between preset inserts and ends
of duct runs, walls, columns, junction boxes, and header duct connections.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
3. Show connections between trunking elements and relationships between

components and adjacent structural and architectural elements including slab
00F1 12/1/16
reinforcement, floor finish work, permanent partitions.

DATE
10/27/16
4. Indicate height of preset inserts, junction boxes, and trunkings coordinated

with depth of concrete slab and floor fill.
NO.
REV
00
5. Indicate thickening of slabs where required for adequate encasement of

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER trunking components.
ANP
6. Document coordination of exposed components with floor-covering materials
12/1/16
DATE: to ensure that fittings and trim are suitable for indicated floor-covering
PROJECT
ENGINEER material.
MAS
7. Revise locations from those indicated in the Contract Documents, as required
12/1/16
DATE: to suit field conditions and to ensure a functioning layout. Identify proposed
CERTIFIED
REZ deviations from the Contract Documents.
12/1/16
8. Show details of connections and terminations of underfloor trunkings at
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
panelboards and communication terminal equipment in equipment rooms,
AGENCY
AAG
wire closets, and similar spaces.
12/1/16
9. Identify those cells of cellular floor deck that are to be connected and fitted for
DATE:
the following underfloor distribution:
OPERATIONS
a. Power.
SMK
b. Voice / Data
12/1/16
DATE: c. Security
CONTROL NUMBER
d. FA (Fire Alarm).
VERIFICATION
e. Controls
EDSD
10. Sufficient information, clearly presented, shall be included to determine

DATE:
compliance with drawings and specifications.

BY:
11. Include electrical ratings, dimensions, mounting details and position,

mounting method, vertical supports, materials, fire stops, weather stops, and
00F1
layout of the busway runs.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
12. Show the detailed coordinated connections to equipment terminations such

28-00014-0002-0001
as switchgear, switchboards, transformers and panelboards.


A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
13. Show fabrication and installation details for enclosed bus assemblies. Include
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
plans, elevations, and sections of components. Designate components and

accessories, including clamps, brackets, hanger rods, connectors, straight
MAS
MAS
lengths, and fittings.

14. Show fittings, materials, fabrication, and installation methods for listed fire-
stop barriers.
15. Indicate required clearances, method of field assembly, and location and size
of each field connection.
C. Samples: For typical underfloor trunking/power distribution products, in

DESCRIPTION
specified finish, including the following:

1. Service fittings and flush and recessed outlet and junction-box covers.
2. A section of each service trunking configuration with specified preset insert
and service fitting installed.
3. A junction box of each size and type for use with underfloor trunking.
4. A section of each header trunking configuration, complete with
provisions for connection with service trunking.
5. A section of trench-type trunking, complete with cover and required trim.
6. A junction box of each size and type, complete with cover and trim.
7. Sample tap-off units.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
D. Field quality-control test reports.

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
E. Operation and Maintenance Data: For underfloor trunkings/power distribution, to

include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
specified in Division 01, include the following:
ENGINEER 1. Manufacturer's written instructions for installing afterset inserts.
ANP
12/1/16
DATE: 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS A. All systems and associated components shall comply in all respects with the
12/1/16
DATE: requirements of applicable SASO and IEC reference standards and local wiring
CERTIFIED regulations. General purpose power outlets single or duplex associated with
REZ
floor trunking systems shall comply with the requirement of applicable SASO and
12/1/16
DATE: IEC reference standards. Communications outlet plates shall house Cat 6 type
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY RJ45 receptacles as defined in the Civil Utilities specifications. Underfloor power
AAG
distribution shall comply with applicable SASO and IEC reference standard.
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS B. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Currently certified by an NRTL to supervise
SMK
on-site testing.
12/1/16
DATE:
C. Source Limitations for Electrified Cellular Steel Floor-Deck Components: Obtain
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
electrical components such as preset inserts, afterset inserts, service fittings,

EDSD
header ducts, and trench header ducts from the cellular steel floor-deck
manufacturer.
DATE:
BY:
D. Source Limitations: For each building obtain components for each system
00F1
through one source from single manufacturer.


(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
E. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
in the local wiring regulations, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
intended location and application.

MAS
1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS

MAS
A. Derate enclosed bus assemblies for continuous operation at indicated ampere

ratings for ambient temperature not exceeding 50 deg C.
1.10 COORDINATION
B. Coordinate layout and installation of assemblies with other construction that

DESCRIPTION
penetrates ceilings or floors or is supported by them, including light fixtures,

HVAC equipment, fire-suppression system, and partition assemblies.
1.11 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that
are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels
describing contents.
1. Afterset Inserts: Furnish quantity equal to 10 percent of service fittings installed.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
2. Afterset Inserts: Furnish quantity equal to 5 percent of each type of preset

insert installed.
3. Service Fittings: Furnish 3 of each type of service fitting indicated for each
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
30 m of distribution trunking or active-floor-cell length.

4. Outlet Blanking Covers: Furnish quantity equal to 10 percent of each type of
floor opening installed for outlets.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE 5. Tap-off Units: Furnish quantity equal to 25 percent of each type used on the project.
ENGINEER
ANP 6. Floor boxes: Furnish quantity equal to 25 percent of those used in the raised
12/1/16 floor areas.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
B. Furnish six (3) set(s) of tools needed for installing afterset inserts in underfloor
MAS
12/1/16
service trunking, including but not necessarily restricted the following:
DATE:
CERTIFIED
1. Electric Drill: Variable speed, capacity to suit the application.
REZ 2. Hole Saw: Diamond bit, 50-mm size to suit the application.
12/1/16 3. Insert installation tool.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
1.12 WARRANTY
12/1/16
DATE: A. Refer to Section 017836 - Warranties.
OPERATIONS
SMK
12/1/16
DATE: Contractor to provide the manufacturer’s standard warranty period but shall not
CONTROL NUMBER

VERIFICATION
EDSD

components parts and workmanship shall be guaranteed against defect,
DATE:
BY:
damage, or non- conformity.

00F1
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
Documents.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
REZ
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MAS
MANUFACTURERS
MAS
2.1
A. Manufacturers: Subject to full compliance with requirements and COMPANY

1. Acceptable and approved manufacturers by Aramco
2.2 UNDERFLOOR/IN CAVITY TRUNKING

DESCRIPTION
A. Service Trunkings: Fitted with preset inserts.

1. Material: Steel with hot dipped and galvanized finish to applicable SASO and
IEC reference standard..
2. Number of Longitudinal Compartments: Three.
3. Nominal Dimensions of Compartments:
a. Overall Depth: As identified on the schedules and on the drawings.
b. Cross-Sectional Area of Compartments: As identified on the schedules
and on the drawings.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
4. Minimum Bending Radius for Communication Cables: Combination of

trunkings, fittings, inserts, junction boxes, service fittings, and mounting and
connection arrangements for wiring devices and jacks shall provide a 50-mm
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
minimum bending radius for communication cables.

5. Preset Inserts: Arranged to provide electrical outlet access to each along the
NO.
REV
00
entire length of the trunking.

DISCIPLINE a. Spacing: 600 mm o.c.
ENGINEER
ANP b. Include connecting provisions for a flush or recessed, single-, double-, or
DATE:
12/1/16 triple- system floor outlet box.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
c. Include mounting and connecting provisions for a surface, single- or
MAS multiple- system slab box.
DATE:
12/1/16 d. Include connecting provisions for a wiring-extension service fitting to feed
CERTIFIED wall outlets.
REZ
DATE:
12/1/16 B. Header Assembly: A junction box and trunking arrangement arranged to feed
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
wires and cables to service trunkings.
AAG 1. Three-compartment junction box connecting blank, underfloor header
DATE:
12/1/16 trunking (no inserts) with cellular service trunkings.
OPERATIONS a. Arrange junction box in the center of 150cm length of header trunking.
SMK b. Header trunking shall have same dimensions as service trunkings.
DATE:
12/1/16 c. Provide capability for service trunkings to be run in both directions
from intersection with header trunking.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
2. Three-compartment junction box preassembled with blank, flat-top,

EDSD
multichannel header trunking (no inserts) and fitted to connect with cellular
service trunking at right angles to header trunking.
DATE:
BY:
a. Arrange junction box in the center of a 150 cm length of header trunking.

b. Provide capability for service trunkings to be run in both directions from
00F1
intersection with header trunking.


(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
2.3 JUNCTION BOXES

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
A. Description: Manufacturer's standard enclosure for indicated type, quantity,

MAS
arrangement, and configuration of trunkings at each trunking junction,

MAS
intersection, and access location. Include the following accessories and features:
1. Mounting brackets.
2. Escutcheons and holders to accommodate surrounding floor covering.
3. Means for leveling and height adjustment more than 10 mm before
and after concrete is placed.

4. Trunking Openings: For underfloor trunkings and conduits arranged
DESCRIPTION
to accommodate trunking layout.

5. Covers shall have appropriate depth recess to receive specific floor finish material.
6. Partitions to separate wiring of different systems.
2.4 FLOOR OUTLET BOXES
A. Exposed Parts Finish: Brass.
B. Floor box flush in-screed or recessed within floor tile, Multiple System Floor
Outlet box for Rectangular Inserts: Include mounting, hinged cover, and trim to
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
support and provide access to connector, jack, or receptacle devices mounted

flush with floor within insert.
1. Connector, Jack, and Receptacle Devices: Modular type;
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
complying with Division 26 and Voice and Data Communication Cabling.

2. Power Receptacle Rating: 13 amp unless otherwise indicated. Power outlets
NO.
REV
00
should be duplex switched type in accordance with applicable SASO and IEC
DISCIPLINE reference standard, suitable for use with 3 pin plug top.
ENGINEER
ANP
DATE:
12/1/16 C. Flush or Recess Monitored Floor Box: Modular fittings compatible with preset
PROJECT inserts and shall include covers; provisions for receptacles, jacks, and
ENGINEER
MAS connectors; and associated device plates for indicated systems. Include hinged
12/1/16 flush handhole covers with recessed depth to match thickness of floor finish
DATE:
CERTIFIED material. Provide for internally mounted receptacle- and communication-jack and
REZ
connector assemblies complying with requirements in Division 26 Wiring Devices
DATE:
12/1/16 and Voice and Data Communication Cabling.
CONSTRUCTION 1. Power receptacles.
AGENCY
AAG 2. Telephone-data jacks.
DATE:
12/1/16 3. Double duplex power receptacles.
OPERATIONS 4. Duplex power receptacle and duplex telephone-data jacks.
SMK 5. Double duplex telephone-data jacks, Category 6.
DATE:
12/1/16 6. Fiber-optic cable connector.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
D. Slab Floor Box: Modular fittings compatible with preset inserts and shall include
EDSD
covers, provisions for receptacles jacks and connector assemblies and wiring
extensions to wall-mounted outlets, and associated device plates for indicated
DATE:
systems. Include flush handhole covers, recessed to suit floor finish material.
BY:
Internally mounted, modular, receptacle, jack and connector assemblies shall

00F1
comply with requirements in Division 26 Wiring Devices and Voice and Data
Communication Cabling.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
1. Coordinate with Division 26 Wiring Devices and Voice and Data

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
Communication Cabling, and indicate types and locations of devices on

Drawings.
MAS
MAS
2. Duplex convenience power receptacle.

3. Duplex telephone-data outlets.
4. Double duplex power receptacles.
5. Duplex convenience receptacle and duplex telephone-data outlets.
6. Double duplex telephone-data outlets.
7. Duplex communication jack, rated for Category 6.

8. Duplex fiber-optic communication connector.
DESCRIPTION
9. Wiring-Extension Service Fittings: Arrangement of brackets and mountings to

support, and provide access to wiring or cabling of a cell, and to connect the
cable or trunking that extends the system to an individual wall outlet. Provide
for connection of FMC for power extensions, and FMC optical
fiber/communication cable trunking for communication system extensions.
E. Water-proof cover: A water-proof cover shall be provided for each floor box to
protect it when not in use.
2.5 GENERAL PURPOSE POWER & LIGHTING TRUNKING

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
A. Trunkings for use with general purpose power and lighting branch circuits shall
be provided in accordance with BS 4678. Trunkings shall be steel (unless
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
otherwise indicated on the drawings) Steel trunking shall have a hot dipped
galvanized finish to applicable SASO and IEC reference standard class 3.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE B. The contract drawings show main cable trunking routes only. These shall be
ENGINEER
ANP supplemented by the contractor as necessary to provide a complete cable
DATE:
12/1/16 containment system.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS C. Trunkings shall be provided with screw fixed lid, screws shall be slotted set
12/1/16 screws. Lids shall wherever possible be fixed on top.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ D. Trunkings shall generally be run either horizontally or vertically and shall be
DATE:
12/1/16 installed parallel/perpendicular to building lines.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG E. Where Trunkings are installed above suspended ceilings trunking shall be
12/1/16 independently fixed. It will not be acceptable to fix trunkings to the ceiling support
DATE:
OPERATIONS
system.
SMK
12/1/16
F. All bends, sets and Tee’s etc shall be manufacturer’s standard fittings only. Site
DATE:
manufactured bends shall not be permitted.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
G. Supports for trunking shall be provided at intervals as advised by the

EDSD
manufacturer. With a maximum permitted spacing between supports of 2 meters.

DATE:
Additional supports shall be provided within 150mm of bends and other

BY:
accessories. Cables installed vertically within trunkings shall be provided with

supports at no greater than 3 meter intervals.

00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
H. At building movement joints expansion couplings shall be used. These are not
28-00014-0002-0001
indicated on the drawings. The Contractor shall determine the location of all such

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
building expansion joints and provide suitable trunking accessories accordingly.

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
I. Earth continuity straps shall be placed across all joints in cable trunkings. Straps
MAS
MAS
shall be a minimum of 12 x 1.5mm plated or tinned copper links. Straps across

expansion couplings shall be braided copper minimum 15 x 2mm.
J. Fire barriers shall be placed in trunkings in order to maintain the fire integrity of
the structure. Proprietary fire barriers shall be provided with a rating which is not
less than the original construction.

DESCRIPTION
K. All trunking surfaces that receive superficial damage during installation shall be
repaired using zinc rich epoxy primer in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions.
L. Only galvanized accessories shall be used with galvanized conduits.
2.6 SCHEDULE OF TRUNKING TYPES.
Type of Profile or drawing

Area Material Colour or
trunkin reference
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
Finish
Lighting & Steel
Hot dip
All Areas E XX Series
power galvanised
00F1 12/1/16
Bench Top
DATE
10/27/16
Workshops Aluminium Powder coated E XX Series

trunking
Hot dip
NO.
REV
In screed Public Spaces Steel E XX Series

00
galvanised
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP
12/1/16
DATE:
Fixing
PROJECT Compartments
ENGINEER Type of Overall Overall method
MAS
trunking Depth Width or other
12/1/16 Numbe Width
DATE:
details
CERTIFIED r
REZ Lighting &
12/1/16 Power
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION Bench By Contractor
AGENCY
AAG Top
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
SMK Note 1- This Data Sheet covers trunking for final circuits, including types incorporating
12/1/16 accessories. Note 2- In screed trunking to be multiple compartment, typically 75mmx50mm
DATE: with 3 compartments.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
PART 3 – EXECUTION
DATE:
BY:
3.1 EXAMINATION
00F1
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance
(DCC) NO. _____________________
with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting

28-00014-0002-0001
performance.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
3.2 INSTALLATION
MAS
MAS
A. Install trunkings aligned and leveled and, unless otherwise indicated, parallel or
perpendicular to building walls.
B. Arrange supports to attain proper elevation, alignment, and spacing of trunkings.

Install supports securely at ends and at intervals not to exceed 1500 mm, to
prevent movement during concrete pour.
DESCRIPTION
C. Level trunking components with finished slab and make adjustments for floor finishes.
D. Adjust supports to maintain a 1.6- to 10-mm finished concrete cover over preset
inserts.
E. Remove burrs, sharp edges, dents, and mechanical defects.
F. Cap or plug boxes, insert- and service-fitting openings, and open ends of trunkings.
G. Seal trunkings, cells, junction boxes, and inserts to prevent water, concrete, or
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
foreign matter from entering trunkings before and during pouring slab or placing
fill. Tape joints, or seal with compound, as recommended in writing by underfloor
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
trunking manufacturer.
H. Junction Boxes: Install tops level and flush with finished floor. Install blank
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
closure plates or plugs to close unused junction-box openings. Grout boxes in
ENGINEER place to prevent movement during construction. Place top covers in inverted
ANP
12/1/16
position during construction to prevent damage to surface of cover. Reinstall
DATE:
PROJECT
covers in proper position prior to final acceptance of Work.
ENGINEER
MAS
I. Earth underfloor trunking components.
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED J. Level trunking components with finished slab and make adjustments in trunking
REZ
component elevation to accommodate indicated floor finishes.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
12/1/16
DATE: END OF SECTION 26 05 39
OPERATIONS
SMK
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
26 05 43 - UNDERGROUND DUCTS & RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
MAS
MAS
PART 1 – GENERAL

DESCRIPTION
E. Drawings and general provisions of the drawings, including General and

1.2 SUMMARY
LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide all Design, Labor, Materials, Contractor’s

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
required that the provisions of this Specification section shall be complementary to,
and shall be correlated with, the requirements of the Contract. Nothing in this
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP
12/1/16
DATE: 1.3 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS A. This section includes underground electrical work including the following:
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ
B. Definitions
12/1/16
DATE: 1. Duct: The general term for electrical conduit and other raceway, either
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY metallic or nonmetallic, specified for use underground, embedded in earth
AAG
or concrete.
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
2. Duct Bank: A group of two or more ducts in a continuous run between two
SMK
points.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION

EDSD
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with all applicable Codes and Standards including,
DATE:
BY:
but not limited to, those listed below:

00F1
1. SBC (Saudi Building Code – Volume 4)

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
2. American National Standards Institute/ American Society of Mechanical


A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
Engineers (ANSI/ASME)
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
ANSI/ ASME B1.20.1 Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch)

MAS
MAS
ANSI C80.1 Rigid Steel Conduit – Zinc Coated

ANSI C80.3 Electrical Metallic Tubling – Zinc Coated
3. Canadian Standards Association (CSA)

4. Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM)

DESCRIPTION
5. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC)
6. National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA)
7. Underwriter’s Laboratories (UL)
8. SAUDI ARAMCO Engineering Standards (SAES)

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
SAES-P-100 Basic Power System Design Criteria

SAES-H-101 Approved Protective Coating Systems
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
1.5 SUBMITTALS
NO.
REV
00

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER Division 1 Specification Sections.
ANP
12/1/16
DATE: B. Product data for duct bank materials, and miscellaneous components. Include:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS
Raceways and fittings.
12/1/16
DATE: Raceway supports.
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16
C. Shop Drawings: Detail drawings of Duct Banks including reinforcing steel.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
D. Coordination drawings showing duct profiles and coordination with other utilities
12/1/16
and underground structures.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
SMK
12/1/16
DATE: A. Deliver ducts to site with ends capped. Store non-metallic ducts with supports to
CONTROL NUMBER
prevent bending, warping, and deforming.

VERIFICATION
EDSD

DATE:
BY:
A. Subsurface conditions were investigated during the design of the project. Reports
of these investigations are available for informational purposes only. Data in the
00F1
reports are not intended as representations or warranties of accuracy regarding

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
continuity of conditions (between soil borings or test kits). The Owner will assume
no responsibility for interpretations or conclusions drawn from this material.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
REZ
B. Existing Utilities: Information on underground utilities and possible obstructions in

the path of construction under this section was obtained through investigations
MAS
MAS
during the design of the project. Reports of these investigations are available for
informational purposes only. Data in the reports are not intended as
representations or warranties of accuracy regarding conditions and locations. The
Owner will assume no responsibility of interpretations or conclusions drawn from

this information.
DESCRIPTION
1.8 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordination of the Work: Coordinate layout and installation with final arrangement
of ducts/ duct bank as influenced by actual final location of other utilities in the field.
Coordinate elevations of duct/ duct bank and raceway entrances into Buildings with
final profiles of conduits as determined by coordination with other utilities and
underground obstructions. Revise locations and elevations from those indicated as
required to suit field conditions.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
2.01 MANUFACTURERS

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include but are not limited
ENGINEER to the following:
ANP
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
ENGINEER of the following:
MAS
12/1/16
DATE: 1. Nonmetallic Ducts:
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16 Saudi Plastic Products Company (SAPPCO)

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
Anamet, Inc.
AGENCY
AAG
Can-Tex Industries.
12/1/16
Carlon.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
Decoduct
SMK
Other Approved Manufacturers
12/1/16
DATE:
2.02 DUCTS AND FITTINGS
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
A. General: Ducts and duct fittings and accessories for which listing has been
EDSD
obtained by one or more manufacturers shall be UL listed and labeled.

DATE:
BY:
B. General: Ducts and duct fittings and accessories for which listing has been
obtained by one or more manufacturers shall be listed and labeled by a Nationally

00F1
Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). The term "NRTL" shall be as defined in

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
OSHA Regulation 1910.7.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
C. Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1.

REZ
MAS
MAS
D. Manufactured Bends: Not less than 36-inch radius.
2.03 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
A. Conform to Division 3 Section "Concrete Work" for concrete and reinforcing.

B. Aggregate for Duct Encasement: 3/8-inch maximum size.

DESCRIPTION
C. Strength: 3000 psi minimum 28-day compressive strength.
2.04 DUCT BANK ACCESSORIES
A. Duct Supports: Rigid PVC spacers selected to provide minimum duct spacings
and concrete cover depths indicated, while rigidly supporting ducts during
concreting.
2.05 RACEWAY/DUCT SEALING COMPOUND

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
A. Compound: Nonhardening, putty-like consistency workable at temperatures as low

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
as 35 deg F. Compound shall not slump at a temperature of 300 deg F and shall
10/27/16
readily adhere to clean surfaces of plastic ducts, metallic conduits, conduit

coatings, concrete, masonry, lead, cable sheaths, cable jackets, insulation
NO.
REV
00
materials, and the common metals. Compound shall have no injurious effect on
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER worker's hands or materials.
ANP
12/1/16
DATE: PART 3 - EXECUTION
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS
3.01 WIRING METHOD
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ A. General: Install ducts for wiring runs indicated. Provide sizes as indicated.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
1. Single Duct Runs: PVC-coated galvanized rigid steel conduit, direct buried in
AGENCY
AAG
earth.
12/1/16
DATE:
2. Duct Banks: Heavy wall plastic utilities duct type DB, encased in concrete.
OPERATIONS
SMK
3. Duct Banks: PVC-coated galvanized rigid steel conduit buried in earth.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
3.02 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL

VERIFICATION
EDSD
A. Excavation and Backfill: Conform to Division 2 Section "Earthwork," except heavy-

DATE:
duty, hydraulic-operated compaction equipment shall not be used and trenching for
BY:
ducts shall conform to the following:

00F1
1. Excavation: Cut trenches neatly and uniformly, and slope uniformly to

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
required pitch.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
2. For direct-buried, nonencased ducts prepare trench bottoms free from

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
stones, soft spots, and sharp objects. Where necessary, add a 3-inch layer
of stone-free sand or earth to trench bottom and compact to density of
MAS
MAS
adjacent undisturbed soil to provide suitable bearing for ducts. Backfill over
and around ducts on bottom of trench with stone-free sand or earth to 6
inches minimum above tops of ducts and compact by hand or pneumatic
tamper to density of adjacent undisturbed earth.
3. For each additional layer of direct-buried ducts above bottom ducts, backfill
over and around each layer of ducts with stone-free sand or earth to 6
DESCRIPTION
inches minimum above tops of ducts and compact by hand or pneumatically

to density of adjacent undisturbed earth.
4. Separation Between Direct-Buried, Nonencased Ducts: Three inches

minimum for like services, and 12 inches (300mm) minimum between
power and signal ducts.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF DUCTS
A. Curves and Bends: Use manufactured elbows for stub-ups at equipment and at
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
building entrances. For all other curves and bends, except as otherwise indicated,
use manufactured long sweep bends with a minimum radius of 25 ft. in both
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
horizontal and vertical directions.
B. Joints in ducts and fittings shall be made up watertight in accordance with

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
manufacturer's instructions. Couplings shall be staggered so those of adjacent
ENGINEER ducts do not lie in the same plane.
ANP
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
C. Duct Entrances to Buildings: Steel or schedule 80 PVC conduit. Transformations
ENGINEER from underground duct to conduit shall be made 6.5 ft. (2.0 meters) minimum,
MAS
outside the building wall and shall use fittings manufactured for the purpose. Install
12/1/16
DATE: in accordance with the following:
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16 1. Concrete-Encased Ducts: Install reinforcing in duct banks through

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
disturbed earth near buildings and excavations and coordinate duct bank
AGENCY
AAG
with structural design at wall so duct bank is supported at wall without
12/1/16
reducing structural or watertight integrity.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
SMK
D. Direct-Buried, Nonencased Duct Entering Nonwaterproofed Walls: Install a
12/1/16
schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe sleeve for each duct. Caulk space between
DATE:
conduit and sleeve with duct sealing compound on both sides for moisture-tight
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
seal.
EDSD
1. Waterproof Entrances: Where ducts enter buildings through a waterproofed

DATE:
floor or wall, a watertight entrance-sealing device shall be installed with the

BY:
sealing gland assembly on the inside. The device shall be securely

00F1
anchored into the masonry construction with one or more integral flanges
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
and the membrane waterproofing secured to the device in a permanently

watertight manner.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
REZ
E. Concrete-Encased Nonmetallic Ducts: Support on plastic separators coordinated

with duct size and required duct spacing, and install in accordance with the
MAS
MAS
following:
F. Separator Installation: Space separators close enough to prevent sagging and

deforming of ducts, and secure separators to the earth and to ducts to prevent
floating during concreting. Do not use tie wires or reinforcing steel in such a way
as to form conductive or magnetic loops around ducts or duct groups.

DESCRIPTION
G. Concreting: Spade concrete carefully during pours to prevent voids under and
between conduits and at exterior surface of envelope. Do not use power-driven
agitating equipment unless specifically designed for duct bank application. Pour
each run of envelope between terminations in one continuous operation. Where
more than one pour is necessary, terminate each pour in a vertical plane and install
3/4-inch reinforcing rod dowels extending 18 inches into the concrete on each side
of the joint near the corners of the envelope.
H. Reinforcing: Reinforced duct banks where they cross disturbed earth and where
indicated. Size and arrangement of reinforcing steel as indicated.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
I. Forms: The walls of the trench may be used to form the side walls of the duct bank
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
provided the soil is self-supporting and concrete envelope can be poured without
soil inclusions. Use forms where the soil is not self-supporting.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
J. Minimum Clearances Between Ducts: Three inches between ducts and exterior
ENGINEER envelope wall, 2 inches between ducts for like services, and 4 inches between
ANP
12/1/16
power and signal ducts.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER K. Depth: Except as otherwise indicated, top of duct bank shall be 24 inches below
MAS
finished grade, minimum, in nontraffic areas, and 30 inches below finished grade,
12/1/16
DATE: minimum, in vehicular traffic areas.
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16 L. Stub-ups: Duct stub-ups to equipment shall be galvanized rigid steel. For
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
equipment mounted on outdoor concrete pads, steel conduit shall extend a
AGENCY
AAG
minimum of 5 ft. away from edge of pad. Install insulated grounding bushings on
12/1/16
the terminations. The steel conduits shall be coupled to the ducts with adapters
DATE:
OPERATIONS
designed for the purpose and the whole encased with 3 inches of concrete.
SMK
12/1/16
M. Sealing: For ducts to be wired in this project, provide temporary closure at
DATE:
terminations. For spare ducts, seal bore of ducts at terminations. Use sealing
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
compound and plugs as required to withstand 15 psi minimum hydrostatic

pressure.
EDSD
DATE:
N. Pulling Cord: Install 100-pound test nylon cord in ducts including spares.
BY:
3.04 FIELD TESTING

00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
A. Grounding: Test manhole grounding provisions to ensure electrical continuity of

bonding and grounding connections. Make ground-resistance test at each ground

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
rod and submit a report of the results. Use an instrument specifically designed for
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
ground- resistance measurements.

MAS
MAS
B. Duct Integrity: Rod ducts with a mandrell 1/4-inch smaller in diameter than internal
diameter of ducts. Where rodding indicates obstructions in ducts, remove the
obstructions and retest.
3.05 CLEANING AND RESTORATION

A. Clean Ducts: Clean full length of ducts with a round bristle brush with a diameter
DESCRIPTION
1/2 inch greater than internal diameter of duct.
B. Restore surface features at areas disturbed by excavation and reestablish original

grades except as otherwise indicated. Where sod has been removed, replace it as
soon as possible after backfilling is completed. Restore all areas disturbed by
trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, and other work to their original condition.
The restoration shall include a necessary topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding,
sodding, sprigging, or mulching. All such work shall be performed in accordance
with Section "Landscape Work." Maintain disturbed surfaces. Restore vegetation
in accordance with section "Landscape Work." Restore disturbed paving as
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
indicated.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
END OF SECTION
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
SMK
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
26 05 53 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
PART 1 – GENERAL
MAS
MAS

DESCRIPTION

1.2 SUMMARY

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
1.3.1 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
ENGINEER Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to
MAS
this Section.
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ 1.4 RELATED SECTIONS
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
1.4.1 Site painting of electrical work: Section 09 Painting.
AGENCY
AAG
1.5 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS 1.5.1 Applicable SASO reference standards
SMK
1.5.2 International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC)
DATE:
12/1/16 1.5.2.1IEC 60364 – Low Voltage Electrical Installations
1.5.3 NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD

DATE:
BY:
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of items the types,

required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not
00F1
less than 5 years. Preference shall be given to local manufacturers and

agents/suppliers.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
B. Installer: Firms regularly engaged and qualified with at least 5 years of successful
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
installation experience on projects with electrical installation work similar to that

required for the project.
MAS
MAS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS

A. Lamicoid Nameplates: 3 mm thick plastic engraving sheet, black face, white core,
mechanically attached, sizes as follows:
1. Size 1: 12 mm high with 5 mm high letters.
DESCRIPTION

B. Wire Identification Materials: Use one of the following:

1. Heat shrink sleeves, blank.
2. Clear plastic tape wrap-on strips with white writing section.
3. Wrap-on strips, pre-numbered.
4. Slip-on identification bead markers or sleeves, blank or pre-numbered.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
C. Color Banding Tape: Adhesive backed plastic tape, integrally colored.

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 COLOR IDENTIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP
A. Electrical equipment shall be prefinished in coded colors designating voltage or
12/1/16
system, as indicated in Equipment Identification Schedule.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER B. Voltage color identification for line voltage equipment shall be as follows:
MAS
12/1/16
DATE: Voltage Color
CERTIFIED
REZ 230/400 V: Grey
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
System Color
AGENCY
AAG
Fire Alarm and Fire Telephone: Red
12/1/16
Telephone Cabinets: Green
DATE:
OPERATIONS
Low Voltage Switching: Black
SMK
Annunciator Cabinets: Black
12/1/16
RFTV Distribution: Orange
DATE:
Computer and Data Systems: Orange
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
Clock System: Blue

Security and Security TV: Yellow
EDSD
Door Security: Ivory

DATE:
Intercom System: Green

BY:
Public Address: Green

Ballast Cabinets: Green

00F1
Isolated Ground: Orange

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
AVTV: Green
Electrical Door Lock: Yellow

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
Card Access: Yellow

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
Paging & Masking: Green

Evacuation: Green
MAS
MAS
C. Where impracticable to obtain equipment prefinished in coded colors, equipment may

be site painted in coded colors. Painting as specified in Section 09.
3.2 NAMEPLATE IDENTIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT

A. Identify equipment with lamicoid nameplates, as indicated in Equipment

Identification Schedule.
DESCRIPTION
B. Identify equipment in “English” and “Arabic”.
3.3 PANELBOARD DIRECTORIES
A. Identify loads controlled by each overcurrent protective device in each

panelboard, by means of a typewritten panelboard directory.
3.4 INTERMITTENT COLOR CODING OF CONDUIT AND CABLE

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
A. Apply color banding tape in required colors for each voltage or system in 25 mm
wide bands all around conduit or cable as follows:
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
1. At least once in each 10 m of conduit or cable run.

2. Where conduit or cable enters inaccessible ceiling, wall and floor spaces.
3. At least once in each room or area through which a conduit or cable passes.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER B. Apply color banding on electrical conduit / wireway and cable in the following
ANP
12/1/16
locations as defined in Section 09: Painting.
DATE:
PROJECT
1. Exposed in service areas.
ENGINEER 2. Exposed in unfinished areas.
MAS
3. Semi-concealed spaces.
12/1/16
DATE: 4. Exposed to Exterior.
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16
3.5 IDENTIFICATION OF PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY A. Identify pull and junction boxes over 100 mm size as follows:
AAG
1. Use boxes which are prefinished in coded colors, or spray paint inside and
12/1/16
DATE: outside of boxes prior to installation, in coded colors designating voltage or
OPERATIONS
system.
SMK
2. Apply size 2 lamicoid nameplate to cover of each box.Identify system name.
12/1/16
DATE: Where sequence identification is required, identify system name and number.
CONTROL NUMBER
B. Identify pull and junction boxes 100 mm or less in size as follows:

VERIFICATION
1. Spray paint inside of boxes in coded colors designating voltage or system.

EDSD
2. Apply permanent identifying markings directly to box covers designating

voltage or system using indelible black ink.
DATE:
BY:
C. Identify pull and junction boxes in “English” and “Arabic”.

00F1
3.6 COLOR IDENTIFICATION OF WIRING

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
A. Identify 1.5 mm² wiring and larger by continuous insulation color.

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
B. Identify wiring larger than 1.5 mm² by continuous insulation color or by color
MAS
banding tape applied at each end and at splices.

MAS
C. Color coding shall be in accordance with NFPA 70 and local codes.
D. Where multi-conductor cables are used, use same color coding system for
identification of wiring throughout each system.

DESCRIPTION
E. Maintain phase sequence and color coding throughout each system.
3.7 NAME/NUMBER IDENTIFICATION OF WIRING
A. Identify 6 mm² wiring and larger using one of the wire identification materials
specified in 2.1.
B. Type or print on blank wire identification materials using indelible black ink.
C. Identify wiring at all pull boxes, junction boxes, and outlet boxes for all systems.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
D. Identify each conductor as to panel and circuit, terminal, terminal numbers,

system number scheme, and polarization, as applicable.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
E. Identify wiring in “English” and “Arabic”.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE 3.8 IDENTIFICATION OF RECEPTACLES AND FIRE ALARM END-OF-LINE

ENGINEER
ANP RESISTORS AND DUCT DETECTORS
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT A. Standard receptacles: provide lamicoid nametag with 6 mm high white lettering
ENGINEER
MAS
on black background (red background for emergency receptacles) indicating
12/1/16 circuit and panel designation and locate on wall above receptacle. On all other
DATE:
CERTIFIED receptacles provide lamicoid nametag indicating voltage, phase, amps, circuit
REZ
and panel designations.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION B. Fire alarm end-of line resistors and duct detectors: identify zone number with 6
AGENCY
AAG mm high white lettering on red background on lamicoid nametag located on wall
12/1/16 above device. Identify remote LED indicators for duct detectors.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
SMK 3.09 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE
12/1/16
DATE:
Lamicoid
CONTROL NUMBER
Nameplate
VERIFICATION
Equipment Color
EDSD
Nameplate Identification
Size
DATE:
BY:
Main Voltage - Building name, Saudi Aramco’s Rep

00F1
Distribution Color resentative, date installed, amperage, 3

Centre voltage
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
- Main breaker

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
Metering cabinet 2
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
- Instrument transformer enclosure 2

- Loads controlled by each overcurrent 1
MAS
MAS
protective device
- Metering devices 1
Distribution Voltage - Distribution centre designation, am

Centres Color perage, and voltage 2
- Loads controlled by each overcurrent 1

protective device
DESCRIPTION
Panelboards Voltage - Panelboard designation

Color 2
Manual Motor N/A - Load controlled and mnemonics 1

Starters
Earth Bus N/A - System Earth 1

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
On/Off N/A - Load Controlled 1

Switches
-
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
Disconnect Voltage - Voltage and equipment 2

Switches Color - Controlled and
NO.
REV
00
mnemonics Magnetic Mo
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
tor
ANP Starters
12/1/16 and
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER Contac
MAS tors
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ
Wireways N/A - Voltage and system designation 2
Line Voltage Voltage - Designation and voltage 2
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
12/1/16 Lamicoid
DATE:
Nameplate
OPERATIONS Equipment Color
SMK Nameplate Identification
Size
12/1/16
DATE:
Cabinets and Color - Major components within cabinets and
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
1
Enclosures enclosures
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
REZ
26 05 73 - OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES

MAS
MAS
PART 1 – GENERAL

DESCRIPTION

1.2 SUMMARY

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP
12/1/16
DATE: 1.3 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS A. This Section includes over current protective devices (OCPDs) rated 600V and
12/1/16
DATE: below and switching devices commonly used with them.
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16
B. Panelboards: Application, installation, and other related requirements for over
DATE:
current protective device installations in distribution equipment are specified in
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY other Division 16 sections.
AAG
12/1/16
DATE: 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
OPERATIONS
SMK
A. Electrical Component Standard: Components and installation shall comply with
12/1/16
DATE: SBC 401 (Saudi Building Code Volume 4) and ANSI/NFPA 70 "National Electrical
CONTROL NUMBER
Code," with the SBC 401 requirements prevailing over the NFPA 70 provisions.
VERIFICATION
EDSD
B. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and
DATE:
labeled.
BY:
1. The terms "listed" and "labeled" shall be defined as they are in the National
00F1
Electrical Code, Article 100.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
C. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing


A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
Laboratory" (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
D. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain similar OCPDs from a single manufacturer.

MAS
MAS
1.5 SUBMITTALS

Division 1 Specification Sections.
B. Product data for fuses, fusible switches, circuit breakers, and OCPD accessories
DESCRIPTION
specified in this Section, including descriptive data and time-current curves for all
protective devices and let- through current curves for those with current limiting
characteristics. Include coordination charts and tables and related data.
1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Maintenance Stock Fuses: For types and ratings required, furnish spare fuses,
amounting to one unit for every 5 installed units, but not less than one set of 3 of
each kind.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
2.01 MANUFACTURERS

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited
ENGINEER to, the following:
ANP
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
ENGINEER following:
MAS
12/1/16
DATE: 1. Molded-Case Circuit Breakers:
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16 ABB Power Distribution, Inc.

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
Crouse-Hinds Distribution Equipment.
AGENCY
AAG
General Electric Co.
12/1/16
General Switch Corp.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
Square D Co.
SMK
Westinghouse Electric Corp.
12/1/16
DATE:
2.02 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES (OCPDs), GENERAL
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
A. General: Provide OCPDs in indicated types, as integral components of

EDSD
panelboards, and also as individually enclosed and mounted single units.

DATE:
BY:
B. Enclosures: NEMA 250 "Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1,000 Volts

Maximum)."
00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
2.03 MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
A. General: UL 489, "Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures,"
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
and NEMA AB 1, "Molded Case Circuit Breakers."

MAS
MAS
B. Construction: Bolt-in type, except breakers in load-center-type panelboards and

breakers 225-ampere frame size and larger may be plug-in type if held in place by
positive locking device requiring mechanical release for removal.
C. Characteristics: Indicated frame size, trip rating, number of poles, and a short-
circuit interrupting capacity rating of 10,000 amperes symmetrical, unless a greater

rating is indicated.
DESCRIPTION
D. Tripping Device: Quick-make, quick-break toggle mechanism with inverse-time

delay and instantaneous over current trip protection for each pole.
E. Adjustable Instantaneous Trip Devices: Factory adjusted to low- trip-setting current

values.
F. Enclosure Panelboard Mounting: Suitable for panel mounting in panelboards

where indicated.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
G. Enclosure for motor control center mounting: Provide individual mounting where
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
indicated.
10/27/16
H. Enclosure for Independent Mounting: NEMA Type 1 enclosure, except as

NO.
REV
00
otherwise indicated or required to suit environment where located.

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP
I. Circuit Breakers with Solid-State Trip Devices: Provide indicated circuit breakers
12/1/16
DATE: with solid-state trip devices having the following features:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS
1. Ambient Compensation: Trip device insensitive to temperature changes
12/1/16
DATE: between minus 20 deg C and plus 55 deg C.
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16
2. Adjustability: Breaker ratings and trip settings shall be changeable by
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
operation of controls on front panel of breaker, by change of plug-in
AGENCY
AAG
element without removing breaker from mounting, or by a combination of
12/1/16
the two methods.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
SMK
3. Ground-Fault Tripping: Adjustable for pick-up and time-delay values.
Provide for indicated units.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
PART 3 – EXECUTION
VERIFICATION
EDSD
3.01 EXAMINATION
DATE:
BY:
A. Examine Project overcurrent protective device submittals for compliance with

electrical distribution system coordination requirements and other conditions

00F1
affecting performance. Devices to be coordinated are indicated on Drawings.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
B. Proceed with coordination study only after relevant equipment submittals

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
Såudi 品..rarn<l:也2!6.Jifu.ENiìli. (O:J/99)
$AU[}I: ARABI'I~~N OIL COMPANY
自 Z宝。的←HUK←
到~I~ hav@ lD:eel11 ass:emli>led'. OVel1euma时 protective devices that have not been
蝉 jg
Dzω的ZDUZω
submitteet amt é1lippfôV@d p>r阳r to c00fdination study may not be used in study.
3\，(:)~ ROWIt ~S'y，í S下IE: M ID:ÞrFA
←k 国主 ω工←kdO
j;1; Gathsr aOO tâ'b也11:ate the foU'Owin@ illlput da幅 to sUp J)û rt coordination study:
1[. If'roøud Data f(ilf (j)v.eF创Iment Ji)roteciive øeviees spedf.ie <d: in other Ði'ìl<ision 26
$eetrcoos afllCli! ifl 'ltÐ'IVed ~Pl øVeV(l:U Ffient prote c:tillB deMice coørdi Fl atiø F! sìudies.
如:
工』主← z…
lY5,e ' e.qlìli~.meAt øe~!matiQI'l tags that are consistent with electriGal
dislributiom s.ys恒m el.i agrams, 0>VefCurrent pr0tective device submittals , input
HE2U口
潜在 ii 配 a~可flii Ollllput Gfata , arrrd 阳efJ.lim l1Jilended cdevrce settings.
21; !饰rfl}eæFlC.e (i),f utirFrny seNfce'、 emtFa:n<!:e
D自工← zou-h
SS !Bedrìωt. E)js~fI'iOOfi(i)n 5彭stem Diagram: In hard-copy and electrOflfc-cøpY,
伽I1fillats， sl:\'t.ο，wing the f(!)U~wïH~:
a.. C~帧盹'F盹f咆εω
阳咄唰
肌itι
U 胁
F也切
bli1ea
甜}快
ke
即ralil
司1、'(!j\ 仙't!.lse-萨刊
fi 创刨
e
ω 圳IlJ
U
草划陌丁' F
附
川dZ
u
剧H
队飘lRelai)!s an(i} assøciateø Ji)0We F' and CUFrent transfolimer ratings and ratios.
b
〈←田。…出
c. Transf(!}rrner kil例。It ampe F' es , prima 叩 and secondary voltages ,
C0nneetiofl type , imJDedan<e e , and X/R ratios
44〈主的←国a
cl!.. Calo:tes: h7tetilta:æ c:(i)Jll~clh!JiiJt material , s~:z: es ø,f C0F叫 UCtOfS ， conducìm
j;fiJa,terrÞat , i附电l:ta~i!即1、 al1'd length.
吃roc
〈Edo- 」EZHZOH』U=口DEB 国 DZ.DUE〈国〈52 〈mHhD〉←国E

田q
间v
~ØBl lNsr众lì..1LAτbON
liLiiE A: l栩磁泪创d臼1击I~ 时脱J，抗恒d O C.PÐ$:: Løcate as indiea!ed and instaH in a Cß@rdanøe

wli1hi ma阳f邵阳re内w，~比恒n instaHation instructions.
搏8 i§ 配
B号 GCPDs i'l1\I eii础阳Jti创II e.olitOmenIt shaU b8'妇ctory ~Flstalled ，
自峙)些竖立一 3恤， I Dm.rNm~lfbCAlr~ON
;;L-T h
y eE肝.IFIIBil1 ~
3k.G:21,
ldenä螃 00阴阳ne'fl!ts i,n. a C;C;elF<1fa rneewiih [)ivision 16 Section "Electricalldenìificatio F'l."
CONill民Qι 以必R~NG ~I/\JiSτh\LlAτtON
~S'~过一二三一一 A. M阳战 wiJiml Ihetween OCPDs and cøntf<Dlffndicati'on devices as specified in
川odι出口的 ω工←川剧国Z
diÄfE: 1 旦旦旦-1 Di\ÞiSfOIi1略 Seeti0n "Wires and Cables" fOf hard wired connections
FJF飞 l}Gf接 CONNtECτhONS

气;\ 12证t Jt6i ~
…
Dτ E: .Ii
A. ~k C@:r1'flectOil毡， termi 阳帖， bus joints , and mou Fl tings fQr tightness Tighten field-
,
〈E 国U工口 UZH
eÐÐ fl'ecte Q> eCmf!l6ctøfls and terminals , including screws and bolts , in aCGordance
w.ith e~uip'men~ manufacturer's published torque tightening values. Where
〈←zouzo-←〈ztDHLZ工
W陆I!JI:Ji~adureF"S‘ 如r部üng requirements are not tnclicated , tighten connectors and

te仰n:lf11'ats to <t0mpty with ti'~h惊叫 ng torques s.pecified fn lJ L 486A and UL 4868.
J;(1;'ft: GROtJ协Dtþ.\t(G;
A. Pr(l).vide eqll1ip:memt g.rÐun~Hn9 connections for individually mounted OCPD units as

H←U口 Z〈臼 ZH
ilil<itcate.et an e:f as required by NEC. righten connectors to comply with tightening

te f1Ques s附州ed in UL Standard 486A to assure permanent and effective
〉〉〈国己
gωlíl<1ttf1g.
! c叫叫栅阳TRUC
阳阳町
阳川
Uω
c口m羽τI删唰倒…盼归叩盹邸n;:阳阳阳τm阳仰附 E叫
t旺E朋m
町盯附阳叫
c盹且 | 阳忖
ι…m
啊…叫叫E叫|忡阳N盯T 叫
H工的←
DRAWING NO
(烟翻姐盹摞附削。剧
HA州"阳州邸唰跚E 唰ER'
陇酬罚阿莎叩
F 阳阳lEÆ:.
俩 '耐市-5'部
eH阳O。饥
凶s
L 叫
叫I ÐOC I ___ I I
SOUTHDH，翩翩帆。阻E <llllll阻附HIP AJ'tι 1 A18 I A I DE-D20114
lzlOOF1
EDSDj2616.-0399 :doc
SAUDI AHABIAN OIL COMPANY
dZEOELDE
2且@8l' FIE 七 D ' QU:AL 阿YCûN1ROL
出 ZDUEEZEE-o
Ä. ' |naepelild e.mtτesthno ûnoani2ê1tio r,r Arrange and pay for the services of an
indelile'f1(del\l~ eteetrical 饺到stìng organi:zation to perform tests and observations on
OCJDD也.
B::.>;: 旦旦是旦旦~: Prrepave: w'ri ,tite l'Jll pe~ F1:5 eertified by Testing CDrganization on tests and
工匕主← Z E B U P 臼王军庄
obs剧iVatìofiTs，. lRepø f1l de负~etiY$e materials and workmanship and l:msatisfact0叩 te5t
resul:ts. l,ncJwd'e: oomp恰te ne.eø.rEis 0;1 Fepairs and adjustrnents mao:e
C. L坐豆监g: liJJ1l<i).fIi S础is1actoey C(j)lll fDl创iOfl of tests and rel'ated eft，侃， apply a label to
tes恒d <C 0 f1l1l pone:f!1ts inoieatin9 恒Sl res,ults , date , and responsible organ恒 atio n. and
perS<D n.
HZH声由 254
D. · $ 主cl:l皇量监皇 visual'
and mechanical iFl spections and el怆
ectr川ica
刽1 怡
t'es
剖ts with 剖
at 陆
1 eas
卧t one
week's advance notification.
主的医
E Pretes.tinoí. l);PÆH'} compl'eti'lilg installation of the s附em ， perform the følløwing
prep;aratioAS f:ou indepeooent test5:
EZEDJ=ZHZDEED
Make' insulation resistance tests of OCPD buses , components , and
<c oRlileding supply , feeder , and control circuits ,
2, Make ωntinuity tests 01 circuits.
国20ZEOUEgEDas
3': !ppov irle: s:e:t m Qlf"trad Ðocuments to test personne.l. Include 缸H upäaHng
Ofli finaf sysfem C.Ofl白9uration and parameters where they sUJ!)plement or
diffe:Ff.VO;m tiilose 阳di~ed ffl original Contract Oocuments,.
4~ Pro ide I!naflufadure f"s instfuctions for installatioll aFl d testing of OCPDs to
'ì,l
test, pefisonnel.
主 EEZJDZZ
F ViS I!J忽1 aflo: meεnaflllÌcat ilílsoe.c.tion: Include the following inspections and related
work.
G. OvercurFelilt-Pm恒ctive-De，vice， Ratinas and Settina~ : Verify indicated ratings and
←自〈
setling5 to lDe apprQpriate for final system arrangement and parameters. Where
ZHEEBZ
dise.repaneies a陀 f~und， ~est ørgafl~zatio f1 shall recommend finat protective device
rati.mgs arld sei1 i'ngs,. LJse a(i;cepted revised ratings Gl r settings to make the final
system a<<t1:l!Jstmems,
〈←ZOUZOEEDLZZZ
~nspeet tOf cdefeds and physical damage , NRTl labeling , and nameplate
compliance with C::lJrrrent single line diagram.
2: lE:xe r,cise and perf(!) r, m øperational teslS of all mechanical compO Fl ents and
øtt1 eF operable devices in accordance with manufacturer's instFuction
←口 ZZZ
manu,al.
豆豆。出←
3. Cheek trg.ntrress 0'1 e'lectrical connections of OCPDs with calibrated torque

PHEEMW MmO
DRAWING NO.
DE-D20114
OOF1
28.- 00014-0002
飞川
_' "可
SAUDI ARABlAN Olt COMPANY
dEZE
wreneh. Refer t0 man:ufaeturel地 instr-uctions fol' proper tOF q,Ue v-alues.
比。←Z旧的ZOUEE
4 Clean 0CPDs ustn g. rnan时actufer's ap fDr0ved methods and materials.
5-. 、 Veri:fy iflstaHation 0f pf<1lper 1'u se types and rati l'lgs in fusibte <D~PDs.
室里←
1'1\ Elèctrical、节es悔 kndude: the f <1ll 1ÐWi'fil g iter:n s per::formed i J'i), aceordanee with
=ozk 主星星
manufactur凹'8 instrudii(i}J1ls:
InsuJat1IDI'l resfstance 恒:st (\)1 ûCPD ~fldueting parts Insulalion resistance
BEmHFED
less: than 11QO me90hli'li'IS is nøt aeceptabte.
2. CO l'l taet resistance test (i),f, r:neasurement of mimvolt drop a([;ross eøntacts of.
drawøut eirel!1it b~eakefs at r勘ed eu,nrent. Compare Gontaet resi.s tance 0 1'
国LBZHd←ED 崽」」主已经且
mi HivØ:比 ør(!1p va阳es (!}f a伽i:eJil.t poles an ø. of' similar breakers,. Deviatiøns 01'
more tha fi} 56 percent are 1'l 0~ acce阱able.
3. Insulation resistance test of molded-ease circuit breakers over 600- ampere

frame s~ze at 1!(i) 00 vi 0. Cl:. t'0:P øfle mi:nute from pole to pøle anò frøm each
pole to 9;found with bF回阳If cl'osed and across opefl cwntacts @;f each:
ZHg 」42比ZHZOEEgBdDZDUEgs23
phase. I‘ nsufatiøn resistanre fess than 10@ megohms is n'Ot aeceptable.
4 .' Use primary cuurent injectioli)i协 cheek performance characteristics of trip

units Øil ïnsufa:ted-臼S8 cifíClì.J饨 brealkers and molded-case breakers over
600\..am Ji)ere frarme si~e" Trip characteristics not falling within
manw-faeturer's publíshed tiime-Cl:.urrent characteristic tolepance b-ands when
adjusted ta apP fO v"El{Í 阴阳m.etef.s êtiFe' 1il'0生 aeceptable. Peliform the foHowing
test8:
a、. Determfne 1i'T'l:fnrl1lil um ptckup currem aceeptable fi> er mafl:ufaetUf~e r' s

instructions.
bcd
lDeìer fYil ine long - t~ffie delay at 300 percent pickup C l:.lrrefl~.
Ðetel1il1 ine Sflort-ttlWle- pickup eurrent and eorreslDonding delay time.
哩L崖D
Ðeterrnine gfOllI'nd!-fa:u 民 cuvrent pickup and corresponding delay
口P国且出口E
time ,
e. Determine instantaneous pickup current value.
的E
5. Verify trfp unit reset characte r. istics for insulated心ase cÞrcuit breakers.
军
ZHEESZH 〈←zouzo-
6. Make adj ustme 时s for wnal 5e柑ngs 01 adjustable-trip devfces.
7. Activate auxiliary !D roteetiove' deviee.s such as ground fault or under voltage

relays、 to verify operati剧吁。i sfilunt-trii~ e:l evices
8. Check stored-energy clilaçgïng motors for proper operation of 门10tor，

与 EEDLZHE← QZ〈 UE主 E 口的白←
mechanism , and fimit 创w.itcnes.
9, Check øperation of elec:trieaHy operated OCPDs In accordance with

manufactureγs tnstnHi~fions.
10. Check key and other intef~ock and safety devices for operation and
REV O
M川
DRAWIN G' NO.
DE-D20114
OOF1
28-00014-0002
SAUÐI ARABtAN OIL COMPANY
duzZELDE
seqNeI'l<re'. M拙e ctosing attempts on 10cked-øfJen and opening attempts on、
l E)'e~ee-cl.osecj dev.j ces including moveable barrrers a f'1!d shuUers
出 ZOUEE
B盟垦st: C:ørrecd a~fíeiencies， identified by tests and olD servations and provide
re:幅sNn~' of OCPDs t，，~ tesHn~ orgaA~zati"Ün. Vefi'市~ Ðy the system tests tha t.
罢
Sfllee涌创， r> eqwflìements afe met
E ←←HJDE主← ZEDUD己的HEED 庄
,.
3..00 GltB~e强协蜓L
ZO-
←03g
UÐÐ!lkC瞅瞅销JD.filt ~ ilíls幅tl~捕。肉~， ir斗s，ped OC.PDs. Remωe I\)aimt slD la忧 ers and øthe~ spots ,
←由zoogou
撒哈 andi el否如 fs.τ。阳.111< UjD'; s:cratefl'es and mars (i)J íinish t o, maieh (ilFÎglÎf1 al finish.
3矶市ð: ßÆ:M0，~li~T[OO'
比。川
EEEK-EE
3剧
BZH 声回 25
A. 直窒圄mg: Arra.f'Tgß' amet pa~ f0~ tÞTe serviees of factoliY-authorized喇 service
晒呻一
represefl~attves:怡飞 demonstrate. <DCP[)s and train 0wner's maintenanee personneL

咽
HaJ
8;) ♀旦旦盛监E盛主 a mi
呐n
川叫叫in
叫1丁 im
叽r.l 川
UI汀m
」主的 EEzgJ
哗跑εi丽简'ed u.肌lil.d
阳制l' "t阳fll:附附
e I隐s
挝时tr阳
l U则刷
T瓦时t创
c 剧i恼(j)flS 阳t''0 Ow
唰附￥fI斗le ， Em伊回仰
i协
0罗归
ees" in the "Pr。叫jeet'、 Gloseout"'
$'e(时
戎tÌ(阳酬
z 即i)f11;侨非 E创
9 Z洲iIi 悻t阶阳#树闸
T陌e:se 叩
sP阴雨l~tiÐAS. fncluØe. bøth ClaSSI'ÐØ:J1ll trainfn~自 and hands-on
equtfi)'rn:e nt 0lPematr0:fI\ aAC!i matotenance飞 prroeedli.lres.
」EZHZDEEDEUZZDUZ
E主组担重也!垒 tr-aÎ'A.ing w~tn a辈 least seven days' advance f10tification.
IENID' el lF SE <C1i ION
豆主口 220
主臣民 DE 出口的空←
EZE
翌日
ZH
〈←ZOUZOEEDLZHEE
王军王军己的白←
rz NO
DR Uv
DRAWING N0
DE-Ð20114
' OOF1
28-0001 4--0002
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
26 24 13 - SWITCHBOARDS
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
PART 1 - GENERAL
MAS
MAS
1.1 GENERAL

DESCRIPTION

1.3 SUMMARY

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER specification section shall limit the scope of work as required by the Contract.
ANP
12/1/16
DATE: 1.4 RELATED WORK
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS A. Division 26 Vibration And Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED B. Division 26 Common Work Results for Electrical: General electrical
REZ
requirements and items that are common to more than one section of Division
12/1/16
DATE: 26.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG C. Division 26 Overcurrent Protective Device Coordination Study: Coordination
DATE:
12/1/16 study of overcurrent protection devices.
OPERATIONS
SMK D. Division 26 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems: Conduits and outlet boxes.
12/1/16
DATE:
E. Division 26 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables: Cables and wiring.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
F. Division 26 Earthing and Bonding for Electrical Systems: Requirements for

Personnel Safety and to provide a low impedance path for possible fault currents.
DATE:
BY:
G. Division 26 Identification for Electrical Systems: Equipment identifications.

00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
1.5 SUMMARY
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
A. Section Includes:
MAS
1. Service and distribution switchboards rated 400 V and less.

MAS
2. Transient voltage suppression devices.

3. Disconnecting and overcurrent protective devices.
4. Instrumentation.
5. Accessory components and features.
6. Identification.
7. Mimic bus.
DESCRIPTION
1.6 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Seismic Performance: Switchboards shall withstand the effects of earthquake

motions determined according to Division 26 Vibration and Seismic Controls for
Electrical Systems.
1. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation
of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified
and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event."
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
1.7 STANDARDS
A. Saudi Arabian Standards Organization (SASO)

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
B. International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC)

1. IEC 60364 – Low Voltage Electrical Installation
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE 2. IEC 60439 – Low Voltage Switchgear

ENGINEER
ANP
12/1/16
1.8 SUBMITTALS
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER A. Data: For each type of switchboard, overcurrent protective device, transient
MAS
voltage suppression device, ground-fault protector, accessory, and component
12/1/16
DATE: indicated. Include dimensions and manufacturers' technical data on features,
CERTIFIED
REZ performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, accessories, and finishes.
12/1/16
DATE:
B. Shop Drawings: For each switchboard and related equipment.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 1. Include dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details, including
AAG
required clearances and service space around equipment. Show tabulations
12/1/16
DATE: of installed devices, equipment features, and ratings.
OPERATIONS
2. Detail enclosure.
SMK
3. Detail bus configuration, current, and voltage ratings.
12/1/16
DATE: 4. Detail short-circuits current rating of switchboards and overcurrent protective
CONTROL NUMBER
devices.
VERIFICATION
5. Include descriptive documentation of optional barriers specified for electrical

EDSD
insulation and isolation.

6. Include evidence of NRTL listing for series rating of installed devices.
DATE:
BY:
7. Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual

overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components.
00F1
8. Include time-current coordination curves for each type and rating of

(DCC) NO. _____________________
overcurrent protective device included in switchboards. Submit on

28-00014-0002-0001
translucent log-log graft paper; include selectable ranges for each type of

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
overcurrent protective device.

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
9. Include diagram and details of proposed mimic bus.

10. Include schematic and wiring diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring.
MAS
MAS
11. Provide copies of factory test results including prototype tests, IR and
continuity tests.
C. Samples: Representative portion of mimic bus with specified material and

finish, for color selection.
D. Qualification Data: For qualified installer and testing agency.

DESCRIPTION
E. Seismic Qualification Certificates: Submit certification that switchboards,

overcurrent protective devices, accessories, and components will withstand
seismic forces defined in Division 26 Vibration and Seismic Controls for
Electrical Systems. Include the following:
1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on
actual test of assembled components or on calculation.
2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity
and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions.
3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
certification is based and their installation requirements.
F. Field (Site) Quality-Control Reports:

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
1. Test procedures used.

2. Test results that comply with requirements.
NO.
REV
00
3. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that
DISCIPLINE comply with requirements.
ENGINEER
ANP
DATE:
12/1/16 G. Operation and Maintenance Data: For switchboards and components to
PROJECT include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items
ENGINEER
MAS specified in Division 01 include the following:
12/1/16 1. Routine maintenance requirements for switchboards and all installed components.
DATE:
CERTIFIED 2. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting overcurrent
REZ
protective devices.
DATE:
12/1/16 3. Time-current coordination curves for each type and rating of overcurrent
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
protective device included in switchboards. Submit on translucent log-log
AAG graph paper; include selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective
DATE:
12/1/16 device.
OPERATIONS
SMK H. Switchboards shall be fully tested by a recognized independent testing
12/1/16 laboratory per SASO standards. Submit certified test results to Saudi Aramco for
DATE:
revew.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION

EDSD
DATE:
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Member Company of a Nationally Recognized Testing

BY:
Laboratory (NRTL).
00F1
1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Currently certified by NRTL to supervise

(DCC) NO. _____________________
on- site testing.

28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
B. Source Limitations: For each building obtain switchboards, overcurrent protective

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
devices, components, and accessories from single source from single

manufacturer.
MAS
MAS
C. Retain first paragraph below to allow drawing details based on one

manufacturer's product to establish requirements and still allow competition.
Coordinate with Division 01 requirements.
D. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum

dimensions for switchboards including clearances between switchboards and
adjacent surfaces and other items. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions.
DESCRIPTION
E. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled by a

qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
F. Comply with local wiring Regulations.
A. Deliver switchboards in sections or lengths that can be moved past

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
obstructions in delivery path.
B. Remove loose packing and flammable materials from inside switchboards and
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
connect factory-installed space heaters to temporary electrical service to prevent

condensation.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP
A. Installation Pathway: Remove and replace access fencing, doors, lift-out
12/1/16
DATE: panels, and structures to provide pathway for moving switchboards into place.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS B. Environmental Limitations:
12/1/16 1. Do not deliver or install switchboards until spaces are enclosed and
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ
weathertight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, work above
switchboards is complete, and temporary HVAC system is operating and
12/1/16
DATE: maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY levels during the remainder of the construction period.
AAG
2. Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following conditions
12/1/16
DATE: unless otherwise indicated:
OPERATIONS
a. Ambient Temperature: Not exceeding 50 deg C.
SMK
b. Altitude: Not exceeding 500 m.
12/1/16
DATE: c. Service Conditions:
CONTROL NUMBER
1) Ambient temperatures within limits specified.

VERIFICATION
2) Altitude not exceeding 500 m.

EDSD
1.12 COORDINATION
DATE:
BY:
A. Coordinate layout and installation of switchboards and components with other

00F1
construction that penetrates walls or is supported by them, including electrical and

other types of equipment, raceways, piping, encumbrances to workspace clearance

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
requirements, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and

required clearances for equipment access doors and panels.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
B. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment

REZ
provided. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and

MAS
formwork requirements are specified in Division 03.

MAS
1.13 WARRANTY
A. Refer to Section 01 Warranties.

DESCRIPTION

D. During the guarantee period the manufacturer shall make all necessary repairs
or replacement to achieve conformity to the requirements of the Contract
Documents.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS

NO.
REV
00
A. Acceptable products to be prototype fully type tested by independent laboratory.

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP
B. Subject to full compliance with requirements and COMPANY approval,
12/1/16
DATE: manufacturers offering product that may be incorporated into work include but
PROJECT
ENGINEER are not limited to the following::
MAS 1. Arabia Electric Limited
12/1/16 2. WAHAH Electric Supply Company of Saudi Arabia
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ
3. Electronic and Electric Indus. Cor.
4. Abdullah Al-Hamoud Al-Shuwayer Trading Cont. Co.
12/1/16
DATE: 5. Alfanar Electrical Systems
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 6. Gulf International Electrical Distribution Apparatus
AAG
12/1/16 C. Front-Connected, Front-Accessible Switchboards:

DATE:
OPERATIONS 1. Main Devices: Draw out breaker.
SMK 2. Branch Devices: Fixed, individually mounted.
DATE:
12/1/16 3. Sections front and rear aligned.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
D. Nominal System Voltage: 400 / 231V AC.

EDSD
E. Main-Bus Continuous: As per drawings.

DATE:
BY:
F. Seismic Requirements: Fabricate and test switchboards according to IEEE 344

00F1
to withstand seismic forces defined in Division 26 Vibration and Seismic

Controls for Electrical Systems.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
G. Indoor Enclosures: Steel, IP 31.


A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
H. Enclosure Finish for Indoor Units: Factory-applied finish in manufacturer's

REZ
standard gray finish over a rust-inhibiting primer on treated metal surface.

MAS
MAS
I. Barriers: Between adjacent switchboard sections.
J. Insulation and isolation for main bus of main section and main and vertical
buses of feeder sections.
K. Cubicle Space Heaters: Factory-installed electric space heaters of sufficient

wattage in each vertical section to maintain enclosure temperature above
DESCRIPTION
expected dew point. Provide thermostats to control temperature.
L. Customer Metering Compartment: A separate customer metering

compartment and section with front hinged door, for indicated metering, and
current transformers for each meter. Current transformer secondary wiring shall
be terminated on shorting-type terminal blocks. Include potential transformers
having primary and secondary fuses with disconnecting means and secondary
wiring terminated on terminal blocks.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
M. Bus Transition and Incoming Pull Sections: Matched and aligned with basic
switchboard.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
N. Removable, Hinged Rear Doors and Compartment Covers: Secured by captive

thumb screws, for access to rear interior of switchboard.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
O. Hinged Front Panels: Allow access to circuit breaker, metering, accessory, and
ENGINEER blank compartments.
ANP
12/1/16
DATE: P. Pull Box on Top of Switchboard:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 1. Adequate ventilation to maintain temperature in pull box within same
MAS limits as switchboard.
12/1/16
DATE: 2. Set back from front to clear circuit-breaker removal mechanism.
CERTIFIED
REZ
3. Removable covers shall form top, front, and sides. Top covers at rear shall be
12/1/16
easily removable for drilling and cutting.
DATE:
4. Bottom shall be insulating, fire-resistive material with separate holes for cable
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY drops into switchboard.
AAG
5. Cable supports shall be arranged to facilitate cabling and adequate to
12/1/16
DATE: support cables indicated, including those for future installation.
OPERATIONS
SMK
Q. Buses and Connections: Three phase, four wire unless otherwise indicated.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
1. Phase- and Neutral-Bus Material: Hard-drawn copper of 98 percent

VERIFICATION
conductivity, silver-plated, with tin-plated aluminum or copper feeder circuit-

EDSD
breaker line connections.

2. Load Terminals: Insulated, rigidly braced, runback bus extensions, of same material as
DATE:
BY:
through buses, equipped with compression connectors for outgoing circuit.

conductors. Provide load terminals for future circuit-breaker positions at
00F1
full- ampere rating of circuit-breaker position.

3. Ground Bus: hard-drawn copper of 98 percent conductivity, equipped
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
with compression connectors for feeder and branch-circuit ground

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
conductors.
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
4. Main Phase Buses and Equipment Ground Buses: Uniform capacity for
entire length of switchboard's main and distribution sections. Provide for
MAS
MAS
future extensions from both ends.

5. Neutral Buses: 100 percent of the ampacity of phase buses unless otherwise
indicated, equipped with compression connectors for outgoing circuit neutral
cables. Brace bus extensions for busway feeder neutral bus.
6. Isolation Barrier Access Provisions: Permit checking of bus-bolt tightness.
R. IR Windows: Provide IR transparent windows for IR scanning where access to

DESCRIPTION
terminations and joints is not feasible in live conditions.
S. Future Devices: Equip compartments with mounting brackets, supports, bus

connections, and appurtenances at full rating of circuit-breaker compartment.
2.2 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION DEVICES
A. Subject to full compliance with requirements and COMPANY approval,

manufacturers offering product that may be incorporated into work include but
are not limited to the following:
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
1. Per approved Aramco manufacturers.
B. Surge Protection Device Description: IEEE C62.41-compliant, integrally

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
mounted, wired-in, solid-state, parallel-connected, modular (with field-

replaceable modules) type, with sine-wave tracking suppression and filtering
NO.
REV
modules, UL 1449, third edition, short-circuit current rating matching or

00
DISCIPLINE exceeding the switchboard short-circuit rating, and with the following features
ENGINEER
ANP and accessories:
DATE:
12/1/16 1. Fuses, rated at 100-kA interrupting capacity.
PROJECT 2. Fabrication using bolted compression lugs for internal wiring.
ENGINEER
MAS 3. Integral disconnect switch.
12/1/16 4. Redundant suppression circuits.
DATE:
CERTIFIED 5. Redundant replaceable modules.
REZ
6. Arrangement with wire connections to phase buses, neutral bus, and ground bus.
DATE:
12/1/16 7. LED indicator lights for power and protection status.
CONSTRUCTION 8. Audible alarm, with silencing switch, to indicate when protection has failed.
AGENCY
AAG 9. Form-C contacts rated at 5 A and 250-V ac, one normally open and one
DATE:
12/1/16 normally closed, for remote monitoring of system operation. Contacts shall
OPERATIONS reverse position on failure of any surge diversion module or on opening
SMK of any current-limiting device. Coordinate with building power monitoring and
DATE:
12/1/16 control system.
10. Four digit, transient-event counter set to totalize transient surges.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
C. Peak Single-Impulse Surge Current Rating: 160 kA per mode/320 kA per phase.
DATE:
D. Withstand Capabilities: 12,000 IEEE C62.41, Category C3 (10 kA), 8-by-20-mic.sec. surges
BY:
with less than 5 percent change in clamping voltage.

00F1
E. Protection modes for grounded wye circuits with 400/231V, three-phase,

(DCC) NO. _____________________
four-wire circuits shall be as follows:

28-00014-0002-0001
1. Line to Neutral: 800 V for 400Y/230V.


A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
2. Line to Ground: 800 V for 400Y/230V.

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
3. Neutral to Ground: 800 V for 400Y/230V.

MAS
F. Protection modes for 400V, three-phase, three-wire, delta circuits shall be as follows:
MAS
1. Line to Line: 2000 V for 400 V

2. Line to Ground: 1500 V for 400 V.
2.3 DISCONNECTING AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES

A. Molded-Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB): Comply with IEC, with interrupting

capacity to meet available fault currents.
DESCRIPTION
1. Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time-current element for low-

level overloads, and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits.
Adjustable magnetic trip setting for circuit-breaker frame sizes 250 A and
larger.
2. Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers: Magnetic trip element with
front- mounted, field-adjustable trip setting.
3. Air Circuit Breaker (ACB): electronic trip element with front mounted,
field- adjustable trip setting.
4. Electronic trip circuit breakers with rms sensing; field-replaceable rating
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
plug or field-replicable electronic trip; and the following field-adjustable

settings:
a. Instantaneous trip.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
b. Long- and short-time pickup levels.

c. Long- and short-time time adjustments.
NO.
REV
00
2
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
5. Current-Limiting Circuit Breakers: Frame sizes 400 A and smaller;
ANP 6. Integrally Fused Circuit Breakers: Thermal-magnetic trip element with
DATE:
12/1/16 integral limiter-style fuse listed for use with circuit breaker; trip activation on
PROJECT
ENGINEER fuse opening or on opening of fuse compartment door.
MAS 7. GFCI Circuit Breakers: Single- and two-pole configurations with Class A
DATE:
12/1/16 ground- fault protection (6-mA trip).
CERTIFIED 8. Ground-Fault Equipment Protection (GFEP) Circuit Breakers: Class B
REZ
ground-fault protection (30-mA trip).
12/1/16
DATE: 9. Molded-Case Circuit-Breaker (MCCB) Features and Accessories:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY a. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles.
AAG
b. Lugs: Compression style, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and
12/1/16
DATE: conductor material.
OPERATIONS c. Application Listing: Appropriate for application; Type SWD for switching
SMK
fluorescent lighting loads; Type HID for feeding fluorescent and high-
12/1/16 intensity discharge (HID) lighting circuits.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
d. Ground-Fault Protection: Integrally mounted relay and trip unit with

VERIFICATION
adjustable pickup and time-delay settings, push-to-test feature, and

EDSD
ground-fault indicator.
e. Communication Capability: Din-rail-mounted communication module with
DATE:
BY:
functions and features compatible with power monitoring and control

system specified in Division 26 Section 26 09 13 Electrical Power
00F1
Monitoring and Control.

f. Shunt Trip: 231-V trip coil energized from separate circuit.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
g. Undervoltage Trip: Set to operate at 35 to 75 percent of rated voltage

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
without intentional time delay.

h. Auxiliary Contacts: Two SPDT switches with "a" and "b" contacts; "a"
MAS
MAS
contacts mimic circuit-breaker contacts, "b" contacts operate in reverse of

circuit-breaker contacts.
i. Key Interlock Kit: Externally mounted to prohibit circuit-breaker operation;
key shall be removable only when circuit breaker is in off position..
B. Fused Switch: Provide clips to accommodate specified fuses; lockable handle.
2.4 INSTRUMENTATION
DESCRIPTION
A. Multifunction Digital-Metering Monitor: Microprocessor-based unit suitable for

three- or four-wire systems and with the following features:
1. Switch-selectable digital display of the following values with maximum
accuracy tolerances as indicated:
a. Phase Currents, Each Phase: Plus or minus 1 percent.
b. Phase-to-Phase Voltages, Three Phase: Plus or minus 1 percent.
c. Phase-to-Neutral Voltages, Three Phase: Plus or minus 1 percent.
d. Megawatts: Plus or minus 2 percent.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
e. Megavars: Plus or minus 2 percent.

f. Power Factor: Plus or minus 2 percent.
g. Frequency: Plus or minus 0.5 percent.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
h. Accumulated Energy, Megawatt Hours: Plus or minus 2 percent;

accumulated values unaffected by power outages up to 72 hours.
NO.
REV
00
i. Megawatt Demand: Plus or minus 2 percent; demand interval

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
programmable from five to 60 minutes.
ANP j. Contact devices to operate remote impulse-totalizing demand meter.
DATE:
12/1/16 2. Mounting: Display and control unit flush or semiflush mounted in
PROJECT
ENGINEER instrument compartment door.
MAS
DATE:
12/1/16 2.5 CONTROL POWER
CERTIFIED
REZ
A. Control Circuits: 231-V ac, supplied through secondary disconnecting devices
DATE:
12/1/16 from control-power transformer.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG B. Electrically Interlocked Main and Tie Circuit Breakers: Two control-power transformers in
12/1/16 separate compartments, with interlocking relays, connected to the primary side of each
DATE:
OPERATIONS
control-power transformer at the line side of the associated main circuit breaker. 230-V
SMK
secondaries connected through automatic transfer relays to ensure a fail-safe automatic
transfer scheme.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
C. Control-Power Fuses: Primary and secondary fuses for current-limiting and

VERIFICATION
overload protection of transformer and fuses for protection of control circuits.

EDSD
D. Control Wiring: Factory installed, with bundling, lacing, and protection included. Provide flexible
DATE:
BY:
conductors for 4 mm sq. and smaller, for conductors across hinges, and for conductors for
interconnections between shipping units.
00F1
2.6 ACCESSORY COMPONENTS AND FEATURES

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
A. Accessory Set: Include tools and miscellaneous items required for overcurrent

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
protective device test, inspection, maintenance, and operation – Two (2) sets
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
for the project.

MAS
B. Portable Test Set: For testing functions of solid-state trip devices without
MAS
removing from switchboard. Include relay and meter test plugs suitable for
testing switchboard meters and switchboard class relays – Two (2) sets for the
project.
2.7 IDENTIFICATION
A. Mimic Bus: Entire single-line switchboard bus work, as depicted on factory

DESCRIPTION
record drawing, on a photoengraved nameplate.

1. Nameplate: At least 0.8-mm thick anodized aluminum, located at eye level
on front cover of the switchboard incoming service section.
B. Mimic Bus: Continuously integrated mimic bus factory applied to front of

switchboard. Arrange in single-line diagram format, using symbols and letter
designations consistent with final mimic-bus diagram.
C. Coordinate mimic-bus segments with devices in switchboard sections to which

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
they are applied. Produce a concise visual presentation of principal switchboard

components and connections.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
D. Presentation Media: Painted graphics in color contrasting with background

color to represent bus and components, complete with lettered designations.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP
PART 3 - EXECUTION
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
3.1 EXAMINATION
ENGINEER
MAS
A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store switchboards according to the applicable
12/1/16
DATE: SASO and IEC applicable reference standard.
CERTIFIED
REZ
B. Examine switchboards before installation. Reject switchboards that are
12/1/16
DATE: moisture damaged or physically damaged.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
C. Examine elements and surfaces to receive switchboards for compliance with
12/1/16
DATE: installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
OPERATIONS
SMK D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
12/1/16
DATE:
3.2 INSTALLATION
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
A. Install switchboards and accessories according to the applicable SASO and

IEC reference standard.
DATE:
BY:
B. Equipment Mounting: Install switchboards on concrete base, 100-mm nominal thickness.

Comply with requirements for concrete base specified in Division 03 Section.

00F1
1. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 450-mm centers around the full
perimeter of concrete base.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
2. For supported equipment, install epoxy-coated anchor bolts that extend

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
through concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor.

3. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates,
MAS
MAS
diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.

4. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to switchboards.
C. Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels, and

brackets and temporary blocking of moving parts from switchboard units and
components.
D. Comply with mounting and anchoring requirements specified in Division 26

DESCRIPTION
Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems.
E. Operating Instructions: Frame and mount the printed basic operating

instructions for switchboards, including control and key interlocking
sequences and emergency procedures. Fabricate frame of finished wood or
metal and cover instructions with clear acrylic plastic. Mount on front of
switchboards.
F. Install filler plates in unused spaces of panel-mounted sections.

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
G. Install overcurrent protective devices, transient voltage suppression devices,

and instrumentation.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
1. Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges.
3.3 CONNECTIONS
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP
A. Comply with requirements for terminating feeder bus specified in Division 26
12/1/16
Enclosed Bus Assemblies. Drawings indicate general arrangement of bus,
DATE:
PROJECT
fittings, and specialties.
ENGINEER
MAS
B. Comply with requirements for terminating cable trays specified in Division 26
12/1/16
DATE: Cable Trays for Electrical Systems. Drawings indicate general arrangement
CERTIFIED
REZ of cable trays, fittings, and specialties.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
3.4 IDENTIFICATION
AGENCY
AAG
A. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components;
12/1/16
DATE: provide warning signs complying with requirements for identification specified
OPERATIONS
in Division 26 Identification for Electrical Systems.
SMK
DATE:
12/1/16 B. Switchboard Nameplates: Label each switchboard compartment with a
nameplate complying with requirements for identification specified in Division 26
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
Identification for Electrical Systems.

EDSD
C. Device Nameplates: Label each disconnecting and overcurrent protective device and
DATE:
BY:
each meter and control device mounted in compartment doors with a nameplate complying
with requirements for identification specified in Division 26 Identification for Electrical Systems.
00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service

REZ
representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and

MAS
equipment installations, including connections.

MAS
C. Perform tests and inspections.

1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service
representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment
installations, including connections, and to assist in testing.
D. Acceptance Testing Preparation:

DESCRIPTION
1. Test insulation resistance for each switchboard bus, component, connecting

supply, feeder, and control circuit.
2. Test continuity of each circuit.
E. Tests and Inspections:

1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in
NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test
parameters.
2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest.

3. Perform the following infrared scan tests and inspections and prepare reports:
a. Initial Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
than 60 days after Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each

switchboard.
NO.
REV
00
b. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared

DISCIPLINE scan of each switchboard 11 months after date of Substantial Completion.
ENGINEER
ANP c. Instruments and Equipment:
DATE:
12/1/16 1) Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or
PROJECT
ENGINEER
to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration
MAS record for device.
DATE:
12/1/16 4. Test and adjust controls, remote monitoring, and safeties. Replace
CERTIFIED damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.
REZ
DATE:
12/1/16 F. Switchboard will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG G. Prepare test and inspection reports, including a certified report that identifies
12/1/16 switchboards included and that describes scanning results. Include notation of
DATE:
OPERATIONS deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial
SMK action.
12/1/16
DATE:
3.6 ADJUSTING
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
A. Adjust moving parts and operable components to function smoothly, and

EDSD
lubricate as recommended by manufacturer.

DATE:
BY:
B. Set field-adjustable circuit-breaker trip ranges as specified in Division 26

Overcurrent Protective Device Coordination Study.

00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
3.7 PROTECTION
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
A. Temporary Heating: Apply temporary heat, to maintain temperature according to

MAS
manufacturer's written instructions, until switchboard is ready to be energized and

MAS
placed into service.
3.8 WASTE MANAGEMENT

A. Separate and dispose of waste in accordance with the Project’s Waste Management
Plan.
DESCRIPTION
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
SMK
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
26 24 16 - PANEL BOARDS
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
PART 1 – GENERAL
MAS
MAS

DESCRIPTION

1.2 SUMMARY

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP 1.3 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
A. This Section includes lighting and power circuit breaker type panelboards and
MAS associated auxiliary equipment rated 600V or less.
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
REZ
12/1/16
DATE: A. Applicable Codes and Standards: Conform to the Codes and Standards listed, but
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY not limited to:
AAG
12/1/16
DATE: 1. Provide products that are listed and labeled by UL, NEMA, or other
OPERATIONS internationally recognized testing laboratory.
SMK
DATE:
12/1/16 2. Electrical Component Standard: Components and installation which shall
comply with SBC 401 (Saudi Building Code Volume 4) and ANSI/NFPA 70
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
"National Electrical Code," with the SBC 401 requirements prevailing over
EDSD
the NFPA 70 provisions.

DATE:
BY:
3. NEMA Standard: Comply with NEMA PB1, “Panelboards.”

00F1
4. UL Standards: Comply with UL 61, “Panelboards,” and UL 50, “Cabinets

and Boxes.”
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
. 奇，
SA !Jlùt, AJRAßtA:N Of IL 8:@MPANY
gzEDELD
S 6J BMITTA 七S
←z出 ZDUZωE 罢
A: 豆豆旦旦旦!: Submit tMe folløWfflg} in aeoordanoe with Conditions of Contract and
Division; 1. S [i)e Gi flcatiøn SecHoA's.
1. Proouct( dat毡. fQ I' eac h' t!1Jlle P翻刨boa时， accesso叩 item ， and component
ωEEDE3
,
s~ecjfieØi.
ZOF03区←田ZCO 篮。比。因3崎啤
2 Shop df:awiA~ fr OFl'l' flJlartU陆d七trer's of! par;, elboards including dimensioned
←zωESD口的HEEDEBZ 声 EE 国 44
plalils, s~tì.侧&，. aflø etev.atj(!);fJls, Show\ tabulation S'‘ of installed deviees ,
m a:j，0f 但at'lll f8S， amØ \1i~ltage 阳4柄1!iJ) l M.cluàe飞 the' fbllowing:
abed
[lllel'~ lìJfe ~pe with d'etaHs fôp ty;p, es other than NEMA Type 1.
IÐus e:ÐI1l，f.fg，Ufa'扳倒耳 anø e'urflent\ ratings.
Snl\)'fib.. circuft c lU.r rent rating，吧。李 panelboard .
Ir eatlllres;, eh百!l.F8cteristies， ratiHgs, and factory settings of individual
~rotective deviees and auxilia 叩 eomponents .
主的是
3 JL Q1Jallfieéi政íi{lltl e1ai'国 fOfi ffeld~testiRg org~nization
certificates , signed by the
叶F
42-gJJEZHZ0522228 王军
00;时ra.dCfl，. eeJtißti;r:'I Q t.na'也 theωgan区创ìon' complies with the requiremerlts
飞口口口EH
speci青创 iJiJ Q阳flty Assurance 13etøW! Include lisf of completed projects

，
wi~ÞY 1'11'0庐et FfgmeS, 8í制:resses ，ι and; names or Architect and Owner plus
basi:c; Qfg邵阳atKlm q.ualifie前 iøns aata
4. Re~ (i)f fie! (ij1 te.s ts an Cit øbserv，捕。ns cert1fied by the testing organization
5. Pa:l'lef se阳到:w怡S 制f il1lSt创阳创。f罪 tß p，8f刚 boards . Submit final versions after

load ba:m、m'C fIíT9.
6, Maj:J1II:胞::fl.a1耐@、 ø:ata fø.r panetÐoafGI cQmponents , for inclusion in Opefating

andM岳阳恒flTaffc:e M伽uaÞ sf)ecifi:创i in Division 1 and in Division 16 Section
52aLDE
"BasFC: IEIe:e::triea中Rieq.wirerner可t5， " Include instructions for testing circuit
,
break:e s.
国旦。庄出口的
11 6~ EXTRA'、 MATERIA IL S
A. 旦旦主; Fumish si说 spafes of each type för panelboard cabinet locks.
EE
定 ZE 空白
B. Touch-u o, Pail1lt . fQ17 sl坏fcl即社!1T:l@1JJiI始d ø.aß e1 bo8 r;ds: Ofle hal在 pint container.
R'i>iRT?2 ' --,PRODUCTS

ZH
严 ZOUZOEEDLEEEZ
2，:0/1';主 MANUFACl'URERS
A., Available l'Jtanuf，a~tufer~: S l!I bjeet toωrnpHance w ith requiremen怡， manufacturers

offering proc:h:.lcts tÞrat ffi部b.e: i neørpOf挝创! in. the Work include , but are not limited
怡， the foltowing:
s.:
〈 UEEE
Manûfactw re r~: $uÐjeci toωrn Jilfiooce with requirements , provide products by the
following r:ecømmended' m创l:.Jfa~t:UFe陪:
口的自←
R V NO
E』
DRAWING NO.
r
DE-D20114'
OOF1
28-00014-0002
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
1. ABB Power Distribution, Inc.

REZ
2. Asco Electrical Products Co., Inc.

MAS
MAS
3. Challenger Electrical Equipment Corp. Crouse-Hinds Distribution

Equipment.
4. General Electric Co.
5. Square D Co.
6. Westinghouse Electric Corp.
2.02 PANELBOARDS, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

DESCRIPTION
A. Overcurrent Protective Devices (OCPDs): Provide type, rating, and features as

indicated. Comply with Division 16 Section "Overcurrent Protective Devices," with
OCPDs adapted to panelboard installation. Tandem circuit breakers shall not be
used. Multiple breakers shall have common trip.
B. Enclosures: Cabinets, flush or surface mounted as indicted. NEMA Type 1

enclosure, except where the following enclosure requirements are indicated.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
1. NEMA 7: Hazardous Locations: Div.1 Group c & D.
C. Front: Secured to box with concealed trim clamps except as indicated. Front for
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
surface-mounted panels shall be same dimensions as box. Fronts for flush panels
shall overlap box except as otherwise specified.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER D. Directory Frame: Metal, mounted inside each panel door.
ANP
12/1/16
DATE: E. Bus: Hard drawn copper of 98 percent conductivity.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS
F. Main and Neutral Lugs: Compression type.
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ G. Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch-circuit equipment ground
12/1/16
conductors. Bonded to box.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
H. Service Equipment Approval: Listed for use as service equipment for panelboards
having main service disconnect.
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
I. Provision for Future Devices: Equip with mounting brackets, bus connections, and
SMK
necessary appurtenances, for the OCPD ampere ratings indicated for future
12/1/16
DATE: installation of devices.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
J. Special Features: Provide the following features for panelboards as indicated.

EDSD
DATE:
1. Isolated Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for branch-circuit equipment

BY:
ground conductors; insulated from box.

00F1
2. Hinged Front Cover: Entire front trim hinged to box with standard door
(DCC) NO. _____________________
within hinged trim cover.

28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
3. Skirt For Surface-Mounted Panels: Same gage and finish as panel front
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
with flanges for attachment to panel, wall, and floor.

MAS
MAS
4. Extra Gutter Space: Dimensions and arrangement as indicated.
5. Gutter Barrier: Arranged to isolate section of gutter as indicated.
6. Column-Type Panelboard Configuration: Narrow cabinet extended as wire

way to overhead junction box equipped with ground and neutral terminal
buses.
DESCRIPTION
7. Subfeed: OCPD or lug provision as indicated.
K. Feed-Through Lugs: Sized to accommodate feeders indicated.
2.03 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS
A. Doors: In panel front, with concealed hinges. Secure with flush catch and tumbler
lock, all keyed alike.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
2.04 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
A. Doors: In panel front, omit single panelboard door in cabinet front for fusible switch
panelboards except as indicated. Secure with vault-type with tumbler lock, all keyed
alike.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER B. Branch-Circuit Breakers: Where OCPDs are indicated to be circuit breakers, use bolt-
ANP
on breakers except circuit breakers 225-ampere frame size and greater may be plug-in
12/1/16
DATE:
type where individual positive locking device requires mechanical release for removal.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS
2.05 IDENTIFICATION
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ A. General: Refer to Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification" for labeling
12/1/16
materials.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
B. Panelboard Nameplates: Engraved laminated plastic or metal nameplate for each
12/1/16
panelboard mounted with epoxy or industrial cement or industrial adhesive.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
SMK
PART 3 - EXECUTION
12/1/16
DATE: 3.01 INSTALLATION
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
A. General: Install panelboards and accessory items in accordance with NEMA PB

EDSD
1.1, "General Instructions for Proper Installation, Operation and Maintenance of

DATE:
Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less" and manufacturers' written installation

BY:
instructions.
00F1
B. Ground Fault Protection: Install panelboard residual current devices in accordance

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
with installation guidelines of SBC 401 and BS 7671, " Requirements for Electrical
Installations. IET Wiring Regulations "

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
C. Mounting Heights: Top of trim 6'-2" above finished floor, except as indicated.
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
D. Mounting: Plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount flush panels uniformly
MAS
MAS
flush with wall finish.
E. Circuit Directory: Typed and reflective of final circuit changes required to balance
panel loads. Obtain approval before installing.
F. Install filler plates in unused spaces.

DESCRIPTION
G. Provision for Future Circuits at Flush Panelboards: Stub four 1- inch empty
conduits from panel into accessible ceiling space or space designated to be ceiling
space in future. Stub four 1-inch empty conduits into raised floor space or below
slab other than slabs on grade.
H. Auxiliary Gutter: Install where a panel is tapped to a riser at an intermediate

location.
I. Wiring in Panel Gutters: Train conductors neatly in groups, bundle, and wrap with
wire ties after completion of load balancing.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
3.02 IDENTIFICATION
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
A. Identify field-installed wiring and components and provide warning signs in

accordance with Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification."
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 3.03 GROUNDING
ANP
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
A. Connections: Make equipment grounding connections for panelboards as
ENGINEER indicated.
MAS
12/1/16
DATE: B. Provide ground continuity to main electrical ground bus indicated.
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16 3.04 CONNECTIONS

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including grounding connections, in
12/1/16
accordance with manufacturer's published torque- tightening values. Where
DATE:
OPERATIONS
manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and
SMK
UL 486B.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
A. Independent Testing Organization: Arrange and pay for the services of an

EDSD
independent electrical testing organization in to perform tests on low-voltage power

DATE:
panelboards and accessories.

BY:
B. Pretesting: Upon completing installation of the system, perform the following

00F1
preparations for independent tests:

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
1. Make insulation resistance tests of panelboard buses, components, and

connecting supply, feeder, and control circuits.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
2. Make continuity tests of circuits.

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
3. Provide set of Contract Documents to test organization. Include full

updating on final system configuration and parameters where they
MAS
MAS
supplement or differ from those indicated in original Contract Documents.
C. Quality Control Program: Conform to the following:
D. Procedures: Make field tests and inspections and prepare panelboard for
satisfactory operation in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and

these specifications.
DESCRIPTION
1. Schedule tests with at least one week in advance and notify SA

Representative.
2. Reports by Testing Organization: Submit written report of the results of

tests and observations. Report defective materials and workmanship and
unsatisfactory test results. Include records of repairs and adjustments
made.
3. Labeling: Upon satisfactory completion of tests and related effort, apply a

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
label to tested components indicating results of tests and inspections,

responsible organization and person, and date.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
4. Protective Device Ratings and Settings: Verify indicated ratings and

settings to be appropriate for final system configuration and parameters.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
Where discrepancies are found, recommend final protective device ratings
ENGINEER and settings. Use accepted ratings or settings to make the final system
ANP
12/1/16
adjustments.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER E. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: Include the following inspections and related
MAS
work:
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ 1. Inspect for defects and physical damage, labeling, and nameplate
12/1/16
compliance with requirements of up-to-date drawings and panelboard
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
schedules.
AGENCY
AAG
12/1/16
2. Exercise and perform of operational tests of all mechanical components
DATE:
and other operable devices in accordance with manufacturer's instruction
OPERATIONS
SMK
manual.
12/1/16
DATE: 3. Check panelboard mounting, area clearances, and alignment and fit of
CONTROL NUMBER
components.
VERIFICATION
EDSD
4. Check tightness of bolted electrical connections with calibrated torque

DATE:
wrench. Refer to manufacturer's instructions for proper torque values.

BY:
5. Perform visual and mechanical inspection and related work for over current
00F1
protective devices as specified in Division 16 Section "Overcurrent

(DCC) NO. _____________________
Protective Devices."
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
F. Electrical tests: Include the following items performed in accordance with

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
manufacturer's instruction:
MAS
MAS
1. Insulation resistance test of buses and portions of control wiring that

disconnected from solid-state devices. Insulation resistance less than 100
megohms is not acceptable.
2. Ground resistance test on system and equipment ground connections.

3. Test main and subfeed over current protective devices in accordance with
DESCRIPTION
Section "Overcurrent Protective Devices."
G. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and provide

retesting of panelboards by testing organization. Verify by the system tests that the
total assembly meets specified requirements.
3.06 CLEANING
A. Upon completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of panelboards.

Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
mars of finish to match original finish.

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
3.07 COMMISSIONING
A. Balancing Loads: After Substantial Completion, but not more than two months
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
after Final Acceptance, conduct load-balancing measurements and circuit changes
ENGINEER as follows:
ANP
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
1. Perform measurements during period of normal working load as advised by
ENGINEER the SAUDI ARAMCO Representative.
MAS
12/1/16
DATE: 2. Perform load-balancing circuit changes outside the normal
CERTIFIED
REZ occupancy/working schedule of the facility. Make special arrangements
12/1/16 with SAUDI ARAMCO Representative to avoid disrupting critical 24-hour
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
services such as FAX machines and on-line data processing, computing,
AGENCY
AAG
transmitting, and receiving equipment.
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
3. Recheck loads after circuit changes during normal load period. Record all
SMK
load readings before and after changes and submit test records.
12/1/16
DATE:
4. Tolerance: Difference between phase loads exceeding 20 percent at any
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
one panelboard is not acceptable. Rebalance and recheck as required to

meet this minimum requirement.
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
26 27 13 - ELECTRICITY METERING
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
MAS
MAS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1. RELATED DOCUMENTS

DESCRIPTION

1.2. SUMMARY

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP B. Section covers requirements for the Saudi Electric Company (SEC) meters.
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT 1.3 DESCRIPTION
ENGINEER
MAS
12/1/16 1.3.1 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
DATE:
CERTIFIED Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to
REZ
this Section.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
1.4 RELATED WORK
AAG
DATE:
12/1/16 1.4.1 Division 26 Common Work Results for Electrical: General electrical
OPERATIONS requirements and items that is common to more than one section of Division
SMK 26.
12/1/16
DATE:
1.4.2 Provide 50mm HDPE conduit from SEC meter to respective substation for
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
fiber optic cable. Provide (2) drag lines in conduit. Provide all excavation and
EDSD
backfill as required. Coordinate work with the site infrastructure team. HDPE
conduit shall be as per SEC standards.
DATE:
BY:
1.5 SUBMITTALS
00F1
A. Submit in accordance with Division 26 Common Work Results for Electrical.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
B. Shop Drawings:

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ

2. Include electrical ratings, dimensions, weights, mounting details and
MAS
MAS
clearances required for servicing.

3. Dimensioned plans and sections or elevation layouts.
4. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. Identify terminals and
wiring designations and color-codes to facilitate installation, operation, and
maintenance. Indicate recommended types, wire sizes, and circuiting
arrangements for field-installed wiring, and show circuit protection features.

DESCRIPTION
C. Field quality-control reports.
D. Manuals: Four weeks prior to the final inspection, submit four copies of the
following to Saudi Aramco:
1. Complete maintenance, operating and testing manuals including wiring
diagrams, technical data sheets and information for ordering replacement
parts.
2. Application and operating software documentation.
3. Software licenses.
4. Software service agreement.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
5. Hard copies of manufacturer's operating specifications, design user's guides

for software and hardware, and PDF files on CD-ROM of the hard-copy
Submittal.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
E. Certifications: Two weeks prior to final inspection, submit four copies of the
NO.
REV
00
following to the Saudi Aramco:

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
1. Certification by the manufacturer that the meter conforms to the requirements
ANP of the drawings and specifications, and the meter has been properly
DATE:
12/1/16 calibrated.
PROJECT
ENGINEER 2. Certification by the Contractor that the meter has been properly installed,
MAS adjusted, and tested.
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED 1.6 REFERENCES
REZ
DATE:
12/1/16 1.6.1 Saudi Arabian Standards Organization (SASO)
CONSTRUCTION 1.6.2 Saudi Electrical Company (SEC) – For SEC meters
AGENCY
AAG 1.6.2.1 SDCS Construction Standard for the Underground Network
DATE:
12/1/16 1.6.2.2 40-SDMS-02A and 02B – Specifications forKilo-Watthour Meter
OPERATIONS 1.6.2.3 42-SDMS-01 – Specifications for Fiber Glass Reinforced Polyester Meter Boxes.
SMK
12/1/16 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
1.7.1 Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of electric meters of types, sizes
and ratings required, whose projects have been in satisfactory use in similar service for
EDSD
not less than 10 years and approved by SEC. Preference shall be given to local
manufacturers and agents/suppliers.
DATE:
BY:
B. Installer: Firms regularly engaged and qualified with at least 5 years of successful
00F1
installation experience on projects with electrical installation work similar to that

required for the project.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
1.8 WARRANTY
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
1.8.1 Refer to Division 01 Warranties.

MAS
MAS
1.8.2 Refer to Saudi Aramco contract for minimum required warranty after
handover. Contractor to provide the manufacturer’s standard warranty period
but shall not be less than the duration stipulated in contract.
1.8.3 Unless otherwise stated in this specification section all materials,

assemblies, components parts and workmanship shall be guaranteed
against defect, damage, or non- conformity.
DESCRIPTION
1.8.4 During the guarantee period the manufacturer shall make all necessary
repairs or replacement to achieve conformity to the requirements of the
Contract Documents.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
A. SEC METERS
1. SEC meters shall be approved by SEC. Installation of meters shall follow
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
SEC standards.
2. SEC meters shall be smart meter type and shall have termination to accept
fiber optic cable for remote data monitoring of energy meter.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER B. MANUFACTURERS: Subject to full compliance with requirements and SEC
ANP
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 1. MEMF
MAS
2. Saudi Swiss Co.
12/1/16
DATE: 3. Holley
CERTIFIED
REZ 4. AEM
12/1/16 5. Arabian Meter Factory
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
6. Landis & Cyr Hellas
AGENCY
AAG
12/1/16
PART 3 - EXECUTION
DATE:
OPERATIONS
3.1 INSTALLATION
SMK
12/1/16
DATE: A. Install meters furnished by utility company. Install raceways and equipment
CONTROL NUMBER
according to utility company's written requirements. Provide empty conduits for

VERIFICATION
metering leads and extend grounding connections as required by utility company.

EDSD
3.2 IDENTIFICATION
DATE:
BY:
A. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Division 26 05 53

00F1
Identification for Electrical Systems.

B. Equipment Identification Labels: Adhesive film labels with clear protective overlay.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
A. Perform tests and inspections.

MAS

MAS

B. Tests and Inspections:

1. Connect a load of known kilowatt rating, 10 kW minimum, to a circuit supplied

by metered feeder.
2. Turn off circuits supplied by metered feeder and secure them in off condition.
DESCRIPTION
3. Run test load continuously for one hour minimum, or longer, to obtain a
measurable meter indication. Use test-load placement and setting that
ensures continuous, safe operation.
4. Check and record meter reading at end of test period and compare with
actual electricity used, based on test-load rating, duration of test, and sample
measurements of supply voltage at test-load connection. Record test results.
C. Electricity metering will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and
inspections.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
D. Prepare test and inspection reports.

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
SMK
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
26 27 26 - WIRING DEVICES
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
PART 1 – GENERAL
MAS
MAS

DESCRIPTION

1.2 SUMMARY

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
B. This section includes the followings:
ANP
12/1/16
DATE: Outlet boxes and plates.
PROJECT
ENGINEER Lighting switches.
MAS Socket outles.
12/1/16 Dimmer panel.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ
Time controlled switches.
Lighting contactors.
12/1/16
DATE: Photoelectric cells.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY Pushbutton.
AAG
12/1/16
DATE: 1.3 RELATED DOCUMENTS
OPERATIONS
SMK
C. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
DATE:
12/1/16 Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
1.4 RELATED REQUIREMENTS

DATE:
BY:
A. All devices and equipment shall comply with local and applicable Wiring
Regulations. Where conflicts arise, Saudi Aramco's Representative shall be
00F1
notified immediately in writing. The Wiring Regulations requirements shall

govern, unless directed otherwise by the Saudi Aramco's Representative.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
1.5 STANDARD
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
A. All devices shall be listed and approved by the applicable SASO standard
MAS
MAS
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Manufacturer's data on each electrical wiring device specified for
approval by Saudi Aramco.
1.7 ACTION SUBMITTALS

DESCRIPTION
A. Samples of products indicated for sample submission in Saudi Aramco

comments on product data submittal. Include color and finish samples of device
plates and other items per Saudi Aramco request.
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of wiring devices of

types and ratings required, and whose products have been in satisfactory use in
similar service for not less than 5 years. Preference shall be given to local
manufacturers and agents/suppliers.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
B. Regulatory Requirements: comply with provisions of local regulations, codes and

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
standards applicable in project/host country. Components shall be standard

approved manufacturer's products, uniform and modular.
NO.
REV
00
C. Standards Compliance: provide wiring devices, which are listed and comply with
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER applicable standards for various applications indicated in specification.
ANP
12/1/16
DATE: 1.9 SEQUENCE AND SCHEDULING
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS A. Schedule installation of finish plates after surface upon which they shall be
DATE:
12/1/16 installed has received final finish.
CERTIFIED
REZ
1.10 WARRANTY
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
A. Unless otherwise stated in this specification section all materials, assemblies,
AAG components parts and workmanship shall be guaranteed against defect,
DATE:
12/1/16 damage, or non- conformity for a period of one (1) year.
OPERATIONS
SMK B. During the guarantee period the manufacturer shall make all necessary repairs
DATE:
12/1/16 or replacement to achieve conformity to the requirements of the Contract
Documents.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
DATE:
BY:
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
00F1
A. List of Manufacturers: Subject to full compliance with requirements and

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
COMPANY approval, manufacturers offering product that may be incorporated

into work include but are not limited to the following:

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
1. Safety and Protection Factory (SPF)

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
2. Industrial Systems Group

3. Alfanar Electrical Systems
MAS
MAS
4. LeGrand
5. Schneider electrical Al-Khobar
2.2 WIRING DEVICES, GENERAL

A. Wiring devices for finished areas shall be flush mounted as follows:

1. All public spaces and offices: Brushed stainless steel, all accessories shall
be screwless fixtures.
DESCRIPTION
2. Wiring devices in all unfinished areas such as mechanical rooms, electrical

rooms, workshops, ceiling voids and the like shall be surface mounted metal
clad with a corrosion and scratch resistant metallic powder coated paint
finish.
3. Wiring devices in back of house office spaces, control rooms etc. shall be
flush mounted white plastic.
4. Where outlets are located in exterior environments these shall be IP 65 rated.
B. Wiring shall be carried out in strict accordance with cable sizes and circuit details
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
provided in load schedules and on drawings. All wiring on multi-point sub circuits
shall be carried out as a “loop-in” system and no joints at any point in cable runs
shall be allowed.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
C. Single phase circuits taken from TP and N Distribution Boards shall have their
NO.
REV
00
own neutral connections.

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP D. Contractor shall pay special attention to segregation of L.V. and wiring system for
DATE:
12/1/16 fire detection, telephone, and P.A systems which may be either installed by him
PROJECT or by other specialist sub-Contractors, to ensure that no interaction may occur
ENGINEER
MAS between various systems. Segregation of wiring system shall strictly comply with
12/1/16 requirements of 16th edition of IEE regulations, inclusive of latest amendments.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ E. Coloring code and identification of cable cores shall be in accordance with IEE
DATE:
12/1/16 regulations. All luminaires and wiring accessories shall be as described and
CONSTRUCTION specified in schedule of luminaires and equipment.
AGENCY
AAG
12/1/16 2.3 SWITCHES

DATE:
OPERATIONS
SMK
A. Light switches shall be manufacture, rating and type as specified.
12/1/16
DATE: B. Light switches shall comply with the applicable SASO and IEC reference
CONTROL NUMBER
standard and shall be grid type.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
C. Switches shall be installed in boxes with adjustable lugs to ensure front plate is
true and square. Flush boxes shall be flush with finished wall surface and
DATE:
BY:
overlapping front plated shall be used. Boxes shall be suitable for wiring system
used.
00F1
D. Switches shall be ampere rated per SBC requirements. .

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
E. Where switches are mounted in Class 4 installations where exposed to weather

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
or continual dampness, they shall be watertight pattern with approved gaskets.

Enclosure shall comply with applicable SASO and IEC reference standards with
MAS
MAS
ingress protection IP 54.
F. Switches shall be suitable for back and side wiring with 4.0 mm2 or 2 x 2.5 mm2
stranded conductors.
2.4 AMPERE SOCKET OUTLETS
A. Socket outlets shall comply to the applicable SASO and IEC reference standard,
DESCRIPTION
switched, shuttered and mounted in ring or multiple assemblies and shall be of

type and rating as specified or as indicated on Drawings.
B. Plugs tops shall be fitted with correct rated fuse for appliance to which it is connected.
C. Socket outlets shall be complete with boxes not less than 35mm deep and box
shall have a suitable mounted, brass, protective conductor terminal.
D. Socket outlets installed in flush installations shall have overlapping front plates.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
E. In surface installations front plates shall be flush with sides of box and shall be
metal clad unless otherwise specified.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
F. Earth pin of socket outlets shall be connected to box earth terminal with a green
and yellow PVC-insulated protective conductor. Cover screws are not acceptable
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
for earth continuity.
ENGINEER
ANP
G. Indicating pattern socket outlets shall be used for appliances containing a
12/1/16
DATE: heating element and like.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS H. Socket outlet shall be suitable for back and side-wiring 1 x 6mm2 0r 2 x 4.0mm2
12/1/16
DATE: stranded conductors.
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16
DATE: 2.5 FUSED CONNECTION UNITS
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG A. Fused connection units shall be per applicable SASO and IEC reference
DATE:
12/1/16 standard, double-pole, insulated pattern, switched with neon Indicator as
OPERATIONS specified, with face plates to match socket outlets.
SMK
DATE:
12/1/16 B. Where used as a flexible outlet to an appliance, fused connection units shall be
of flexible outlet pattern with cable anchoring clamp. Fuses shall be provided with
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
each connection unit.

EDSD
2.6 COVER PLATES

DATE:
BY:
A. Socket outlets and switch cover plate finishes shall be as specified above.
00F1
B. Samples of all cover plated shall be provided to Saudi Aramco for approval prior
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
to ordering.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
2.7 SOCKETS 16- AND 32-AMPERE RATING

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
A. Sockets shall comply with applicable SASO and IEC reference standard and
MAS
shall be switched type I.

MAS
B. Sockets located outdoor or in garages shall have minimum ingress protection of

IP 44 and IP 65 for external sockets.
C. All single-phase sockets shall be 230-250 volts and all three-phase sockets shall
be 400- 415 volts.
DESCRIPTION
D. Sockets and plugs shall have polycarbonate housing.
E. Sockets shall be complete with surface back base and shall be angled at
approximately 45 degree.
F. Sockets shall be complete with plugs.
G. Sockets in the classrooms and public spaces shall have integral childproof
shutter feature.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
2.8 PLUGS
A. Type: compatible with type of socket outlet specified, break resistant, of impact
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
resistant moulded insulating material (separable construction), with solid brass

pins and cord grip and of shape providing easy hand-grip for removal. Special
NO.
REV
00
purpose type plugs shall be approved by Saudi Aramco.

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP
B. Cord and Plug Sets: match voltage and current ratings and number of
12/1/16
DATE: conductors to requirements of equipment being connected.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS
12/1/16
DATE: 1. Cord: Rubber-insulated, stranded copper conductors, with silicon rubber
CERTIFIED jacket. Grounding conductor has green insulation. Ampacity is equipment
REZ
rating plus 30% minimum.
12/1/16
DATE: 2. Plug: Male configuration with nylon body and integral cable-clamping jaws.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY Match to cord and to receptacle type intended for connection.
AAG
12/1/16
DATE: 2.9 TIME CONTROLLED SWITCHES
OPERATIONS
SMK A. Time Controlled Switches: provide electrically operated time controlled switches
DATE:
12/1/16 with 24-hour dials capable of periodically and automatically switching indoor and
outdoor lamps both ON and OFF selectively.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
B. Select switches, which permit selection of from 1 to 12 ON- OFF operations each
day and allow timing durations of 1 to 23 hours; with ratings (231V) (50 Hz) and
DATE:
BY:
with SPST switch of 40-amperes per pole.

00F1
C. Provide indoor/outdoor mount steel enclosure, have suitable protection, with side
hinged door and lock, mounting holes and conduit hubs.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
D. Provide timing switch with manual circuit by-pass switch and separate grounding

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
terminal.
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
E. Finish enclosure with manufacturer's standard color finish and/or as approved by

MAS
Saudi Aramco.
MAS
F. Unit is to maintain operation for at least 12 hrs in case of a power failure.
2.10 LIGHTING CONTACTORS

A. Type: double pole for single phase and neutral circuits, and triple pole for three
phase circuits, mechanically held, electrically operated, rated 600 V, of current
DESCRIPTION
ratings shown on Drawings, and complying with IEC 60947-4 category AC 5a for
discharge lamps and category AC 5b for incandescent lamps.
B. Contacts: copper alloy, with silver cadmium alloy double break contacts designed
for switching inductive ballast loads and switching of tungsten lamp loads.
C. Auxiliary Contacts: as required to provide specified interlocks and signals as

shown on Drawings, or required by Specification, with one N.O. and one N.C.
spare contacts.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
D. Enclosure: unless forming part of system housed in sheet steel panel, contactor
is shall be provided with IP 42 enclosure for indoor use or IP 65 enclosure for
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
outdoor use.
E. Local Control: each contactor whether part of a system or separately enclosed is

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
to have on/off pilot lights and set of on/off push buttons mounted on cover.
ENGINEER
ANP
F. Central Control: provide interfacing elements to match with control system, BMS
12/1/16
DATE: system, and remote control wiring terminals as necessary and as shown on Drawings.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS
12/1/16
DATE: 2.11 PHOTOELECTRIC CELLS
CERTIFIED
REZ
A. Omnidirectional cadmium sulphide, hermetically sealed, with 2:1 on/off
12/1/16
DATE: adjustment possible by moving light level selector, set to operate at luminance
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY levels shown on Drawings. Unit is to include timer giving 3-minute delay to
AAG
prevent false switching. Unit must be capable of accurate operation in a
12/1/16
DATE: temperature range of - 10 deg. C to +80 deg.
OPERATIONS
SMK B. Safety: Control shall be designed such that in case of failure, unit fails in on position.
12/1/16
DATE:
C. Contacts shall close or open as illumination level increases to set level with
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
respect to requirements shown on Drawings.

EDSD
D. Outdoor Sealed Units: heavy duty cast metal, with translucent dome of
DATE:
polycarbonate or other equal and approved product, to protect against high ultra
BY:
violet rays, and be provided with 180 deg. swivel base and 16 mm threaded
00F1
conduit mounting. Enclosure is shall be weatherproof and protected against high

winds and storms.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
2.12 PUSHBUTTON
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
A. Pushbutton shall match other wiring devices. The color and finishing shall subject
MAS
to Saudi Aramco approval.

MAS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION OF WIRING DEVICES AND ACCESSORIES

A. Install wiring devices and accessories as indicated, in accordance with applicable

requirements, Local Electrical Code or Regulations and in accordance with
DESCRIPTION
recognized industry practices to fulfill project requirements.
B. Coordinate with other Work, including painting, electrical boxes and wiring
installations, as necessary to interface installation of wiring devices with other
Work.
C. Install wiring devices only in electrical boxes, which are clean; free from building
materials, dirt, and debris.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
D. Install surface mounted devices with metal clad wall plates with a corrosion and
scratch resistant metallic powder coated paint finish in unfinished spaces.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
E. Locate switches at strike sides of doors, whether shown on Drawings or not. In

locating outlets allow for overhead pipes, ducts, variations in arrangement,
thickness of finishing, window trim, paneling and other architectural features.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE Electrical Design Drawings: generally show approximate locations of outlets and
ENGINEER
ANP
equipment. Exact locations shall be determined from interior finishing and detail
12/1/16 drawings. Any condition that would place an outlet in an unsuitable location shall
DATE:
PROJECT
be referred to Saudi Aramco.
ENGINEER
MAS
F. Unless otherwise shown or instructed, mount lighting switches and socket outlets
12/1/16
DATE: generally at 1250 mm and 450 mm from finished floor level respectively. Mount
CERTIFIED
REZ switches with long dimension vertical and operating handle, if of toggle type, up
12/1/16 when switch is in on position.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
G. Connect switches in phase wire. Do not run neutral wire through switch boxes.
12/1/16
DATE: H. Provide additional outlets to those shown on Drawings as required by equipment
OPERATIONS
manufacturers for control or other wiring.
SMK
12/1/16 I. Securely Exposed Outlet Boxes: securely fasten to wall with machine screws to
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
permanent inserts or lead anchors.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
J. Provide neat openings for recessed boxes, allowing for thickness of finishing,
and use extension rings if required. Repair damaged finishing to original
DATE:
BY:
condition before installation of fittings or plates.

00F1
K. Install exposed boxes and plate’s plumb, square and parallel to finished wall
surface. Exposed plates covering recessed boxes shall rest neatly on wall
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
surface without gaps, and fully covering box.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
L. Arrange grouped outlets uniformly and neatly so that use of devices is

REZ
convenient and clear.

MAS
MAS
M. Follow manufacturer's instructions for installation of waterproof and explosion

proof fittings and connection to conduit system to fully achieve required degree of
protection.
N. Install single throw switches with lever in “UP” position when switch is closed.
O. Connection of Appliances:
DESCRIPTION
1. Where appliance is designed to adapt directly to outlet box, extend electrical

wiring to incoming terminals inside appliance.
2. Where appliance is not designed to adapt to outlet box, install connecting
wiring in flexible conduit or special flexible cable, mechanically protected,
firmly fixed to outlet box cover plate and to terminal box on appliance, with
suitable accessories.
P. Install wiring devices after wiring work is completed.

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
Q. Install wall plates after painting work is completed.
R. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values for wiring devices
S. Samples of all accessories shall be provided for approval by Saudi Aramco prior
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
to ordering.
ENGINEER
ANP
3.2 PROTECTION
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER A. Protect installed components from damage. Replace damaged items prior to final
MAS acceptance.
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
REZ
12/1/16 A. Carry out visual inspection of fittings and equipment for fixing and workmanship.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG B. Testing: prior to energizing circuits, test wiring for electrical continuity, and for
DATE:
12/1/16 short- circuits. Ensure proper polarity of connections is maintained. Subsequent
OPERATIONS to energizing, test wiring devices and demonstrate compliance with
SMK requirements, operating each operable device.
12/1/16
DATE:
C. Test ground fault interrupter operation with both local and remote fault
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
simulations in accordance with manufacturer recommendations.

EDSD
DATE:
BY:
00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
26 28 16 - ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
MAS
MAS
PART 1 – GENERAL

DESCRIPTION

1.2 SUMMARY

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP B. Section includes :
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
1. Fusible switches.
MAS 2. Nonfusible switches.
DATE:
12/1/16 3. Receptacle switches.
CERTIFIED 4. Shunt trip switches.
REZ
5. Molded-case circuit breakers (MCCBs).
12/1/16 6. Enclosures.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG 1.3 RELATED DOCUMENTS
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS 1.3.1 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
SMK Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,
12/1/16 apply to this Section.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
1.3.2 Division 26 05 00 Common Work Results For Electrical: General electrical

requirements and items that is common to more than one section of Division
EDSD
26.
DATE:
BY:
1.3.3 Division 26 05 33 Raceway And Boxes For Electrical Systems: Conduits for
cables and wiring.

00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
1.3.4 Division 26 05 19 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors And Cables: Cables

28-00014-0002-0001
and wiring.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
1.3.5 Division 26 29 13 Enclosed Controllers: Motor rated toggle switches.

REZ
1.3.6 Division 26 05 26 Earthing and Bonding for Electrical Systems:

MAS
MAS
Requirements for personnel safety and to provide a low impedance path for
possible ground faults.
1.3.7 Division 26 Identification For Electrical Systems: Equipment identifications.

1.4 DEFINITIONS
DESCRIPTION
A. NC: Normally closed.
B. NO: Normally open.
C. SPDT: Single pole, double throw.
1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
Seismic Performance: Enclosed switches and circuit breakers shall withstand the
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
effects of earthquake motions indicated in Division 26.

1. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation
of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event."
NO.
REV
00
1.6 SUBMITTALS
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP 1.6.1 Product Data: For each type of enclosed switch, circuit breaker, accessory,
DATE:
12/1/16 and component indicated. Include dimensioned elevations, sections,
PROJECT
ENGINEER
weights, and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance,
MAS electrical characteristics, ratings, accessories, and finishes.
DATE:
12/1/16 1.6.1.1 Enclosure types and details for types other than IP 55.
CERTIFIED 1.6.1.2 Current and voltage ratings.
REZ
1.6.1.3 Short-circuit current ratings (interrupting and withstand, as appropriate).
12/1/16
DATE: 1.6.1.4 Include evidence of NRTL listing for series rating of installed devices.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 1.6.1.5 Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual
AAG
overcurrent protective devices, accessories, and auxiliary components.
12/1/16 1.6.1.6 Include time-current coordination curves (average melt) for each type and
DATE:
OPERATIONS rating of overcurrent protective device; include selectable ranges for each
SMK
type of overcurrent protective device.
12/1/16
DATE:
1.6.2 Shop Drawings: For enclosed switches and circuit breakers. Include
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.

EDSD
1.6.2.1 Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring.

DATE:
BY:
1.6.3 Qualification Data: For qualified testing agency.

00F1
1.6.4 Seismic Qualification Certificates: For enclosed switches and

circuit breakers, accessories, and components, from manufacturer.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
1.6.4.1 Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on

actual test of assembled components or on calculation.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
1. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions.

2. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the
MAS
MAS
certification is based and their installation requirements.
A. Field quality-control reports.

1. Test procedures used.
2. Test results that comply with requirements.
3. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve

test results that comply with requirements.
DESCRIPTION
B. Manufacturer's field service report.
C. Operation and Maintenance Data: For enclosed switches and

circuit breakers to include in emergency, operation, and
maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 01
Operation and Maintenance Data, include the following:
1. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting
enclosed switches and circuit breakers.
2. Time-current coordination curves (average melt) for each type
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
and rating of overcurrent protective device; include selectable

ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
1.7 REFERENCES
NO.
REV
A. Saudi Arabian Stands Organization (SASO)

00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP B. International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC)
12/1/16 1. IEC 60364 – Low Voltage Electrical Installations
DATE:
PROJECT 2. IEC 60439 – Standards for Low Voltage Panelboards
ENGINEER
MAS
3. IEC 61009 – Residual Current Operated Circuit Breakers
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16 A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of the disconnect

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
switches of types and ratings required, whose products have been in satisfactory
AGENCY
AAG
use in similar service for not less than 10 years. Preference shall be given to
12/1/16
local manufacturers and agents/suppliers.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
B. Installer: Firms regularly engaged and qualified personnel.
SMK
12/1/16
DATE: C. All disconnect switches shall be UL-listed and comply with SASO, NEC and
CONTROL NUMBER
NEMA requirements and applicable to the construction and installation of

VERIFICATION
disconnect switches.
EDSD
D. Testing Agency Qualifications: Member Company of an NRTL.

DATE:
BY:
1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Currently certified by NRTL to supervise

on- site testing.
00F1
E. Source Limitations: For each building obtain enclosed switches and circuit breakers,
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
overcurrent protective devices, components, and accessories, within same product

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
category, from single source from single manufacturer.

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
F. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions

MAS
for enclosed switches and circuit breakers, including clearances between

MAS
enclosures, and adjacent surfaces and other items. Comply with indicated
maximum dimensions.
G. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled by a

qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

DESCRIPTION
1. As indicated in Division 26.
1.10 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate layout and installation of switches, circuit breakers, and components

with equipment served and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace
clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels.
1.11 EXTRA MATERIALS

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with
protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
1. Fuses: Equal to ten (10) percent of quantity installed for each size and type,
but no fewer than three (3) of each size and type.
2. Fuse Pullers: Two (2) for each size and type.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 1.12 WARRANTY
ANP
12/1/16
DATE: A. Refer to Division 01 Warranty.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS B. Refer to Saudi Aramco contract for minimum required warranty after handover.
12/1/16 Contractor to provide the manufacturer’s standard warranty period but shall not
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16
DATE: C. Unless otherwise stated in this specification section all materials, assemblies,
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY components parts and workmanship shall be guaranteed against defect,
AAG
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS D. During the guarantee period the manufacturer shall make all necessary repairs or
SMK replacement to achieve conformity to the requirements of the Contract
DATE:
12/1/16 Documents.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
EDSD
2.1 FUSIBLE SWITCHES

DATE:
BY:
A. Subject to full compliance with requirements and COMPANY approval,

00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
1. Electric Power Distribution Boards and Switchgear LTD.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
2. Middle East Circuit Breaker Company

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
3. WAHAH Electric Supply Company of Saudi Arabia.

4. Al-Najim Saudi International Co. LTD.
MAS
MAS
5. ABB Electrical Industries Company Limited.

6. East and West Factory
7. Cooper Industries Middle east LCC
B. Heavy Duty, Single Throw, 400-V ac, 1200 A and Smaller: Horsepower rated,
with clips or bolt pads to accommodate specified or indicated fuses, lockable

handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in
DESCRIPTION
closed position.
C. Heavy Duty, Six Pole, Single Throw, 400-V ac, 200 A and Smaller: Horsepower
rated, with clips or bolt pads to accommodate specified or indicated fuses,
lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with
cover in closed position.
D. Heavy Duty, Double Throw, 400-V ac, 1200 A and Smaller: Horsepower rated,
with clips or bolt pads to accommodate specified or indicated fuses, lockable
handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
closed position.
E. Accessories:
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
1. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and
aluminum ground conductors.
NO.
REV
00
2. Neutral Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable of being grounded and

DISCIPLINE bonded; labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors.
ENGINEER
ANP 3. Isolated Ground Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable of being
DATE:
12/1/16 grounded and bonded; labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
4. Class R Fuse Kit: Provides rejection of other fuse types when Class R fuses
MAS are specified.
DATE:
12/1/16 5. Auxiliary Contact Kit: Two Form "C" auxiliary contact(s), arranged to activate
CERTIFIED before switch blades open.
REZ
6. Hookstick Handle: Allows use of a hookstick to operate the handle.
12/1/16 7. Lugs: Compression type, suitable for number, size, and conductor material.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
8. Service-Rated Switches: Labeled for use as service equipment.
AAG 9. Accessory Control Power Voltage: Remote mounted and powered; 231V-AC.
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS 2.2 NONFUSIBLE SWITCHES
SMK
12/1/16 A. Subject to full compliance with requirements and COMPANY approval,

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION

EDSD
1. Electric Power Distribution Boards and Switchgear LTD.

2. Middle East Circuit Breaker Company
DATE:
3. WAHAH Electric Supply Company of Saudi Arabia

BY:
4. Al-Najim Saudi International Co. LTD.

00F1
5. ABB Electrical Industries Company Limited.

6. East and West Factory

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
7. Cooper Industries Middle east LCC

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
B. Heavy Duty, Single Throw, 400-V ac, 1200 A and Smaller: Horsepower rated,
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
MAS
MAS
C. Heavy Duty, Six Pole, Single Throw, 400-V ac, 200 A and Smaller: Horsepower
rated, lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked
with cover in closed position.
D. Heavy Duty, Double Throw, 400-V ac, 1200 A and Smaller: Horsepower rated,
DESCRIPTION
E. Accessories:
1. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and
aluminum ground conductors.
2. Neutral Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable of being grounded and
bonded; labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors.
3. Isolated Ground Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable of being
grounded and bonded; labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors.
4. Auxiliary Contact Kit: Two Form "C" auxiliary contact(s), arranged to activate
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
before switch blades open.

5. Hookstick Handle: Allows use of a hookstick to operate the handle.
6. Lugs: Compression type, suitable for number, size, and conductor material.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
7. Accessory Control Power Voltage: Remote mounted and powered; 230V-AC.

NO.
REV
00
2.3 RECEPTACLE SWITCHES

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP A. Heavy-Duty, Single-Throw Fusible Switch: 400-V ac, 32 A; Horsepower rated,
DATE:
12/1/16 with clips or bolt pads to accommodate specified or indicated fuses; lockable
PROJECT handle with capability to accept three padlocks; interlocked with cover in closed
ENGINEER
MAS position.
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED B. Heavy-Duty, Single-Throw Nonfusible Switch: 400-V ac, 32 A; Horsepower rated,
REZ lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks; interlocked with cover in
DATE:
12/1/16 closed position.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG C. Interlocking Linkage: Provided between the receptacle and switch mechanism to
12/1/16 prevent inserting or removing plug while switch is in the on position, inserting any
DATE:
OPERATIONS
plug other than specified and turning switch on if an incorrect plug is inserted or
SMK correct plug has not been fully inserted into the receptacle.
12/1/16
DATE:
D. Receptacle: Polarized, three-phase, four-wire receptacle (fourth wire connected
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
to enclosure ground lug).

EDSD
2.4 SHUNT TRIP SWITCHES

DATE:
BY:
A. General Requirements: Comply with ASME A17.1, with 200-kA interrupting and short-
circuit current rating when fitted with Class J fuses.
00F1
B. Switches: Three-pole, horsepower rated, with integral shunt trip mechanism and
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
Class J fuse block; lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks;

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
interlocked with cover in closed position.

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
C. Control Circuit: 230-V ac; obtained from integral control power transformer, with
MAS
primary and secondary fuses of enough capacity to operate shunt trip, connected
MAS
pilot, and indicating and control devices.
D. Accessories:
1. Oiltight key switch for key-to-test function.
2. Oiltight Red ON pilot light.

3. Isolated neutral lug; 100 percent rating.
4. Mechanically interlocked auxiliary contacts that change state when switch is
DESCRIPTION
opened and closed.

5. Form C alarm contacts that change state when switch is tripped.
6. Three-pole, double-throw, fire-safety and alarm relay; 24-V dc coil voltage to
be coordinated with fire alarm contractor.
7. Three-pole, double-throw, fire-alarm voltage monitoring relay complying
with NFPA 72.
2.5 MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide r comparable product by one of

the following:
1. Electrical Power Distribution Boards and Switchgear Ltd.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
2. Middle east Circuit Breaker Company

NO.
REV
B. General Requirements: Comply with applicable SASO and IEC reference

00
DISCIPLINE standards, with interrupting capacity to comply with available fault currents.
ENGINEER
ANP
12/1/16 C. Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time-current element for low-level

DATE:
PROJECT overloads and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable
ENGINEER
MAS
magnetic trip setting for circuit-breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger.
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
D. Adjustable, Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers: Magnetic trip element with front-
REZ mounted, field-adjustable trip setting.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
E. Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers: Field-replaceable rating plug, rms sensing, with
AGENCY
AAG
the following field-adjustable settings:
12/1/16
1. Instantaneous trip.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
2. Long- and short-time pickup levels.
SMK
3. Long- and short-time time adjustments.
4. Ground-fault pickup level, time delay, and I2t response.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
F. Current-Limiting Circuit Breakers: Frame sizes 400 A and smaller,

VERIFICATION
EDSD
G. Integrally Fused Circuit Breakers: Thermal-magnetic trip element with integral limiter-
style fuse listed for use with circuit breaker and trip activation on fuse opening or on
DATE:
BY:
opening of fuse compartment door.

00F1
H. Ground-Fault, Circuit-Interrupter (Residual Current Device - RCD) Circuit

Breakers: Single- and two-pole configurations with ground-fault protection (6-mA
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
trip).

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
I. Ground-Fault, Equipment-Protection (GFEP) Circuit Breakers (Residual Current Device

REZ
- RCD: With ground-fault protection (30-mA trip).

MAS
MAS
J. Features and Accessories:

1. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles.
2. Lugs: Compression type, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and
conductor material.
3. Application Listing: Appropriate for application; Type SWD for switching

fluorescent lighting loads; Type HID for feeding fluorescent and high-intensity
discharge lighting circuits.
DESCRIPTION
4. Ground-Fault Protection: Comply with UL 1053; integrally mounted, type with

mechanical ground-fault indicator; relay with adjustable pickup and time-delay
settings, push-to-test feature, internal memory, and shunt trip unit; and three-
phase, zero-sequence current transformer/sensor.
5. Communication Capability: Din-rail-mounted communication module
with functions and features compatible with power monitoring and control
system.
6. Shunt Trip: Trip coil energized from separate circuit, with coil-clearing contact.
7. Undervoltage Trip: Set to operate at 35 to 75 percent of rated voltage
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
without intentional time delay.

8. Auxiliary Contacts: Two SPDT switches with "a" and "b" contacts; "a"
contacts mimic circuit-breaker contacts, "b" contacts operate in reverse of
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
circuit-breaker contacts.
9. Alarm Switch: One NO contact that operates only when circuit breaker has tripped.
NO.
REV
00
10. Key Interlock Kit: Externally mounted to prohibit circuit-breaker operation;

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER key shall be removable only when circuit breaker is in off position.
ANP
11. Electrical Operator: Provide remote control for on, off, and reset operations.
12/1/16
DATE: 12. Accessory Control Power Voltage: self-powered 231-V ac. Provide fully
PROJECT
ENGINEER protected control transformer.
MAS
DATE:
12/1/16 2.6 ENCLOSURES
CERTIFIED
REZ
A. Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers: IP 55 indoors or IP 67 outdoors to
12/1/16 comply with environmental conditions at installed location.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
1. Indoor, Dry and Clean Locations: IP 55.
AAG 2. Outdoor Locations: IP 67
DATE:
12/1/16 3. Kitchen or Wash-Down Areas: IP 67 stainless steel.
OPERATIONS 4. Other Wet or Damp, Indoor Locations: IP 67
SMK 5. Indoor Locations Subject to Dust, Falling Dirt, and Dripping Noncorrosive
DATE:
12/1/16 Liquids: IP 67.
6. Hazardous Areas: As indicated in Drawings.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
PART 3 - EXECUTION
DATE:
BY:
3.1 EXAMINATION
00F1
A. Examine elements and surfaces to receive enclosed switches and circuit

breakers for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
performance of the Work.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
3.2 INSTALLATION
MAS
MAS
A. Install individual wall-mounted switches and circuit breakers with tops at uniform
height unless otherwise indicated.
B. Comply with mounting and anchoring requirements specified in Division 26

Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems.
C. Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels, and

DESCRIPTION
brackets and temporary blocking of moving parts from enclosures and

components.
D. Install fuses in fusible devices.
3.3 IDENTIFICATION
A. Comply with requirements in Division 26 Identification for Electrical Systems.

1. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components;
provide warning signs.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
2. Label each enclosure with engraved metal or laminated-plastic nameplate.

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative
ANP
to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations,
12/1/16
DATE: including connections.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS C. Perform tests and inspections.
DATE:
12/1/16 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service
CERTIFIED representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment
REZ
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
D. Acceptance Testing Preparation:
AAG 1. Test insulation resistance for each enclosed switch and circuit breaker,
DATE:
12/1/16 component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit.
OPERATIONS 2. Test continuity of each circuit.
SMK
DATE:
12/1/16 E. Tests and Inspections:
1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters.

EDSD
2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to

demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest.
DATE:
BY:
3. Perform the following infrared scan tests and inspections and prepare reports:
a. Initial Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than
00F1
60 days after Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each enclosed

switch and circuit breaker. Remove front panels so joints and connections
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
are accessible to portable scanner.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
b. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
of each enclosed switch and circuit breaker 11 months after date of

Substantial Completion.
MAS
MAS
c. Instruments and Equipment: Use an infrared scanning device designed to

measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal
values. Provide calibration record for device.
4. Test and adjust controls, remote monitoring, and safeties. Replace damaged
and malfunctioning controls and equipment.
F. Enclosed switches and circuit breakers will be considered defective if they do not
DESCRIPTION
pass tests and inspections.
G. Prepare test and inspection reports, including a certified report that identifies
enclosed switches and circuit breakers and that describes scanning results.
Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken and observations
after remedial action.
3.5 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust moving parts and operable components to function smoothly, and

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
lubricate as recommended by manufacturer.
B. Set field-adjustable circuit-breaker trip ranges as specified in Division 26

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
Overcurrent Protective Device Coordination Study.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE END OF SECTION 26 28 16

ENGINEER
ANP
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
SMK
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
26 29 13 - ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
MAS
MAS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL
DESCRIPTION

1.3 SUMMARY

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 1.4 DESCRIPTION
MAS
12/1/16
DATE: A. All motor starters and motor control stations including installation and connection
CERTIFIED
REZ (whether furnished with the equipment specified in other Divisions or otherwise)
12/1/16
shall meet the applicable SASO and IEC reference standards.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 1.5 RELATED WORK
AAG
12/1/16
DATE: A. Other sections which specify motor driven equipment, except elevator,
OPERATIONS escalator, and moving walkway motor controllers.
SMK
DATE:
12/1/16 B. Division 26 Common Work Results For Electrical: General electrical requirements
and items that are common to more than one Section of Division 26.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
C. Division 26 Earthing and Bonding for Electrical Systems: Requirements for

personnel safety and to provide a low impedance path for possible ground fault
DATE:
BY:
currents.
00F1
D. Division 26 Identification For Electrical Systems: Equipment identifications.


(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
1.6 SUBMITTALS
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
A. Submit in accordance with Division 26 Common Work Results For Electrical:

MAS
MAS
B. Shop Drawings:
2. Include electrical ratings, dimensions, weights, mounting details, materials,
running over current protection, size of enclosure, over current protection,

wiring diagrams, starting characteristics, interlocking and accessories.
DESCRIPTION
C. Manuals:
1. Submit, simultaneously with the shop drawings, companion copies of
complete maintenance and operating manuals, including technical data
sheets, wiring diagrams and information for ordering replacement parts.
a. Wiring diagrams shall have their terminals identified to facilitate
installation, maintenance and operation.
b. Wiring diagrams shall indicate internal wiring for each item of equipment
and interconnections between the items of equipment.
c. Elementary schematic diagrams shall be provided for clarity of operation.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
2. Two weeks prior to the project final inspection, submit four copies of the
final updated maintenance and operating manual to Saudi Aramco
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
D. Certification: Two weeks prior to final inspection, unless otherwise noted,

submit four copies of the following certifications to Saudi Aramco
NO.
REV
00
1. Certification by the manufacturer that the controllers have passed the

DISCIPLINE factory 24- hour operational test. This certification must be furnished to
ENGINEER
ANP Saudi Aramco prior to shipping the controller to the job site.
DATE:
12/1/16 2. Certification that the equipment has been properly installed, adjusted, and tested.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS 1.7 REFERENCES
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED A. Saudi Arabian Standards Organization (SASO)
REZ
12/1/16 B. International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC)

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION 1. IEC 60364 – Low Voltage Electrical Installations
AGENCY
AAG
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
SMK
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of enclosed starters and
12/1/16
DATE: contractors of types, ratings and characteristics required, whose products have been
CONTROL NUMBER
in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 10 years. Preference shall be
VERIFICATION
given to local manufacturers and agents/suppliers.

EDSD
B. Installer: Firms regularly engaged and qualified with at least 5 years of

DATE:
successful installation experience on projects with electrical installation work

BY:
similar to that required for the project

00F1
C. Comply with SASO, NEC, NEMA and IEC requirements as applicable to the
(DCC) NO. _____________________
construction and installation of Enclosed Starters and Contactors.

28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
1.9 WARRANTY
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
A. Refer to Division 01 Warranty.

MAS
MAS

DESCRIPTION
Documents.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
into work include but are not limited to the following:

1. WAHAH Electric Supply Company of Saudi Arabia Limited.
2. Electrical Power Distribution Boards and Switchgear LTD.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
3. Arabia Electric Limited.
ENGINEER
ANP
4. Cooper Industries Middle East LCC.
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
2.2 MOTOR STARTERS, GENERAL
ENGINEER
MAS
A. Shall have the following features:
12/1/16
DATE: 1. Separately enclosed unless part of another assembly.
CERTIFIED
REZ 2. Circuit breakers and Isolators within the motor controller enclosures shall
12/1/16 have external operating handles with lock-open padlocking provisions and
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
shall indicate the ON and OFF positions.
AGENCY
AAG
3. Motor control circuits:
12/1/16
a. Shall operate at not more than 231 volts.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
b. Shall be earthed except as follows:
SMK
1) Where isolated control circuits are shown.
12/1/16
2) Where manufacturers of equipment assemblies recommend that the
DATE:
control circuits be isolated.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
c. Incorporate a separate, heavy duty, control transformer within each

EDSD
motor controller enclosure to provide the control voltage for each motor
DATE:
operating over 231 volts.

BY:
d. Incorporate over current protection for both primary and secondary

windings of the control power transformers.

00F1
4. Overload current protective devices:

(DCC) NO. _____________________
a. Overload relay (thermal or induction type) or

28-00014-0002-0001
b. Overload relay (solid state type).


A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
c.One for each pole.

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
d.Manual reset on the door of each motor controller enclosure.

e.Correctly sized for the associated motor's rated full load current.
MAS
MAS
f.Check every motor controller after installation and verify that correct
sizes of protective devices have been installed.
g. Deliver four copies of a summarized list to Saudi Aramco, which
indicates and adequately identifies every motor controller installed.
Include the catalog numbers for the correct sizes of protective devices for
the motor controllers.

5. Hand-Off-Automatic (H-O-A) switch is required unless specifically stated
DESCRIPTION
on the drawings as not required for a particular starter. H-O-A switch is not
required for manual motor starters.
6. Auxiliary contacts, pilot lights, pushbuttons and other devices and
accessories as shown on the drawings or otherwise required.
7. Enclosures:
a. Shall comply with the applicable SAOS and IEC reference standards
and shall have a minimum IP rating of 31 and rated suitably for motor kW
rating.
b. Shall be the types which are the most suitable for the environmental
conditions where the motor controllers are being installed.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
c. Doors mechanically interlocked to prevent opening unless the breaker or

switch within the enclosure is open. Provision for padlock must be
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
provided.
d. Enclosures shall be primed and finish coated at the factory with the
manufacturer’s prime coat and standard finish.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER B. Motor controllers incorporated with equipment assemblies shall also be designed
ANP
for the specific requirements of the assemblies.
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER C. Additional requirements for specific motor controllers, as indicated in other
MAS sections, shall also apply.
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED D. Provide an Isolator adjacent to each motor. Provide all wiring and conduit
REZ
required to facilitate a complete and code compliant installation.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
E. Motor control catches shall be type tested assemblies. Independent test
AAG authority certificates and a declaration of conformity with the Low Voltage
DATE:
12/1/16 Directive shall be provided.
OPERATIONS
SMK F. Refer to paragraph, MOTOR CONTROL STATIONS, in this section for additional
12/1/16 requirements.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
2.3 MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS

EDSD
A. Shall be in accordance with applicable requirements of 2.1 above.

DATE:
BY:
B. Manual motor starters.

1. Starters shall be AC3 for Induction motors and AC8 for Hermetic chillers they
00F1
shall be, manually operated type with full voltage controller for induction
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
motors, rated in horsepower/kW.

2. Units shall include overload and low voltage protection, red pilot light, NO &

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
NC auxiliary contacts and toggle operator.

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
C. Fractional horsepower manual motor starters.

MAS
1. Starters shall be AC3 for induction motors, manually operated with full
MAS
voltage controller for fractional horsepower induction motors.

2. Units shall include thermal overload protection, red pilot light and toggle operator.
D. Motor starting switches.

1. Switches shall be AC3 for induction motors and AC8 for hermetic chillers,
and manually operated type with full voltage controller for fractional
horsepower induction motors.
DESCRIPTION
2. Units shall include thermal overload protection, red pilot light, low voltage
protection NO & NC auxiliary contacts and toggle operator.
2.4 MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTERS
A. Shall be in accordance with applicable requirements of 2.1 above and the

summary below:
Starter Type Data

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
Utilisation categories
Induction motors AC-3
Hermetic chillers AC-8
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
Star-delta Starters
NO.
REV
Mechanical contactor interlock required

00
DISCIPLINE Closed transition above 50A FLC

ENGINEER
ANP Timer adjustment range 1-20sec
DATE:
12/1/16 Closed transition arrangement Wauchope
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS Auto-transformer Starters
DATE:
12/1/16 Number of steps 2
CERTIFIED Tapping 1 60%
REZ
Tapping 2 70%
DATE:
12/1/16 Tapping 3 75%
CONSTRUCTION Closed transition required
AGENCY
AAG Closed transition arrangement Korndorffer
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS Two speed Starters
SMK Time delays on speed change
12/1/16 High speed to low speed 1-20sec
DATE:
Low speed to high speed not Required
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
Starting modes Low speed

EDSD
only
DATE:
Soft start Starters

BY:
Bypass contactor Yes

00F1
Optimiser Yes
Self-monitoring Yes
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
Self-test Yes
Initial voltage 30%

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
Current limiting adjustment range 1-50

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
xFLC Ramp time adjustment range 1-60

sec
MAS
MAS
2.5 REDUCED VOLTAGE MOTOR CONTROLLERS
A. Shall be in accordance with applicable portions of 2.2 above.

B. Shall be installed where shown for motors on the contract drawings.
C. Shall be the type shown on the drawings or included in Division 21

DESCRIPTION
and 23 specifications.
D. Shall have closed circuit transition for the types which can incorporate such transition.
E. Shall limit inrush currents to not more than 70 percent of the locked rotor currents.
F. Provide phase loss protection for each starter, with contacts to de-energize
the starter upon loss of any phase.
2.6 VARIABLE SPEED MOTOR CONTROLLERS

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
A. See Section 26 29 23.

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
2.7 MOTOR CONTROL STATIONS

NO.
REV
00
A. Shall have the following features:

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
1. Designed for suitably fulfilling the specific control functions for which each
ANP station is being installed.
DATE:
12/1/16 2. Coordinate the use of momentary contacts and maintained contacts with
PROJECT
ENGINEER
the complete motor control systems to insure safety for people and
MAS equipment.
DATE:
12/1/16 3. Each station shall have two pilot lights behind red and green jewels and a
CERTIFIED circuit to its motor controller. Connect the lamps so they will be energized as
REZ
follows:
12/1/16
DATE: a. Red while the motor is running.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY b. Green while the motor is stopped.
AAG
4. Where two or more stations are mounted adjacent to each other, install a common wall
12/1/16 plate, except where the designs of the stations make such common plates
DATE:
OPERATIONS impracticable.
SMK
12/1/16 5. Identify each station with a permanently attached individual nameplate, of

DATE:
laminated black phenolic resin with a white core and engraved lettering
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
not less than 6 mm (1/4-inch) high. Identify the motor by its number or other
EDSD
designation and indicate the function fulfilled by the motor.

DATE:
B. Components of Motor Control Circuits:

BY:
1. Shall also be designed and arranged so that accidental faulting or

00F1
grounding of the control conductors will not be able to start the motors.
2. Use of locking type STOP pushbuttons or switches, which cause motors to

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
restart automatically when the pushbuttons or switches are released, are not
permitted.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
2.8 ENCLOSURES
REZ
A. Enclosed Controllers: IP 55 indoors or IP 65 outdoors to comply with

MAS
MAS
environmental conditions at installed location.

2. Outdoor Locations: IP 65
3. Kitchen or Wash-Down Areas: IP 65 stainless steel.
4. Other Wet or Damp, Indoor Locations: IP 65

5. Indoor Locations Subject to Dust, Falling Dirt, and Dripping Noncorrosive
Liquids: IP 65.
DESCRIPTION
6. Hazardous Areas: As indicated in Drawings
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install motor control equipment in accordance with manufacturer’s

recommendations, as the standards referred to herein and as shown on the
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
drawings.
B. Install Variable Speed Motor Controllers in accordance with

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
manufacturers recommendations, the standards referred to herein and as shown

on the drawings.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
C. Furnish and install heater elements in motor starters to match the installed motor
ENGINEER
ANP
voltage characteristics.
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
SMK
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
26 29 23 - VARIABLE FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
MAS
MAS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL
DESCRIPTION

1.3 SUMMARY

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 1.4. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
MAS
12/1/16
DATE: A. Performance Requirements
CERTIFIED
REZ 1. Electromechanical and Electrical Components
12/1/16
a. Electrical and electromechanical components of the Variable Frequency
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
Drive (VFD) shall not cause electromagnetic interference to adjacent
AGENCY
AAG
electrical or electromechanical equipment while in operation.
12/1/16
DATE: B. Electrical Requirements: all applicable SASO and IEC reference standards.
OPERATIONS
IEEE C62.41.1 and IEEE C62.41.2, IEEE Std 519, and SASO and IEC
SMK
applicable reference standards. Control panel shall have surge protection,
12/1/16
DATE: included within the panel to protect the unitfrom damaging transient voltage
CONTROL NUMBER
surges. Surge arrestor shall be mounted near the incoming power source
VERIFICATION
and properly wired to all three phases and ground. Fuses shall not be used
EDSD
for surge protection.

DATE:
BY:
C. Sensor and Control Wiring Surge Protection

1. I/O functions as specified shall be protected against surges induced on
00F1
control and sensor wiring installed outdoors and as shown. The inputs
and outputs shall be tested in both normal mode and common mode using
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
the following two waveforms:

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
2. A 10 microsecond by 1000 microsecond waveform with a peak voltage of

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
1500 volts and a peak current of 60 amperes.

3. An 8 microsecond by 20 microsecond waveform with a peak voltage of
MAS
MAS
1000 volts and a peak current of 500 amperes.
D. Life Safety Systems

1. The Contractor shall ensure that all equipment controlling motors for life
safety systems complies with NFPA 70 and the appropriate Underwriters
Laboratory listing in addition to the requirements given in 1 and 2 above.

Life safety systems are as follows:
DESCRIPTION
a. Sprinkler systems
b. Firefighting hydrant
1.5 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Division 26 Common Work Results for Electrical.
B. Division 26 Identification for Electrical Systems.
C. Division 26 Enclosed Controllers.

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
D. Divisions 14, 21, 23 and 34.

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Saudi Aramco approval is required for submittals; The following shall be

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
submitted in accordance with Division 01 Submittal Procedures:
ENGINEER
ANP
B. Shop Drawings
12/1/16
DATE: 1. Schematic diagrams
PROJECT
ENGINEER 2. Interconnecting diagrams
MAS
3. Installation drawings
12/1/16
DATE: 4. Submit drawings for Saudi Aramco approval prior to equipment
CERTIFIED
REZ construction or integration. Modifications to original drawings made during
12/1/16
installation shall be immediately recorded for inclusion into the as-built
DATE:
drawings.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
C. Product Data
12/1/16
DATE: 1. Variable frequency drives
OPERATIONS
2. Wires and cables
SMK
3. Equipment schedule
12/1/16
DATE: 4. Include data indicating compatibility with motors being driven.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
D. Test Reports
EDSD
1. VFD Test
DATE:
BY:
2. Performance Verification Tests

3. Endurance Test
00F1
E. Manufacturer's Instructions
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
1. Installation instructions

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
F. Manufacturer's Field Reports

REZ
1. VFD Factory Test Plan

MAS
2. Factory test results

MAS
G. Submit calculations confirming that the line harmonics and notching generated
by the VFDs do not exceed the levels for a general system as defined in
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Standard 519. Where Isc/IL ratio
is not available, assume <50, and demonstrate that the TDD% will not
exceed 8 at the PCC (Point of Common Coupling). The PCC without
exception shall be considered as the load side of the Service transformers.
DESCRIPTION
H. Operation and Maintenance Data

1. Variable frequency drives,
a. Submit in accordance with Section 01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance
Data. Provide service and maintenance information including preventive
maintenance, assembly, and disassembly procedures. Include electrical
drawings from electrical general sections. Submit additional information
necessary to provide complete operation, repair, and maintenance
information, detailed to the smallest replaceable unit. Include copies of
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
as-built submittals. Provide routine preventative maintenance

instructions, and equipment required. Provide instructions on how to
modify program settings, and modify the control program. Provide
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
instructions on drive adjustment, trouble-shooting, and configuration.

Provide instructions on process tuning and system calibration.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE 1.7 REFERENCES

ENGINEER
ANP
DATE:
12/1/16 A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent
PROJECT referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the basic
ENGINEER
MAS
designation only.
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
B. INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS (IEEE)
REZ 1. IEEE C62.41.1 IEEE Guide on the Surges Environment in Low-Voltage
DATE:
12/1/16 (1000 V and Less) AC Power Circuits
CONSTRUCTION 2. IEEE C62.41.2 IEEE Recommended Practice on Characterization of
AGENCY
AAG Surges in Low-Voltage (1000 V and Less) AC Power Circuits
12/1/16 3. IEEE Std 519 Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic
DATE:
OPERATIONS Control in Electrical Power Systems
SMK
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
A. Burn-in Test
VERIFICATION
1. Pretest (burn-in) drives at full load and full speed and frequency on a
EDSD
dynamometer in an ambient temperature of not less than 50°C for a minimum

DATE:
of 48 hours.
BY:
B. Schematic Diagrams
1. Show circuits and device elements for each replaceable module. Schematic
00F1
diagrams of printed circuit boards are permitted to group functional

(DCC) NO. _____________________
assemblies as devices, provided that sufficient information is provided for

28-00014-0002-0001
Saudi Aramco maintenance personnel to verify proper operation of the


A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
functional assemblies.
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
C. Interconnecting Diagrams
MAS
1. Show interconnections between equipment assemblies, and external

MAS
interfaces, including power and signal conductors. Include for enclosures and
external devices.
D. Installation Drawings
1. Show floor plan of each site, with VFD's and motors indicated. Indicate
ventilation requirements, adequate clearances, and cable entries.
DESCRIPTION
E. Equipment Schedule
1. Provide schedule of equipment supplied. Schedule shall provide a cross
reference between manufacturer data and identifiers indicated in shop
drawings. Schedule shall include the total quantity of each item of
equipment supplied. For complete assemblies, such as VFD's, provide the
serial numbers of each assembly, and a sub- schedule of components within
the assembly. Provide recommended spare parts list for each assembly or
component.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
F. Installation instructions
1. Provide installation instructions issued by the manufacturer of the
equipment, including notes and recommendations, prior to shipment to the
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
site. Provide operation instructions prior to acceptance testing.

NO.
REV
G. Factory Test Results

00
DISCIPLINE 1. Document test results and submit to Saudi Aramco within 7 working days
ENGINEER
ANP after completion of test.
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT 1.9 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
ENGINEER
MAS
12/1/16
A. Equipment delivered and placed in storage shall be stored with protection
DATE:
CERTIFIED
from the weather, humidity and temperature variations, dirt and dust, or other
REZ contaminants.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
1.10 WARRANTY
AGENCY
AAG
A. Refer to Division 01 - Warranties.
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
SMK
12/1/16
DATE: be less than the duration stipulated in contract.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION

EDSD

DATE:
BY:
D. During the guarantee period the manufacturer shall make all necessary
00F1
repairs or replacement to achieve conformity to the requirements of the Contract

Documents.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
MAS
MAS

into work include but are not limited to the following. All manufacturers must have
adequate local support.
1. ABB
2. Schneider Electric
3. Other manufacturers as approved by Aramco.
DESCRIPTION
2.2 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES (VFD)
A. Provide frequency drive to control the speed of induction motor(s). The VFD
shall include the following minimum functions, features and ratings.
B. Input circuit breaker / Isolator with a minimum of 25,000 amps, but as defined
elsewhere in this specification or on the drawings. Symmetrical interrupting
capacity and door interlocked external operator.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
C. A converter stage shall change fixed voltage, fixed frequency, ac line power to a
fixed dc voltage. The converter shall utilize a full wave bridge design
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
incorporating diode rectifiers. Silicon Controlled Rectifiers (SCR) are not

acceptable. The converter shall be insensitive to three phase rotation of the
ac line and shall not cause displacement power factor of less than .95 lagging
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE under any speed and load condition.

ENGINEER
ANP
12/1/16
D. An inverter stage shall change fixed dc voltage to variable frequency, variable
DATE:
PROJECT
voltage ac for application to a standard squirrel cage motor. The inverter shall
ENGINEER
be switched in a manner to produce a sine coded pulse width modulated (PWM)
MAS
12/1/16
output waveform.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ E. The VFD shall be capable of supplying 125 percent of rated full load current
12/1/16 for one minute at maximum ambient temperature.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
F. The VFD shall be designed to operate from a 400 volt, + or - 10 percent, three
phase, 60 Hz supply, and control motors with a corresponding voltage rating.
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
G. Acceleration and deceleration time shall be independently adjustable from one
SMK
second to 60 seconds.
12/1/16
DATE:
H. Adjustable full-time current limiting shall limit the current to a preset value which
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
shall not exceed 120 percent of the controller rated current. The current limiting
EDSD
action shall maintain the V/Hz ratio constant so that variable torque can be
maintained. Short time starting override shall allow starting current to reach
DATE:
BY:
175 percent of controller rated current to maximum starting torque. The volts-
to-hertz ration shall be adjustable. Critical frequency rejection points shall be
00F1
provided and shall be programmable.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
I. The controllers shall be capable of producing an output frequency over the range

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
of 3 Hz to 60 Hz (20 to one speed range), without low speed cogging.

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
Overfrequency protection shall be included such that a failure in the controller

electronic circuitry shall not cause frequency to exceed 110 percent of the
MAS
MAS
maximum controller output frequency selected.
J. Minimum and maximum output frequency shall be adjustable over the following
ranges: 1. Minimum frequency 2.5 Hz to 50 percent of maximum selected
frequency;
2. Maximum frequency 40 Hz to 60 Hz.

DESCRIPTION
K. The controller efficiency at any speed shall not be less than 96 percent.
L. The controllers shall be capable of being restarted into a motor coasting in the
forward direction without tripping.
M. Protection of power semiconductor components shall be accomplished without

the use of fast acting semiconductor output fuses. Subjecting the controllers to
any of the following conditions shall not result in component failure or the
need for fuse replacement:
1. Short circuit at controller output
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
2. Ground fault at controller output

3. Open circuit at controller output
4. Input undervoltage
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
5. Input overvoltage
6. Loss of input phase
NO.
REV
00
7. AC line switching transients

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
8. Instantaneous overload
ANP 9. Sustained overload exceeding 115 percent of controller rated current
DATE:
12/1/16 10. Over temperature
PROJECT
ENGINEER
11. Phase reversal
MAS
DATE:
12/1/16 N. Solid state motor overload protection shall be included such that current
CERTIFIED exceeding an adjustable threshold shall activate a 60 second timing circuit.
REZ
Should current remain above the threshold continuously for the timing period,
12/1/16 the controller will automatically shut down.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG O. A slip compensation circuit shall be included which will sense changing motor
DATE:
12/1/16 load conditions and adjust output frequency to provide speed regulation to
OPERATIONS within + / - 0.5 percent of maximum speed without the necessity of a tachometer
SMK generator.
12/1/16
DATE:
P. The VFD shall be factory set for manual restart after the first protective circuit
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
trip for malfunction (overcurrent, undervoltage, overvoltage or overtemperature)

EDSD
or an interruption of power. The VFD shall be capable of being set for

automatic restart after a selected time delay. If the drive faults again within a
DATE:
specified time period (adjustable 0-60 seconds), a manual restart will be

BY:
required.
00F1
Q. The VFD shall include external fault reset capability. All the necessary logic to
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
accept an external fault reset contact shall be included.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
R. Provide critical speed lockout circuitry to prevent operating at frequencies with

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
critical harmonics that cause resonant vibrations. The VFD shall have a
minimum of three user selectable bandwidths.
MAS
MAS
S. Provide the following operator control and monitoring devices mounted on the
front panel of the VFD:
1. Manual speed potentiometer.
2. Hand-Off-Auto (H-O-A) switch.
3. Power on light.
4. Drive run power light.
DESCRIPTION
5. Local display.
6. “Hand-Off-Auto” (H-O-A) selector switch for local or remote start/stop function.
7. “Run” pilot light.
T. Provide properly sized and rated by-pass and isolation contactors to enable
operation of motor in the event of VFD failure. Mechanical and electrical
interlocks shall be installed between the by-pass and isolation contactors.
Provide a selector switch and transfer delay timer.
1. The local display shall be a door mounted diagnostic indicator with
touchpad interface, which incorporates:
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
a. Controller Run
b. Voltage to Motor
c. Current to Motor
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
d. Speed Indication in Hertz, Percent, RPM

e. KW
NO.
REV
00
f. KWh
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER g. Elapsed Time Meter, five digit type
ANP
h. Over temperature
12/1/16
DATE: i. Overcurrent
PROJECT
ENGINEER j. Over frequency
MAS k. Overvoltage
12/1/16 l. Under voltage
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ
m. Motor Overload
n. Ground Fault
12/1/16
DATE: o. Short Circuit
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY p. Phase Loss
AAG
q. Control Circuit Fault
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS U. The controller shall have an automatic restart function to attempt restart after
SMK
the unit trips off when power is lost to the unit. A time delay shall be provided
DATE:
12/1/16 between restarts. The unit shall not attempt to restart more than five times in
the automatic mode. In addition, the controller shall have a "power dip" ride-thru
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
feature to prevent unnecessary trip-out due to momentary input power

EDSD
interruptions.
DATE:
BY:
V. The controller shall have an adjustable carrier frequency, adjustable from 0.75 to
15 kHz without deviating maximum capacity of the controller.
00F1
W. The controller shall not create any feedback noise on the input line that will
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
adversely affect electronic or microprocessor based equipment (such as

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
computers or electron microscopes), and the controller shall not impress

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
voltage or current spikes on the system. The minimum requirements shall

conform to IEEE Standard 519, Special Applications for Line Notching and
MAS
MAS
Distortion. The manufacturer shall provide at no additional cost any equipment

to meet this requirement; i.e., A.C. line filters of the RLC type and/or isolation
transformer, or both as required to meet full compliance with IEEE 519, if
controller does not meet all standards.
X. The following additional functional features shall be provided for the controller:
1. Each controller shall be provided with a door interlocked disconnect
DESCRIPTION
means and semi-conductor rated fuses.

2. Input Line Circuit Breaker - a circuit breaker shall be provided for input
power. A door interlock and through-the-door operating mechanism shall
be included. The breaker shall be able to be padlocked with the door open or
closed; select breaker for available fault current. All breakers 200 amps
and above shall be tested by the primary injection method.
3. Manual Bypass - provide a complete bypass of the controller to allow motor
to start and stop via a bypass contactor (starter) and allow service to be
performed on the controller with the motor in service and without causing
electrical shock hazard to servicemen. Bypass circuitry shall be supplied by
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
the controller manufacturer as a part of the controller package. All safeties

(smoke, motor overloads, damper and switches, etc.) shall remain
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
functional in the bypass mode. By-pass shall be in a separate enclosure so

controller can be removed for replacement. Controller shall be able to start
into a rotating load to facilitate transfer from bypass operation.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER Y. Provide the following:
ANP
1. Communicates port that provided communication link to computer or
12/1/16
DATE: programmable controller
PROJECT
ENGINEER 2. Plug-in or integral diagnostic test module.
MAS
3. Auxiliary relay with 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. contacts for remote indication of faults.
12/1/16
DATE: 4. Line and DC reactors with each controller.
CERTIFIED
REZ 5. Provide a 20 amp 2 pole; 250 volt rated auxiliary NC contact for wiring the
12/1/16
space heater of the driven motor.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY Z. The controller shall be fully compatible to communicate through serial
AAG
communication to the Building DDC equipment.
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS 2.3 INTEGRAL LINE REACTORS
SMK
DATE:
12/1/16 A. The variable frequency drive (VFD) shall include integral 3% line reactors to
reduce line noise generated by the inverter and 5% DC reactor to limit
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
harmonics. The VFD manufacturer shall prepare and submit calculations

EDSD
confirming that the line harmonics and notching generated by the VFD do not
exceed the levels for a general system as stated in the Institute of Electrical
DATE:
BY:
and Electronics Engineers Standard 519 "Guide for Harmonic Control of Static
Power Converters" to a maximum of 5% Total Voltage Harmonic Distortion
00F1
(VTHD), and 8% TDD for current at Point of Common Coupling (PCC). The
POC shall be assumed as the Service switchboard for VTHD and TDD
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
calculations.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
B. Line notch area shall not exceed 22,800 (V/S) and 20% notch depth.
REZ
C. The manufacturer shall provide additional line reactors or isolation transformer to

MAS
MAS
ensure that this standard is met, as necessary.
D. Provide an “As Built” drive control schematic (ladder diagram) shall be taped
to the inside of the controller cabinet.
2.4 ENCLOSURES
DESCRIPTION
A. Enclosed Controllers: IP 55 indoors or IP 65 outdoors to comply with

environmental conditions at installed location.
2. Outdoor Locations: IP 65
3. Kitchen or Wash-Down Areas: IP 65 stainless steel.
4. Other Wet or Damp, Indoor Locations: IP 65
5. Indoor Locations Subject to Dust, Falling Dirt, and Dripping Noncorrosive
Liquids: IP 65.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
6. Hazardous Areas: As indicated in Drawings.
2.5 WIRES AND CABLES

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
A. All wires and cables shall conform to applicable SASO and IEC reference
standards. Enclosures shall have a minimum IP rating of 31 and shall be
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE vermin proof. The Contractor shall however select equipment with an IP
ENGINEER
ANP
rating higher than 31 where environmental conditions dictate this.
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
2.6 NAMEPLATES
ENGINEER
MAS
A. Nameplates external to enclosures shall conform with the requirements of
12/1/16
DATE: Division 26 internal to enclosures shall be manufacturer's standard, with the
CERTIFIED
REZ exception that they must be permanent.
12/1/16
DATE:
2.7 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
A. VFD Factory Test Plan
12/1/16
DATE: 1. To ensure quality, each VFD shall be subject to a series of in-plant quality
OPERATIONS
control inspections before approval for shipment from the manufacturer's
SMK
facilities. Provide test plans and test reports.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EDSD
3.1 INSTALLATION
DATE:
BY:
A. Install equipment in accordance with the approved manufacturer's printed

00F1
installation drawings, instructions, wiring diagrams, and as indicated on project

drawings and the approved shop drawings. A field representative of the drive
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
manufacturer shall supervise the installation of all equipment, and wiring.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
A. Specified products shall be tested as a system for conformance to specification

MAS
requirements prior to scheduling the acceptance tests. Contractor shall conduct

MAS
performance verification tests in the presence of Saudi Aramco, observing and

documenting complete compliance of the system to the specifications. Contractor shall
submit a signed copy of the test results, certifying proper system operation before
scheduling tests.
B. VFD Test
DESCRIPTION
1. A proposed test plan shall be submitted to the contracting officer at least 28

calendar days prior to proposed testing for approval. Saudi Aramco
reserves the right to witness all tests and review any documentation. The
Contractor shall inform Saudi Aramco at least 14 working days prior to the
dates of testing.
2. After installation and connection to load, each variable speed drive shall be
independently tested at full load by an approved agency. Submit reports
for the following:
a. % VTHD at the Controller incoming terminals between phases. Provide test
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
results for % voltage distortion up to the 31st harmonic. Provide test

results for Fundamental, Harmonic and Total rms voltages.
b. %ITHD at the Controller incoming terminals for each phase. Provide readings for
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
% current distortion up to the 31st harmonic. Provide test

results for Fundamental, Harmonic and Total rms currents. Provide K
NO.
REV
00
factor result.
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER c. Indicate kW rating of the driven load and provide overload relay settings
ANP
at the drive and the bypass controller.
12/1/16
DATE: 3. Harmonic Distortion at PCC Report
PROJECT
ENGINEER a. Test with a Power Quality meter at the secondary side of service
MAS
transformer and demonstrate that the VFD contribution to the Total
12/1/16
DATE: Harmonic Distortion at the PCC is less than 5% Voltage Total Harmonic
CERTIFIED
REZ Distortion (VTHD) and less than 8% Total Current Demand Distortion
12/1/16
(TDD) at the PCC per IEEE-519 standards. The PCC shall be
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
considered at the load side of the service transformer or incoming service
AGENCY
AAG
switchboard or motor control center / distribution panel board feeding the
12/1/16
drive controllers. A reading from a commissioned switchboard multi-
DATE: function meter may be alternatively used.
OPERATIONS
SMK
C. Performance Verification Tests
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
1. "Performance Verification Test" plan shall provide the step-by-step

VERIFICATION
procedure required to establish formal verification of the performance of the

EDSD
VFD. Compliance with the specification requirements shall be verified by

DATE:
inspections, review of critical data, demonstrations, and tests. Saudi Aramco

BY:
reserves the right to witness all tests, review data, and request other
such additional inspections and repeat tests as necessary to ensure that
00F1
the system and provided services conform to the stated requirements. The
(DCC) NO. _____________________
Contractor shall inform Saudi Aramco 14 calendar days prior to the date
28-00014-0002-0001
the test is to be conducted.


A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
D. Endurance Test
REZ
1. Immediately upon completion of the performance verification test, the

MAS
endurance test shall commence. The system shall be operated at varying

MAS
rates for not less than 192 consecutive hours, at an average effectiveness
level of .9998, to demonstrate proper functioning of the complete PCS.
Continue the test on a day-to-day basis until performance standard is met.
During the endurance test, the Contractor shall not be allowed in the
building. The system shall respond as designed.

DESCRIPTION
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
SMK
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
26 41 13 - LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURES

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
MAS
MAS
PART 1 – GENERAL

DESCRIPTION

1.2 SUMMARY

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP
DATE:
12/1/16 B. Section includes lightning protection for structures, structure elements and
PROJECT
ENGINEER
building site components.
MAS
12/1/16 1.3 RELATED DOCUMENTS
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ 1.3.1 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
DATE:
12/1/16 Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to
CONSTRUCTION this Section.
AGENCY
AAG
DATE:
12/1/16 1.4 DESCRIPTION
OPERATIONS
SMK 1.4.1 This section specifies the furnishing and installation of a complete lightning
12/1/16 protection system, complying with Chapter 802 “PROTECTION AGAINST
DATE:
LIGHTNING” of the Saudi Building Code (SBC) Electrical section.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
1.5 SUBMITTALS
EDSD
DATE:
1.5.1 Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

BY:
A. Shop Drawings: For air terminals and mounting accessories.

00F1
1. Layout of the lightning protection system, along with details of the

(DCC) NO. _____________________
components to be used in the installation.

28-00014-0002-0001
2. Include indications for how concealment requirements will be met, and


A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
calculations required by the SBC for risk assessment and bonding of earthed
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
and isolated metal bodies.

MAS
B. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer and manufacturer. Include data on

MAS
certification as a SBC Approved installer.
C. Certification, signed by Contractor, that roof adhesive is approved by

manufacturer of roofing material.
D. Field quality-control reports.

DESCRIPTION
E. Comply with recommendations in SBC.
F. Other Informational Submittals: Plans showing dimensioned as-built locations of

Earthing features, including the following:
1. Earth electrodes.
2. Earth loop conductor.
A. Installer Qualifications: certified installer trained and approved for installation of

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
units required for this Project.

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
B. System Certificate:
1. Compliance with SBC requirements
NO.
REV
00
C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as required

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER by the SBC and the applicable reference standards.
ANP
12/1/16
DATE: 1.7 COORDINATION
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS A. Coordinate installation of lightning protection with installation of other building
DATE:
12/1/16 systems and components, including electrical wiring, supporting structures and
CERTIFIED building materials, metal bodies requiring bonding to lightning protection
REZ
components, and building finishes.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
B. Coordinate installation of air terminals attached to roof systems with roofing
AAG manufacturer and Installer.
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS C. Flashings of through-roof assemblies shall comply with roofing manufacturers'
SMK specifications.
12/1/16
DATE:
D. Where building elements are used as part of the system, they shall be tested
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
during construction to ensure that the resistance is low enough for the purpose.
EDSD
Formal records shall be kept and submitted for all such tests.
DATE:
E. Coordinate with Divisions 07 and 08.

BY:
00F1
1.8. WARRANTY

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
A. Refer to Saudi Aramco contract for minimum required warranty after handover.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ

MAS
B. Unless otherwise stated in this specification section all materials, assemblies,

MAS

C. During the guarantee period the manufacturer shall make all necessary repairs or

Documents.
DESCRIPTION
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS
A. Comply with the SBC and all applicable reference standards.
B. Roof-Mounted Air Terminals: Air termination network shall utilize the roof
cladding system.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
1. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide comparable product by one

of the following:
a. Wallis
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
b. Fuse
C. Main and Bonding Conductors: stranded bare copper conductor.

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER D. Ground Loop Conductor: Where required by the drawings the same size and
ANP
12/1/16
type as the main conductor except tinned.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER E. Earth Electrodes: In general earth electrodes shall make use of the structural
MAS
foundations of the building. Where separate earth electrodes are detailed these
12/1/16
DATE: shall be copper clad zinc coated of the type and dimensions indicated on the
CERTIFIED
REZ drawings.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY PART 3 - EXECUTION
AAG
12/1/16
DATE: 3.1 INSTALLATION
OPERATIONS
SMK A. Install lightning protection components and systems according to the SBC and all
DATE:
12/1/16 applicable reference standards.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
B. Install conductors with direct paths from air terminals to Earth Electrode
EDSD
connections using column rebars. Avoid sharp bends.

DATE:
C. Conceal the following conductors:

BY:
1. System conductors.
00F1
2. Supplementary down conductors. (Lightning protection system generally

makes use of building elements).

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
3. Interior conductors.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
4. Conductors within normal view of exterior locations at grade within 60 m

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
of building.
MAS
D. Cable Connections: Use exothermic-welded connections for all conductor splices

MAS
and connections between conductors and other components.

1. Exception: In single-ply membrane roofing, exothermic-welded connections
may be used only below the roof level.
E. Bond extremities of vertical metal bodies exceeding 18 m in length to lightning

protection components.
DESCRIPTION
F. Bond lightning protection components with intermediate-level interconnection

loop conductors to grounded metal bodies of building as required.
G. The weather proofing of the building shall not be impaired in any way by fixings
or by any part of the lightning protection system. Work on flat roofs shall be
coordinated with the roofing contractor.
H. Ionisation, lightning attraction or dissipation terminals or other devices which

purportedly allow a reduction on the number and sizes of air terminations and
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
down conductors shall not be used.
I. Co-axial down conductors shall not be used.

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
J. Where conductors cross building expansion joints, a flexible link in the form of a
loop or a braided or stranded length of conductor shall be incorporated. The
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
flexible link shall be firmly fixed on both sides of the expansion joint.
ENGINEER
ANP
12/1/16
K. Copper clad steel rods shall have threads with the copper cladding maintained
DATE:
PROJECT
throughout. Couplings shall be of silicon aluminum bronze and shall be fully
ENGINEER threaded to allow metal-to-metal contact of the rods. Couplings shall be counter-
MAS
bored and of sufficient length to completely cover and protect the threaded
12/1/16
DATE: portion of the rods to minimize corrosion.
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16
L. Driving heads for the rods shall be high tensile steel and shall be fully threaded to
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
ensure head-to-rod contact.
AGENCY
AAG
3.2 CORROSION PROTECTION
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS A. Do not combine materials that can form an electrolytic couple that will accelerate
SMK corrosion in the presence of moisture unless moisture is permanently excluded from
12/1/16 junction of such materials. Contact between dissimilar metals shall be avoided, except
DATE:
as permitted by SASO and IEC standards. Precautions shall be taken to prevent long
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
term corrosion. Bi-metallic connectors shall be installed with corrosion inhibiting

compounds in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
EDSD
DATE:
B. Use conductors with protective coatings where conditions cause deterioration or

BY:
corrosion of conductors.
00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
A. Notify Saudi Aramco at least 48 hours in advance of inspection before concealing


A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
EDSD REV
REVISION CERTIFICATE VERIFICATION NO. DATE JO/EWO DESCRIPTION ENGG CERT PMT OPRNS
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
00F1 00 10/27/16 28-00014 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION MAS REZ AAG
OF THIS DRAWING IS COVERED, FOR ALL SMK
CONTROL NUMBER
REZ
ANP
SMK
AAG
28-00014
MAS
APPROVAL/CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS, 00F1 12/1/16 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION MAS REZ AAG SMK
12/1/16
12/1/16
12/1/16
AGENCY
12/1/16
12/1/16
BY:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
ENGINEER
DISCIPLINE
CERTIFIED
OPERATIONS
CONSTRUCTION
28-00014-0002-0001
(DCC) NO. _____________________ DATE:
DHAHRAN
SOUTH DHAHRAN HOME OWNERSHIP AJYAL

CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS - ELECTRICAL
lightning protection components.
SOUTH DHAHRAN HOME OWERSHIP PROJECTS - SCHOOLS
SAUDI ARABIA
DOC
EWO:
A A18
DWG.TYPE PLANT NO. INDEX
28-00014-0002
DRAWING NO.
DE-D20114
B. Inspection in accordance with the SBC and applicable reference standards.
OF
203
160
SHT.NO.
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
REV.NO.
00F1
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
26 43 13 - TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION FOR LOW-VOLTAGE

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
ELECTRICAL POWER CIRCUITS

MAS
MAS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL
DESCRIPTION


1.3 SUMMARY
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE complete and acceptable in every respect for its intended purpose. It is further
ENGINEER
ANP
12/1/16 to, and shall be correlated with, the requirements of the Contract. Nothing in this
DATE:
PROJECT specification section shall limit the scope of work as required by the Contract.
ENGINEER
MAS
12/1/16
B. Section includes field-mounted TVSS for low-voltage (231 to 400 V) power
DATE:
CERTIFIED
distribution and control equipment.
REZ
12/1/16
C. Related Sections:
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
1. Division 26 Switchboards for factory-installed TVSS.
AGENCY
AAG
2. Division 26 Panelboards for factory-installed TVSS.
12/1/16
3. Division 26 Wiring Devices for devices with integral TVSS.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
1.4 DEFINITIONS
SMK
12/1/16
DATE: A. ATS: Acceptance Testing Specifications.
CONTROL NUMBER
B. SVR: Suppressed voltage rating.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
C. TVSS: Transient voltage surge suppressor(s), both singular and plural; also,
transient voltage surge suppression.
DATE:
BY:
1.5 SUBMITTALS
00F1
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities,
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
operating weights, electrical characteristics, furnished specialties, and

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
accessories.
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
B. Qualification Data: For qualified testing agency.

MAS
MAS
C. Product Certificates: For TVSS devices, from manufacturer.
D. Field quality-control reports.
E. Operation and Maintenance Data: For TVSS devices to include in emergency,

operation, and maintenance manuals.

DESCRIPTION
F. Warranties: Sample of special warranties.
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: NRTL.

1. Certified by manufacturer to supervise on-site testing.
B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as

defined in NFPA 70, by a testing agency, and marked for intended location and
application.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
C. Comply with IEEE C62.41.2 and test devices according to IEEE C62.45.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
D. Comply with UL 1283 and UL 1449, 3rd Edition.

NO.
REV
00

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP A. Service Conditions: Rate TVSS devices for continuous operation under the
DATE:
12/1/16 following conditions unless otherwise indicated:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
1. Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage: Not less than 115 percent of
MAS nominal system operating voltage.
DATE:
12/1/16 2. Operating Temperature: 0 to 50 deg C.
CERTIFIED 3. Humidity: 0 to 85 percent, noncondensing.
REZ
4. Altitude: Less than 6000 m above sea level.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION 1.8 COORDINATION
AGENCY
AAG
12/1/16 A. Coordinate location of field-mounted TVSS devices to allow adequate

DATE:
OPERATIONS clearances for maintenance.
SMK
12/1/16
1.9 WARRANTY
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
A. Refer to Section Division 01 - Warranties.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:

00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________

28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
REZ

MAS
Documents.
MAS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE
A. Provide a Test Report from a recognized independent testing laboratory NRTL

DESCRIPTION
verifying the COMPLETE suppressor (including all necessary fusing,

disconnects, monitoring systems, etc.) can survive published current rating on
a per mode basis using the IEEE C62.41, 8/20µs waveform. Note that test data
on individual module is not acceptable.
B. The SPD/TVSS shall be capable of surviving the UL 1449 3rd Edition Nominal
Discharge Test. The repetitive surge current capacity shall be tested utilizing an
8x20µs, 20kA short circuit test waveform (as defined by ANSI/UL 1449 3rd
Edition – 2009, IEEE C62.41.2 – 2002 and IEEE C62.45 – 2002). Surges shall
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
be applied in three (3) groups of five (5) surges. Within one (1) second after the
application of each surge, the specified MCOV shall be applied for sixty (60)
seconds (+15 seconds). After each group of five (5) surges, the sample shall
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
rest for thirty (30) minutes. After the 15th surge, the MCOV shall be reapplied
for at least fifteen (15) minutes. During and following this test there shall be
no opening of any supplementary protective devices either internal or external
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE to the device.

ENGINEER
ANP
12/1/16
C. The following are the general requirements of the SPD/TVSS products:
DATE:
PROJECT
1. Nomenclatures used herein are intended to indicate product type and
ENGINEER
configuration of equipment required.
MAS
12/1/16
2. UL1449 3rd Edition Listed and must bear the 3rd Edition mark.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
3. UL1283 5th Edition Listed.
REZ 4. The Surge Protective Device (SPD/TVSS) shall be a stand-alone
12/1/16 configuration. Systems that must be integral to the switchgear will not be
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION considered.
AGENCY
AAG 5. The surge protection system shall provide effective high-energy Transient
12/1/16 Voltage Suppression and attenuate high frequency electrical noise.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
6. All suppression systems must be permanently connected, parallel designs.
SMK Series suppression elements are not acceptable.
12/1/16 7. Short Circuit Current Rating “SCCR” of 100kAIC without the need for
DATE:
fuses or breakers external to the SPD/TVSS.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
8. All SPD/TVSS units shall be provided with an auxiliary dry contact

(Form C) actuated by any single suppression module including N-G failure
EDSD
for connection to a Building Automation System.

DATE:
D. All SPD/TVSS units shall be from the same manufacturer.

BY:
1. SPD/TVSS modules shall be configured to isolate individual suppression

00F1
component failures without causing total loss of surge protection in that

mode.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
2 Surge protection or filtering component failures or fuse openings are not

permissible during UL1449 3rd Edition Nominal Discharge testing.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
3 SPD/TVSS designs using a single fuse to protect two (2) or more surge paths
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
are not acceptable.

4 Surge Protection system designs that limit the 100% rated surge protection
MAS
MAS
are not acceptable.

5 Fuse links or printed circuit board trace fusing are not acceptable.
6 The SPD/TVSS shall provide redundant parallel copper bus structure and/or
low impedance traces, which are 100% surge rated top and bottom of printed
circuit board to reduce suppression path impedance.
E. The let-through voltage test results used to obtain the UL1449 3rd Edition
DESCRIPTION
Voltage Performance Ratings “VPR” (6kV, 3000 Amps, 8/20µs waveform)

must not exceed the UL assigned values listed below.
1. Line to Neutral: 1200V
2. Line to Ground: 1200V
3. Neutral to Ground: 900V
4. Line to Line: 1800V
2.2 SERVICE ENTRANCE SUPPRESSORS
A. Surge Protection Devices:

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
1. Comply with UL 1449.

a. Modular design (with field-replaceable modules)
2. Fuses, rated at 200-kA interrupting capacity.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
3. Fabrication using bolted compression lugs for internal wiring.

4. Integral disconnect switch.
NO.
REV
00
5. Redundant suppression circuits.

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
6. Redundant replaceable modules.
ANP 7. Arrangement with wire connections to phase buses, neutral bus, and ground bus.
DATE:
12/1/16 8. LED indicator lights for power and protection status.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
9. Audible alarm, with silencing switch, to indicate when protection has failed.
MAS 10. Form-C contacts rated at 5 A and 250-V ac, one normally open and one
DATE:
12/1/16 normally closed, for remote monitoring of protection status. Contacts shall
CERTIFIED reverse on failure of any surge diversion module or on opening of any
REZ
current-limiting device. Coordinate with building power monitoring and control
12/1/16
DATE: system.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 11. Four-digit transient-event counter set to totalize transient surges.
AAG
DATE:
12/1/16 B. Peak Single-Impulse Surge Current Rating: 320 kA per mode/640 kA per phase.
OPERATIONS
SMK C. Minimum single impulse current ratings, using 8-by-20-mic.sec waveform
DATE:
12/1/16 described in IEEE C62.41.2
1. Line to Neutral: 70,000 A.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
2. Line to Ground: 70,000 A.

EDSD
3. Neutral to Ground: 50,000 A.

DATE:
BY:
D. Protection modes and UL 1449 SVR for grounded wye circuits with 400Y/231
V 3- phase, 4-wire circuits shall be as follows:
00F1
1. Line to Neutral: 800 V for 400Y/231 V.

2. Line to Ground: 800 V for 400Y/231 V.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
3. Neutral to Ground: 800 V for 400Y/231 V.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
E. Protection modes and UL 1449 SVR for 231 V, single-phase, 3-wire circuits shall
REZ
be as follows:
MAS
1. Line to Neutral: 400 V.

MAS
2. Line to Ground: 400 V.

3. Neutral to Ground: 400 V.
F. Protection modes and UL 1449 SVR for 400 V, 3-phase, 3-wire, delta circuits
shall be as follows:
1. Line to Line: 2000 V for 400 V.
2. Line to Ground: 2000 V for 400 V.
DESCRIPTION
2.3 PANELBOARD SUPPRESSORS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide comparable product by one

of the following or approved equal:
B. Surge Protection Devices:

1. Comply with UL 1449.
2. Modular design (with field-replaceable modules).
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
3. Short-circuit current rating complying with UL 1449, and matching or

exceeding the panelboard short-circuit rating and redundant suppression
circuits; with individually fused metal-oxide varistors.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
4. Fuses, rated at 200-kA interrupting capacity.

5. Fabrication using bolted compression lugs for internal wiring.
6. Integral disconnect switch.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE 7. Redundant suppression circuits.

ENGINEER
ANP 8. Redundant replaceable modules.
DATE:
12/1/16 9. Arrangement with wire connections to phase buses, neutral bus, and ground bus.
PROJECT 10. LED indicator lights for power and protection status.
ENGINEER
MAS
11. Audible alarm, with silencing switch, to indicate when protection has failed.
12/1/16 12. Form-C contacts rated at 5 A and 250-V ac, one normally open and one
DATE:
CERTIFIED normally closed, for remote monitoring of protection status. Contacts shall
REZ
reverse on failure of any surge diversion module or on opening of any
DATE:
12/1/16 current-limiting device. Coordinate with building power monitoring and control
CONSTRUCTION system.
AGENCY
AAG 13. Four-digit transient-event counter set to totalize transient surges.
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS C. Peak Single-Impulse Surge Current Rating: 160 kA per mode/320 kA per phase.
SMK
12/1/16
D. Minimum single impulse current ratings, using 8-by-20-mic.sec waveform
DATE:
described in IEEE C62.41.2:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
1. Line to Neutral: 70,000 A.

2. Line to Ground: 70,000 A.
EDSD
3. Neutral to Ground: 50,000 A.

DATE:
BY:
a. Protection modes and UL 1449 SVR for grounded wye circuits with
400Y/230 V 3-phase, 4-wire circuits shall be as follows:

00F1
1) Line to Neutral: 800 V for 400Y/231 V.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
2) Line to Ground: 800 V for 400Y/231 V.

28-00014-0002-0001
3) Neutral to Ground: 800 V for 400Y/231 V.


A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
b. Protection modes and UL 1449 SVR for 231 V, single-phase, 3-wire

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
circuits shall be as follows:

1) Line to Neutral: 400 V.
MAS
MAS
2) Line to Ground: 400 V.

3) Neutral to Ground: 400 V.
c. Protection modes and UL 1449 SVR for 400 V, 3-phase, 3-wire, delta
circuits shall be as follows:
1) Line to Line: 2000 V for 400 V.
2) Line to Ground: 2000 V for 400 V.

4. ENCLOSURES
DESCRIPTION
a. Indoor Enclosures: IP 31.

b. Outdoor Enclosures: IP 67.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install TVSS devices at service entrance on load side, with ground lead
bonded to service entrance ground.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
B. Install TVSS devices for panelboards and auxiliary panels with conductors or
buses between suppressor and points of attachment as short and straight as
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
possible. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended lead length. Do not bond

neutral and ground.
NO.
REV
00
1. Provide multiple, 32 amp minimum circuit breaker as a dedicated

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
disconnecting means for TVSS unless otherwise indicated.
ANP
DATE:
12/1/16 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS
A. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service
REZ representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and
DATE:
12/1/16 equipment installations, including connections.
CONSTRUCTION 1. Verify that electrical wiring installation complies with manufacturer's written
AGENCY
AAG installation requirements.
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
C. Perform tests and inspections.
SMK
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
D. Tests and Inspections:

EDSD
1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in
DATE:
NETA ATS, "Surge Arresters, Low-Voltage Surge Protection Devices"

BY:
Section. Certify compliance with test parameters.

2. After installing TVSS devices but before electrical circuitry has been
00F1
energized, test for compliance with requirements.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
3. Complete startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions.

28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
E. TVSS device will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
F. Prepare test and inspection reports.

MAS
MAS
3.3 STARTUP SERVICE
A. Do not energize or connect service entrance equipment, or panelboards to their

sources until TVSS devices are installed and connected.
B. Do not perform insulation resistance tests of the distribution wiring equipment

with the TVSS installed. Disconnect before conducting insulation resistance
DESCRIPTION
tests, and reconnect immediately after the testing is over.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
SMK
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
26 50 00 - LIGHTING
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
MAS
MAS
PART 1 – GENERAL

DESCRIPTION

1.2 SUMMARY

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP
DATE:
12/1/16 1.3 DESCRIPTION
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS
A. General: Extent of Interior & exterior lighting fixture work is indicated on drawings
12/1/16
and schedules, and by requirements of this Section.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ B. Types: Types of Interior & exterior lighting fixtures, lamps and ballasts in this
12/1/16
Section shall include the following:
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
1. Fluorescent (Compact and Linear Types)
AGENCY 2. High Intensity Discharge (HID)
AAG
3. Light Emitting Diodes (LED)
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS C. Related Sections: Refer to electrical section for the following:
SMK
1. Basic Electrical Materials and Methods.
DATE:
12/1/16 2. Electrical Identification
3. Wires and Cables
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
4. Emergency Lighting System

EDSD
5. Wiring Devices
6. Lighting Control Systems
DATE:
BY:
7. Time Clock and Photocell Controls

8. Underground Ducts & Manholes
00F1
D. Other Divisions: Refer to other divisions of the specification for the following:
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
1. Miscellaneous Metal Work

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
1.4. REFERENCES
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)

MAS
MAS
B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
C. CIE INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ILLUMINATION
D. Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IESNA)

E. Ingress Protection (IP) Code

DESCRIPTION
F. National Equipment Manufacturers Association (NEMA).
G. NFPA 101 Life Safety Code
H. SBC Electric Code Chapter 401
I. SEC Voltage Drop Calculations
J. The Energy Policy Act of 1992: Lamp Efficiency Labeling and Standards
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
K. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
1.5. SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on lighting fixtures, lamps and ballasts.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER B. Shop Drawings: Submit dimensioned drawings of lighting fixtures. Submit fixture
ANP
shop drawings assembled in order of luminaire "Type" designation with proposed
12/1/16 fixture and accessories clearly indicated on each sheet. Shop drawings may be
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER submitted for review before fabrication. Fabrication details may vary slightly from
MAS those shown on drawings provided those changes do not adversely affect ease
DATE:
12/1/16 of installation, durability, performance, or appearance of fixture.
CERTIFIED
REZ
C. "Approved Equal" specification status does not and shall not exempt the
DATE:
12/1/16 identified manufacturers from full and complete compliance with all criteria
CONSTRUCTION identified either in the specifications or as attributed to "prime specification"
AGENCY
AAG equipment with regards to photometric performance, brightness control, size,
DATE:
12/1/16 finishes, credentials or experience, etc. Consideration, acceptance or rejection of
OPERATIONS any proposed submittal at any time shall rest solely upon the evaluation of Saudi
SMK Aramco.
12/1/16
DATE:
D. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data including the following:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
1. Dimensioned and detailed drawings assembled in luminaire "type"

alphabetical order.
EDSD
2. Technical Submittal to prove compliance with project specification

DATE:
BY:

00F1
A. All lighting fixtures shall be manufactured, furnished, and installed in compliance

with all standards as found in this specification.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
B. Samples: Manufacturers shall submit a prototype sample of each fixture for

REZ
ENGG CERT
review by Saudi Aramco. Prototype samples shall be sufficiently detailed and

REZ
operational to allow evaluation of compliance with the salient features of the

MAS
specification. Preliminary design or shop drawings shall not be accepted in place

MAS
of prototype samples.
1.7 WARRANTY
Refer to Saudi Aramco contract for minimum required warranty after handover.
Contractor to provide the manufacturer’s standard warranty period but shall not be
less than the duration stipulated in contract.
DESCRIPTION
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. All goods and products covered by these specifications shall be, when available,
from an in-Kingdom manufacturer/supplier. Make of the lighting fixtures should
be Inara, Philips, Thorlux, Saudi lighting Co., Oppel lighting with lamps Osram,
Philips, Opple lighting, National lighting, Nardeen or approved equivalent.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
B. Lighting fixtures shall be of rigid construction, dimensionally stable, and shall be

assembled with secure fastenings. Ferrous parts shall be protected from
corrosion by plating or shall be finished with high reflectance enamel with non-
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
yellowing binder and high pigment to binder ratio, with semi-gloss finish. Ferrous
parts shall be prepared for finish by industry standard finishing process (see
NO.
REV
00
Finishes). Non ferrous metals (i.e. aluminum) unless otherwise noted be treated
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER with a semi-gloss polyester powder coat enamel finish.
ANP
DATE:
12/1/16 C. Provide each fixture with lamps as indicated in the lighting fixture schedule.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS D. Recessed, surface or pendant lighting fixtures shall be suspended from structural
12/1/16 members or ceiling structure members of minimum 1-1/2" channels, by standard
DATE:
CERTIFIED bar hangers, or other approved means. Fixture locations shall be coordinated
REZ with ceiling patterns. Refer to architectural reflected ceiling plan for exact location
DATE:
12/1/16 of fixtures and architectural rooms finish schedule for ceiling construction details
CONSTRUCTION and mounting heights. The installing contractor shall provide all structural steel
AGENCY
AAG and related supports as required or necessary to properly and safely install and
12/1/16 support the fixtures.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
SMK
E. Fixture wiring shall be suitable for the temperature rating of the fixture; wiring
12/1/16
through fluorescent channels shall be done with Type SFF2 wire. Where a
DATE: junction box is required, to change from branch circuit to fixture wiring, use
CONTROL NUMBER
approved feed through, pre-wired fixture wiring, and install a separate junction
VERIFICATION
box. The junction box shall be fully accessible after installation of covering
EDSD
materials. Where flexible conduit or portable cord is used, a grounding jumper

DATE:
shall be installed. All fixtures shall be grounded. Housings shall be so

BY:
constructed that all electrical components are easily accessible and replaceable
without removing fixtures from their mountings, or disassembling adjacent
00F1
construction.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
F. All recessed and surface mounted lighting fixtures unless otherwise noted or

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
directed shall be UL listed or CIE approved for through-wiring and shall be

REZ
ENGG CERT
furnished complete with all required integral wiring and all required flexible
REZ
conditions, pigtails and related accessories necessary for suitable operation and
MAS
installation.
MAS
G. All exposed Junction Boxes (JB) to be provided with cover plates with a design
finish that matches interior design finishes.
H. All recessed fixtures, which are to be installed in insulated ceilings, shall be

provided with UL listed or CIE approved thermocouple protection.

DESCRIPTION
I. All materials, accessories, and other related fixture parts shall be new and free
from defects which in any manner may impair their character, appearance,
strength, durability and function, and be effectively protected from any damage or
injury from the time of fabrication to the time of delivery and until final written
acceptance of the work by the Owner.
J. Enclosures: Fabricate fixture enclosures with a minimum No. 20 gauge (0.0359

inch) thick cold rolled sheet steel. Enclosures may be constructed of other
metals, provided they are equivalent in mechanical strength, durability and in
compliance with local codes and acceptable for the purpose.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
2.2 REQUIREMENT FOR LIGHTING FIXTURES

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
A. All lighting fixtures shall be manufactured, furnished, and installed in compliance

with all standards as found in this specification.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE B. Lighting fixtures shall be furnished and installed complete with necessary parts,
ENGINEER
ANP lamps, all as herein specified and as shown on the drawings. All lighting fixtures
DATE:
12/1/16 shall operate on 230 Volts, 60 Hz, power supply, unless otherwise shown.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
2.3 BALLASTS
MAS
12/1/16
DATE: A. Ballast for fluorescent lamps shall be thermally protected type, high frequency
CERTIFIED
REZ electronic ballast.
12/1/16
DATE: B. Operate on 230 Volts, 60 HZ, supply, load rating suitable for the lamps.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
C. The ballast shall operate the lamps in a manner that will not adversely curtail the
12/1/16 normal life of the lamp. The light output shall not vary by more than +/- 5% for a
DATE:
OPERATIONS variation of +/- 10% variation of the input voltage about the central design
SMK voltage. Light output shall remain constant for a +/- 5% variation of the input
DATE:
12/1/16 voltage.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
D. The noise level, from 600mm from the installed fixture, shall not exceed 30db.
EDSD
E. The ballast shall have high power factor and shall not be less than 95%.
DATE:
BY:
2.4 LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (LED) LIGHTING FIXTURES

00F1
A. The following General Requirements shall apply to fixtures that are furnished by
(DCC) NO. _____________________
the Manufacturer:
28-00014-0002-0001
1. All LED fixtures supplied shall be warranted per Aramco standards. The

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
Manufacturer shall replace any LED fixture that exhibits failure due to
REZ
ENGG CERT
workmanship or material defect, or does not meet the minimum light output
REZ
specified without any additional cost to Saudi Aramco.

MAS
2. The Manufacturer shall supply only new Equipment, packaged in original,

MAS
unbroken containers as shipped from the manufacturer (except where

needed to provide specified quantities). All Equipment will be subject to the
warranty in the PO(s). Refer to Saudi Aramco contract for minimum required
warranty after handover. Contractor to provide the manufacturer’s standard
warranty period but shall not be less than the duration stipulated in contract.
B. Design Requirements
DESCRIPTION
1. Fixture Efficiency- Total Luminaire Efficiency shall be MINIMUM 70%

2. Fixture shall be designed for ease of installation and replacement.
C. Optical System And Lenses

1. The optical system should provide adequate light distribution and minimize
disabling glare.
D. Fixture Body And Dimensions

1. Exterior fixtures shall be constructed in conformance to industry standards for
aluminum extrusions or stainless steel with all appurtenances protected
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
against corrosion.
2. Exterior Fixtures shall be completely sealed and gasketed and constructed
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
with power supplies mounted external to the fixture in the existing node
pockets for ease of maintenance.
NO.
REV
00
E. Gasketting (If Gasketting Is Utilized)

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 1. All gaskets used shall be silicone and must be resistant to checking,
ANP cracking, or disintegration caused by ultraviolet radiation or ozone gas
12/1/16 exposure.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS F. Power Supply
DATE:
12/1/16 1. Operating life of power supplies shall be a minimum of 50,000 hours.
CERTIFIED 2. The power supply shall provide a power factor of 0.90 or greater.
REZ
3. The power supply shall have a total harmonic distortion remain below 20%.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION G. Correlated Color Temperature & Color Rendering Index: All LED's Must have a
AGENCY
AAG Color Rendering Index of 80+. All LED's must have a color temperature of
12/1/16 3000°K nominal. Fixtures consisting of diodes with major varying degrees of
DATE:
OPERATIONS
color temperature shall not be accepted.
SMK
2.5 LAMPS
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
A. All lamps where applicable shall comply with ANSI C78 Series standards or CIE
VERIFICATION
equivalent lamps
EDSD
B. All lamps must have a color temperature of 3000°K nominal.

DATE:
BY:
C. Lamps shall operate on 230 Volts, 60 HZ, supply, load rating suitable for the lamps.
00F1
D. All lamps shall be of the specified wattage and lumen output as indicated in the
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
fixture schedule.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
E. Lumen output of all lamps at 33% rated life shall not be less than 80% of initial output.
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
F. Contractor shall replace any lamp failing during the first two hundred (200) days
MAS
of burning after final written acceptance by the Owner.

MAS
G. HID: High Pressure Sodium: These lamps shall not be proposed or used on any
portion of this project.
H. Tungsten Halogen Lamps: These lamps shall not be proposed or used on any
portion of this project.

DESCRIPTION
2.6 FINISHES
A. Painted surfaces shall be synthetic enamel with acrylic, alkyd, epoxy, polyester
or polyurethane base, light stabilized, baked on at 177°C (350°F) minimum,
catalytically or photochemically polymerized after application.
B. White finishes minimum 90% reflectance (semi-gloss).
C. Selection: Unless otherwise indicated, all external fixture finishes shall be as

selected by Saudi Aramco. Unless otherwise indicated, all fixture finishes shall
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
be semi-gloss polyester powder coat enamel.
D. Undercoat: Except for stainless steel all ferrous metal surfaces shall be given a
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
five stage phosphate treatment or other acceptable base bonding treatment

before final painting and after fabrication.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE E. Unpainted non-reflecting surfaces shall be satin finished and coated with a
ENGINEER
ANP baked-on clear lacquer to preserve the finish. Where aluminum surfaces are
12/1/16 treated with an anodic process, the clear lacquer coating may be omitted.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
F. Unpainted aluminum surfaces: Finish interior aluminum trims with an anodized
MAS
12/1/16
coating of not less than 7 mg. per square inch, of a color and surface finish as
DATE: selected by Saudi Aramco. Finish exterior aluminum and aluminum trims with an
CERTIFIED
REZ anodized coating of not less than 35 mg. per square inch of a color and surface
12/1/16
finish as selected by Saudi Aramco.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY G. Metal finishes: Provide finishes of the color and type indicated and having the
AAG
following properties:
12/1/16
DATE: 1. Protection of metal from corrosion - warranty against perforation of erosion of
OPERATIONS
the finish from weathering. Refer to Saudi Aramco contract for minimum
SMK
required warranty after handover. Contractor to provide the manufacturer’s
12/1/16 standard warranty period but shall not be less than the duration stipulated in
DATE:
contract.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
2. Color retention - warranty against fading, staining, or chalking from

EDSD
weathering including solar radiation. Refer to Saudi Aramco contract for

minimum required warranty after handover. Contractor to provide the
DATE:
BY:
manufacturer’s standard warranty period but shall not be less than the
duration stipulated in contract.
00F1
3. Uniformity - Provide finish of uniform thickness and color, free from streaks,
stains or orange peel texture.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
2.7 REFLECTORS
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
A. Reflectors, cones or baffles shall be absolutely free of spinning lines, stains,

MAS
ripples or any marks or indentations caused by riveting to other assembly

MAS
techniques. No rivets, springs or other hardware shall be visible after installation.
B. Where modification of standard fixtures is specified, fixtures shall be modified as

required with lamp sockets positioned to provide desired photometric
performance.
2.8 LENSES, LOUVERS AND DIFFUSERS

DESCRIPTION
A. Lenses / Louvers: General:
1. All lenses, diffusers, and shielding media shall be properly and securely
mounted within fixture assemblies. All shielding materials shall be tightly fitted
with no loose panels or parts and shall show no visible light leaks of
unintentional or unscheduled light.
B. Lenses: Plastic unless otherwise indicated or otherwise authorized, all plastic

shielding, lenses and diffusers shall be white opal clear 100% UV stabilized virgin
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
acrylic or in special cases high impact polycarbonate (lexan). Use of

polycarbonate lenses shall be restricted to those areas outlined in the National
Electric Code (latest Bulletin). Use of polystyrene components is absolutely
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
prohibited.
1.Plastic for lenses and diffusers shall be formed of colorless 100% virgin
NO.
REV
00
acrylic as manufactured by Rohm & Haas, DuPont, G.E. or equally

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
acceptable manufacturers. The quality of the raw material must meet
ANP American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) standards, as tested by an
DATE:
12/1/16 independent test laboratory. Acrylic plastic lenses and diffusers shall be
PROJECT
ENGINEER
properly cast, molded or extruded as specified and shall remain free of any
MAS dimensional instability, discoloration, embrittlement or loss of light
DATE:
12/1/16 transmittance for at least 15 years.
CERTIFIED
REZ C. Lenses: Glass
DATE:
12/1/16 1. Unless otherwise indicated or authorized all glass shielding, diffusers or
CONSTRUCTION lenses shall be clear tempered borosilicate glass. Soda lime glass material
AGENCY
AAG shall not be acceptable. Submit samples of glass elements upon request.
12/1/16 2. Where optical lenses are used, they shall be free from spherical or chromatic
DATE:
OPERATIONS
aberrations and other imperfections, which may hinder the functional
SMK
performance of the lenses.
12/1/16
3. Mechanical: All lenses, louvers or other light diffusing elements shall be
DATE:
removable but positively held so that hinging or other normal motion will not
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
cause them to drop out.

EDSD
2.9 LIGHTING CONTROLS

DATE:
BY:
A. Install where indicated, Timer or an Astronomic Time Switch Control Dial with
day- omitting device powered by a self-starting synchronous motor. Time Switch
00F1
contacts shall be capable of switching 40 amperes per pole continuously at 240

volts and shall be (DPST, 3PST or SPDT) as required. (Quantity and Switched
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
Legs to be confirmed by local engineers)

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
B. ON operation shall occur automatically at sunset (in city of South Dhahran, Saudi
REZ
Arabia). OFF operation shall be adjustable from 8:30pm to 2:30am in one-half

MAS
hour increments or at sunrise. Both ON and OFF shall have a range of

MAS
adjustability of 20-40 minutes before or after sunset and sunrise.
2.10 POLES AND STANDARDS
A. General: Provide poles of the types and heights indicated. Provide internal
raceway for underground power supply, with luminaire support poles base
indicated. Provide poles that will carry the indicated supports, luminaires and
DESCRIPTION
appurtenances, at the required heights above grade, without excessive deflection

or whipping of the luminaire, when subjected to 100-mph winds with a 1.3 gust
factor.
B. Steel Poles: Provide [octagonal] steel lighting poles with tapered tubular shaft;
equipped for mast arm luminaire mounting. Provide wiring access handhole with
welded ½-inch NC ground lug, readily accessible from handhole opening.
Provide features as follows:
1. Provide octagonal steel shaft poles with a minimum yield strength of 55,000 psi.
2. Where indicated, provide embedded type pole with adequately sized (at least
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
15- square inches) handhole with screwed cover, and underground

cable entry as indicated. Coat below grade part of shaft with 2-mil,
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
minimum, coal tar epoxy coating allowed to fully cure before placing pole.
C. Aluminum Poles: Poles shall be constructed of one seamless round extruded

NO.
REV
00
aluminum tube of alloy 6063-T6, welded to top and bottom of aluminum base
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER casting of alloy 356.
ANP
1. The pole shaft shall be a one-piece aluminum element. The lowest section of
12/1/16
DATE: the shaft, which fits into the base, shall be fabricated in such a manner that
PROJECT
ENGINEER the shaft columns and base are interchangeable. The shaft, when fitted into
MAS the pedestal, shall be perfectly straight and true. The top of the shaft shall
DATE:
12/1/16 have dimensions to permit attachment to the top mounted luminaire.
CERTIFIED 2. The base shall have a two piece cast aluminum full cover of 319 alloy,
REZ
secured by stainless steel screws. A flush-sided cast aluminum pole cap shall
12/1/16 be provided for side-arm mounted luminaires.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
3. Finish shall include a super TGIC thermoset polyester powder coat paint
AAG applied over a chromate conversion coating. The paint used must be anti-
DATE:
12/1/16 graffiti, corrosion resisting, semi-gloss paint (Hunter Green or its equivalent
OPERATIONS as per Landscape Architect/Engineer).
SMK
12/1/16 2.11 CONCRETE PULL BOXES

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
A. General: This item shall consist of furnishing and installing precast concrete pull
boxes with covers in accordance with these specifications and at the locations
EDSD
shown on the plans, or as directed.

DATE:
BY:
B. Materials: The pull boxes shall be constructed with concrete which is reinforced
with welded wire frames. The inside dimensions shall not be less than 24 inches
00F1
by 18 inches and the depth of the pull box shall not be less than 18 inches. The
(DCC) NO. _____________________
bolt down cover, nonmetallic and non-conductive, shall be provided for each
28-00014-0002-0001
pull box. The steel covers shall have a checkered design on top and have a

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
lifting eye. The pull box and cover shall be constructed in such a manner that the
REZ
ENGG CERT
assembly will support light vehicular traffic loads when installed in accordance
REZ
with these specifications.

MAS
MAS
2.12 PRECAST CONCRETE FOOTINGS
A. Concrete for precast elements sections shall consist of Portland cement,

aggregates, and water, and shall be proportioned and mixed in a batch mixer to
produce homogeneous concrete with a minimum 27.6 MPa (4,000 psi) 28-day
compressive strength. The proportion of cement shall not be less than 564
pounds per cubic yard.
DESCRIPTION
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install lighting fixtures as noted on the drawings.
Fixtures shall be completely wired and lamps installed and shall be in perfect
operating condition at the time of mechanical completion.
B. Setting and Securing: The Contractor shall set lighting fixtures plumb, square,
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
and level with floor or walls, in alignment with adjacent lighting fixtures, and
secure in accordance with manufacturers' directions and approved shop
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
drawings.
10/27/16
C. Mounting: Mounting heights specified or indicated are to bottom of fixture for

NO.
REV
00
suspended and ceiling mounted fixtures and to center of fixture for wall
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
mounted fixtures. Obtain approval of the exact mounting for lighting fixtures on
ANP the job before installation is commenced and, where applicable, after
DATE:
12/1/16 coordinating with the type, style, and pattern of the ceiling being installed.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS D. Grounding: The Contractor shall ground non current carrying parts of electrical
DATE:
12/1/16 equipment. Where the copper grounding conductor is connected to a metal other
CERTIFIED than copper, provide specially treated or lined connectors suitable for this
REZ
purpose.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION E. Installation of fixture locations shall be in strict accordance with the intent of the
AGENCY
AAG contract drawings and approved shop, specifications and drawings.
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
F. Fixture locations: Do not scale electrical drawings for exact location of the lighting
SMK
fixtures. In general, the lighting plans indicate the proper locations of lighting
fixtures, unless otherwise noted on architectural plans.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
G. Unless otherwise shown on the Contract Drawings, lighting fixtures and/or fixture
VERIFICATION
outlet boxes shall be provided with hangers to adequately support the complete
EDSD
weight of the lighting fixture. The design of hangers and the method of fastening
other than what is shown on the Contract Drawings, or herein specified, shall be
DATE:
BY:
submitted to Saudi Aramco for approval.

00F1
H. The Contractor shall provide all hangers, rods, mounting brackets, supports,
frames, earthquake clips and other equipment normally required for the proper,
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
safe and distortion-free installation in the various surfaces in which they appear.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
Determine surface types from the architectural drawings.

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
I. Instructions: Each lighting fixture shall be packaged with complete illustration and
MAS
instructions showing how to install. Install lighting fixtures in strict conformance

MAS
with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions.
J. The contractor shall rigidly align continuous rows of lighting fixtures for true
aligned appearance.
K. The Contractor shall install reflector cones, baffles, aperture plates, light
controlling elements for air handling fixtures and decorative elements after
DESCRIPTION
mechanical completion of ceiling tiles, painting and general cleanup.
L. The Contractor shall replace blemished, damaged, or unsatisfactory fixtures as

directed by Saudi Aramco.
3.2 ADJUST AND CLEAN
A. Clean: Clean lighting fixtures of dirt and debris upon mechanical completion of
installation.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
B. Protection: Protect installed fixtures from damage during remainder of

construction period.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
A. Tests: Upon mechanical completion of installation of lighting fixtures, and after

NO.
REV
00
building circuits have been energized, apply electrical energy to demonstrate

DISCIPLINE capability and compliance with requirements. Where possible, correct
ENGINEER
ANP malfunctioning units at site, then retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise,
DATE:
12/1/16 remove and replace with new units, and proceed with retesting.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS
3.4 AIMING AND ADJUSTMENT
12/1/16
DATE: A. All adjustable lighting units shall be aimed, focused, locked, etc., by the
CERTIFIED
REZ Contractor under the supervision of Saudi Aramco. Saudi Aramco shall indicate
12/1/16
the number of crews (foreman and apprentice) required. All aiming and adjusting
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
shall be carried out after the entire installation is complete. All ladders, scaffolds,
AGENCY
AAG
lift equipment, safety belts, flashlights, walkie talkie equipment, etc. required shall
be furnished by the Contractor at the direction of Saudi Aramco. As aiming and
12/1/16
DATE: adjusting is completed, locking set screws and bolts and nuts shall be tightened
OPERATIONS
securely.
SMK
12/1/16 PART 4 - DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
4.1 LIGHTING FIXTURE SPECIFICATIONS

EDSD
A. Refer to Lighting Fixture Schedules included in drawing set. Lighting Fixture

DATE:
BY:
Schedules provided for each housing type.

00F1
END SECTION

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
26 51 16 – FLUORESCENT INTERIOR LIGHTING

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
26 51 19 – LED INTERIOR LIGHTING

26 51 23 – HID INTERIOR LIGHTING
MAS
MAS
PART 1 – GENERAL

DESCRIPTION

1.2 SUMMARY

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP specification section shall limit the scope of work as required by the Contract.
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS 1.3 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ
A. Extent, location, and details of interior lighting fixture work are indicated on
drawings and in schedules.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY B. Types of interior lighting fixtures in this section include the following:
AAG
12/1/16
DATE: 1. High-intensity-discharge (HID)
OPERATIONS
SMK
2. High-Pressure Sodium.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
3. Meal Halide Lamps

VERIFICATION
EDSD
4. Fluorescent.
DATE:
BY:
5. Incandescent.
00F1
6. LED
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of interior

MAS
MAS
lighting fixtures of sizes, types and ratings required, whose products have been in
satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years.
B. Installer's Qualifications: Firms with at least 3 years of successful installation

experience on projects with interior lighting fixture work similar to that required for
this project.
DESCRIPTION
C. Codes and Standards:
1. Electrical Code Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of SBC

401 (Saudi Building Code Volume 4) and NEC Articles 220, 410, and 510
as applicable to installation, and construction of interior building lighting
fixtures, with the requirements of SBC 401 prevailing over the NEC
provisions.
2. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA Stds

Pub/No.'s LE 1 and LE 2 pertaining to lighting equipment.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
3. IES Compliance: Comply with IESNA Lighting Handbook regarding

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
selection of illuminance values for interior and exterior residential lighting;

IES RP-1 pertaining to office lighting practices, and RP-15 regarding
selection of illuminance values for interior office lighting.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 4. UL Compliance: Comply with UL standards, including UL 486A and B,
ANP
12/1/16
pertaining to interior lighting fixtures. Provide interior lighting fixtures and
DATE:
PROJECT
components which are UL-listed and labeled.
ENGINEER
MAS
5. CBM Labels: Provide fluorescent lamp ballasts which comply with Certified
12/1/16
DATE: Ballast Manufacturers Association standards and carry the CBM label.
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16 1.5 SUBMITTALS

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions on
12/1/16
each type interior building lighting fixture and component.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
SMK
B. Shop Drawings: Submit layout drawings of interior lighting fixtures and their spatial
12/1/16
relationship to each other. In addition, submit fixture shop drawings in booklet form
DATE:
with separate sheet for each fixture, assembled in "luminaire type" alphabetical or
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
numerical order, with proposed fixture and accessories clearly indicated on each
sheet. Submit details indicating compatibility with ceiling grid system.
EDSD
DATE:
C. Wiring Diagrams: Submit wiring diagrams for interior lighting fixtures showing
BY:
connections to electrical power panels, switches, dimmers, controllers, and

feeders. Differentiate between portions of wiring which are manufacturer-installed

00F1
and portions which are field-installed.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
D. Samples: Submit one complete operating unit for each type of interior light fixture
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
specified.
MAS
MAS
E. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts list for each interior
lighting fixture and accessory; including "troubleshooting" maintenance guide.
Include that data, product data, and shop drawings in maintenance manual; in
accordance with requirements of Division 1.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

DESCRIPTION
A. Deliver interior lighting fixtures in factory-fabricated containers or wrappings, which

properly protect fixtures from damage. Store interior lighting fixtures in original
packaging taking in consideration that this packaging may will be additional fire
hazard. Store inside well-ventilated area protected from weather, moisture, soiling,
extreme temperatures, humidity, laid flat and blocked off ground.
B. Handle interior lighting fixtures carefully to prevent damage, breaking, and scoring
of finishes. Do not install damaged units or components; replace with new.

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
A. Coordinate with other work including wires/cables, electrical boxes and fittings, and
raceways, to properly interface installation of interior lighting fixtures with other
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
Work.
NO.
REV
00
B. Sequence interior lighting installation with other Work to minimize possibility of

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
damage and soiling during remainder of construction.
ANP
12/1/16 PART 2 - PRODUCTS

DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ
offering products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited
12/1/16
DATE: to, the following:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one
12/1/16
DATE: of the following (for each type of interior lighting fixture):
OPERATIONS
SMK
Benjamin Div; Thomas Industries Inc.
12/1/16
DATE: Columbia Lighting, Inc.
CONTROL NUMBER
Crescent Lighting Div; Keene Corp.

VERIFICATION
Day-Brite Lighting Div; Emerson Electric Co.

EDSD
Dual-Lite Mfg. Inc.

DATE:
BY:
GTE Products Corp.

Guth Lighting Div; General Signal Corp.
00F1
Halo Lighting Div; McGraw-Edison Co.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
Halophane Div; Johns-Manville Sales Corp.

28-00014-0002-0001
Lightolier Inc.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
Lithonia Lighting Div; National Service Industries Inc.

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
Wide-Light Corp.
Saudi Lighting Co.
MAS
MAS
Philips
Hubbell Lighting Inc.
National Lighting Company
2.02 FIXTURES
A. General: Provide lighting fixtures, of sizes, types and ratings indicated; complete
DESCRIPTION
with, but not limited to, housings, energy- efficient lamps, lamp holders, reflectors,
energy efficient ballasts, starters and wiring. Ship fixtures factory-assembled, with
parts required for a complete installation. Design fixtures with concealed hinges
and catches, with metal parts grounded as common unit, and so constructed as to
dampen ballast generated noise.
B. Wiring: Provide electrical wiring within fixture suitable for connecting to branch
circuit wiring as follows:
NEC Type AF for 230 volt, minimum No. 18 AWG.

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
C. Fluorescent-Lamp Ballasts: Provide low-energy fluorescent lamp ballasts, capable

of operating lamp types indicated; with high power factor, rapid-start, and low-noise
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
features; Type 1; Class P; sound-rated A.

NO.
REV
00
D. High-Intensity-Discharge Lamp Ballasts: Provide HID lamp ballasts, capable of

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
operating lamp types with ratings indicated; reactor type, high power-factor, core
ANP and coil assembly encapsulated in non-melt resin; install capacitor outside ballast
12/1/16 encapsulation for easy field replacement.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS E. High-Intensity-Discharge-Lamp Ballasts: Provide HID lamp ballasts, of ratings,
DATE:
12/1/16 types and makes as recommended by lamp manufacturer, which properly mates
CERTIFIED
REZ
and matches lamps to electrical supply by providing appropriate voltages and
impedances for which lamps are designed. Design ballast to operate lamp within
12/1/16
DATE: the lamp's power trapezoid requirements.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
F. Lamps:
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
1. Provide fluorescent lamps of energy saving cool white, types as indicated.
SMK
12/1/16
DATE: 2. Provide high pressure sodium lamp in wattages indicated.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
3. Provide Metal halide lamp in wattages indicated.

EDSD
4. Provide LED lamp in wattages indicated.

DATE:
BY:
G. Interior Lighting Fixture Types:

00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
General: Various fixture types required are indicated below. Fixtures must comply
28-00014-0002-0001
with minimum requirements as stated herein. Review architectural drawings and

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
specifications to verify ceiling types, modules, suspension systems appropriate to

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
installation.
MAS
MAS
1. Fluorescent Fixture:
a. Recessed Mounted: 600 x 600 mm and 600 x 2300 mm fully

recessed white fluorescent fixture with injection molded, virgin
acrylic, pre-treated CRS sheet steel painted stove enamelled in
white, deep parabolic shaped semi-specular aluminum sheet louver

for use with four-18watt and four-36 watt respectively energy saving,
DESCRIPTION
cool white lamps for operation on 230 volts, and proper trim for
installations in suspended acoustic tile ceilings.
b. Surface Wall Mounted: 212 x 1230 mm surface-mounted, semi-
direct type fixtures with pre-treated CRS sheet steel painted stove
enamelled in white with overall efficiency of not less than 70% of
bare-lamp lumens, shielding assembly of molded virgin acrylic
panels in combination with not less than 20-gage durable etched
and lacquered steel louvers, for operation on 230-volts, with 2
energy-saving Type F instant-start 40 watt, Type T-8/CW slimline
fluorescent lamps as indicated; wire with not less than No. 16 Type
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
AF fixture wire.
c. Recessed mounted downlight: Down light indoor lighting fixture with
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
lamp installed vertically, symmetrical dome shaped specular

aluminum reflector for surface, semi-recessed and wall mounting,
housing of cylindrical body made of spun aluminum pre-treated,
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
painted and stove enameled in white color for surface mounted,
ENGINEER semi-recessed and wall mounting. With recessing frame made of
ANP
12/1/16
spun aluminum for semi-recessed fixture and wall bracket for wall
DATE:
PROJECT
mounted fixture and a bracket for semi-recessed fixture made of
ENGINEER formed galvanized steel sheet pre-treated, painted and stove
MAS
enamelled in white color. For use with 1-18 watt fluorescent lamp
12/1/16
DATE: for operation on 230 volts power supply.
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16 PART 3 - EXECUTION

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
3.01 EXAMINATION
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
A. Examine areas and conditions under which lighting fixtures are to be installed, and
SMK
substrate for supporting lighting fixtures. Notify Saudi Aramco Representative in
12/1/16
writing of conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work. Do not proceed
DATE:
with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
to Installer.
EDSD
3.02 INSTALLATION OF INTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES

DATE:
BY:
A. Install interior lighting fixtures at locations and heights as indicated, in accordance

with fixture manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC,

00F1
NECA's "Standard of Installation", NEMA standards, and with recognized industry

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
practices to ensure that lighting fixtures fulfill requirements.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
B. Provide fixtures and/or fixture outlet boxes with hangers to properly support fixture
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
weight. Submit design of hangers, method of fastening, other than indicated or

specified herein, for review by Architect.
MAS
MAS
C. Install flush mounted fixtures to eliminate light leakage between fixture frame and
finished surface.
D. Provide plaster frames for recessed fixtures installed in other than suspended grid
type acoustical ceiling systems. Brace frames temporarily to prevent distortion
DESCRIPTION
during handling.
E. For air supply type fixtures, retain side slot closures in place for adjustment by
Balancing Contractor.
F. Fasten fixtures securely to indicated structural supports; and ensure that pendant
fixtures are plumb and level. Provide individually mounted pendant fixtures longer
than 2 feet with twin stem hangers. Provide stem hanger with ball aligners and
provisions for minimum 1" vertical adjustment. Mount continuous rows of fixtures
with an additional stem hanger greater than number of fixtures in the row.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
G. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with
equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values for equipment
connectors. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in UL

Standards 486A and B, and the National Electrical Code.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER H. Support surface mounted fixtures greater than 2 feet in length at a point in addition
ANP
to the outlet box fixture stud.
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
MAS
12/1/16
DATE: A. Replace defective and burned out lamps for a period of one year following the Date
CERTIFIED
REZ of Substantial Completion.
12/1/16
DATE:
B. At Date of Substantial Completion, replace lamps in interior lighting fixtures which
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY are observed to be noticeably dimmed after Contractor's use and testing, as judged
AAG
by Architect.
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
Refer to Division-1 sections for the replacement/restoration of lamps in interior
SMK
lighting fixtures, where used for temporary lighting prior to Date of Substantial
12/1/16
DATE: Completion.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
C. Furnish stock or replacement lamps amounting to 15%, but not less than 4 lamps
EDSD
in each case, of each type and size lamp used in each type fixture. Deliver
DATE:
replacement stock as directed to Owner's storage space.

BY:
3.04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
A. Clean interior lighting fixtures of dirt and construction debris upon completion of
28-00014-0002-0001
installation. Clean fingerprints and smudges from lenses.


A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
REZ
B. Protect installed fixtures from damage during remainder of construction period.

MAS
MAS
3.05 GROUNDING
A. Provide equipment grounding connections for interior lighting fixtures as indicated.

Tighten connections to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Standard
486A to assure permanent and effective grounds.
3.06 DEMONSTRATION
DESCRIPTION
A. Upon completion of installation of interior lighting fixtures, and after building

circuitry has been energized, apply electrical energy to demonstrate capability and
compliance with requirements. Where possible, correct malfunctioning units at
site, then retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with
new units, and proceed with retesting.
END OF SECTION
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
SMK
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
26 52 19 – EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
PART 1 – GENERAL
MAS
MAS
The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall complete the shop drawing, coordination with

DESCRIPTION

1.2 SUMMARY

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
A. This Section includes emergency light sets, exit fixtures with integral emergency
MAS battery backup, and emergency fluorescent fixture power supplies with integral
DATE:
12/1/16 battery backup.
CERTIFIED
REZ
B. Related Sections: The following Section contain requirements that relate to this
12/1/16
DATE: Section:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
Division 16 Section "Interior Lighting Fixtures" for regular fixtures that may be
12/1/16
DATE: connected to emergency circuits to provide emergency lighting.
OPERATIONS
SMK
12/1/16
DATE:
A. Electrical Component Standard: Components and installation shall comply with
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
SBC 401 (Saudi Building Code Volume 4) and NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code,"
EDSD
with the requirements of SBC 401 prevailing over the NEC provisions.
DATE:
BY:
B. UL Compliance: Emergency lighting fixtures shall be UL listed and labeled.

00F1
C. NFPA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NFPA 99, "Health

Care Facilities" and NFPA 101, "Life Safety Code."
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
D. Local Code Compliance: Comply with applicable local codes and regulations for
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
emergency lighting and exit signage including, but not limited to, colors and letter
heights for exit signs.
MAS
MAS
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product data for each type of emergency lighting unit specified. Assemble in
booklet form with separate sheet for each fixture, arranged in unit "type,"
alphabetical, or numerical order, with proposed fixture and accessories clearly

indicated on each sheet.
DESCRIPTION
B. Samples of specific individual products for approval where indicated.
C. Maintenance data for units specified, for inclusion in Operating and Maintenance
Manual specified in Division 1 and in Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical
Requirements." Submit complete manual material concurrently with system
submittal and updated final versions of manuals with closeout procedures specified
in Division 1 Section "Project Closeout."
D. Installation instructions written by manufacturers for all specified products.

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
00F1 12/1/16
DATE

10/27/16
A. Deliver products in factory containers. Store in clean, dry space in original

NO.
REV
00
container. Protect products from fumes and construction traffic.

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP
1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER A. Furnish stock of replacement lamps amounting to 15 percent (but not less than one
MAS
lamp in each case) of each type and size lamp used in each type unit.
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ PART 2 - PRODUCTS
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
AGENCY
AAG
12/1/16
DATE:
offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include but are not limited
OPERATIONS
SMK
to the following:
12/1/16
DATE: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
CONTROL NUMBER
following:
VERIFICATION
EDSD
1. Chloride Systems
DATE:
Cooper Industries, Inc.

BY:
Dual-Lite, Inc.
Holophane Lighting
00F1
Hubbell, Inc. Legion Lighting Co., Inc.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
Lithonia Lighting
Thomas Industries, Inc.

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
Saudi Lighting Co.

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
Philips
National Lighting Company
MAS
MAS
2.02 EMERGENCY LIGHT SET, EXIT SIGN
A. Self-contained, a.c. battery-illuminated exit sign unit, universal mounting with

downlight.
1. Lamps: Manufacturer's standard, furnished with unit.

DESCRIPTION
Style, shape, trim, material, finish, and arrangement of housing as

indicated.
2. Faceplate: High-impact, UL 94 V-O rated, plastic with snap- out arrows and
color of letters as indicated.
3. Mounting provisions shall suit individual installation conditions. Battery:

Sealed, maintenance-free, lead-acid type, with 10- year nominal life.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
4. Charger: Minimum 2-rate, fully automatic, solid-state type, with sealed

transfer relay.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
5. Finish: Matte white for exposed parts, or as indicated.

NO.
REV
00
6. Operation: Sign is illuminated by a.c.-powered lamps under normal

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER conditions. Relay turns emergency lamps on automatically when supply
ANP
circuit voltage drops to 80 percent of nominal or below. Lamps operate for
12/1/16
DATE: duration of outage, up to 1.5 hours. Lamps automatically disconnect from
PROJECT
ENGINEER battery when voltage approaches deep-discharge value. When normal
MAS
voltage is restored, a.c.-powered lamps are relighted and d.c. lamps are
12/1/16
DATE: switched off. Battery is automatically recharged within 16 hours and
CERTIFIED
REZ maintained on trickle charge.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
2.03 EMERGENCY FLUORESCENT POWER SUPPLY
AGENCY
AAG
12/1/16
A. Internal Type: For designated fluorescent fixtures, provided under Division 16
DATE:
Section "Lighting Fixtures," provide internal self-contained, modular, battery-
OPERATIONS
SMK
inverter unit, factory mounted within the fixture body.
12/1/16
DATE: 1. Arrange unit with test switch and LED indicator light, visible and accessible
CONTROL NUMBER
without opening fixture or entering ceiling space.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
2. Battery: Sealed, maintenance-free, nickel-cadmium type, with normal 10-

DATE:
year life, minimum.

BY:
3. Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state, constant-current type.

00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
4. Operation: Relay turns two lamps on automatically when supply circuit

28-00014-0002-0001
voltage drops to 80 percent of nominal or below. Lamps operate for


A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
duration of outage, up to 1.5 hours. When normal voltage is restored,

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
battery is automatically recharged.

MAS
MAS
B. External Type: For designated fluorescent fixtures, provided under Division 16

Section "Lighting Fixtures," provide external self-contained, modular, battery-
inverter unit.
1. Arrange unit with test switch and LED indicator light, visible and accessible
without entering ceiling space.

DESCRIPTION
2. Battery: Sealed, maintenance-free, nickel-cadmium type, with normal 10-

year life, minimum.
3. Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state, constant-current type.
4. Operation: Relay turns two lamps of associate fixture on automatically

when supply circuit voltage drops to 80 percent of nominal or below.
Lamps operate for duration of outage, up to 1.5 hours. When normal
voltage is restored, battery is automatically recharged.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
PART 3 - EXECUTION
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Setting and Securing: Set units plumb, square, and level with ceiling and walls and
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
secure in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and approved shop
ENGINEER drawings. Conform to the requirements of NFPA 70.
ANP
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
B. Mounting heights specified or indicated are to bottom of fixture for suspended or
ENGINEER ceiling-mounted fixtures and to center of fixture for wall-mounted fixtures.
MAS
12/1/16
DATE: C. Support: Recessed and semirecessed fixtures may be supported from suspended
CERTIFIED
REZ ceiling support system if the ceiling system support rods or wires are installed at a
12/1/16 minimum of four rods or wires per fixture and located not more than 6 inches from
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
fixture corners. For fixtures smaller than the ceiling grid, install a minimum of four
AGENCY
AAG
rods or wires per fixture and locate at corner of the ceiling grid in which the fixture
12/1/16
is located. Do not support fixtures by ceiling acoustical panels. Where fixtures
DATE:
OPERATIONS
smaller than the ceiling grid are indicated to be centered in the acoustical panel,
SMK
support fixtures independently with at least two 3/4-inch metal channels spanning
12/1/16
and secured to the ceiling tees. Rods or wires for Section "Acoustical Treatment."
DATE:
Install support clips for recessed fixtures, securely fastened to ceiling grid
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
members, at or near each fixture corner.

EDSD
D. Lamping and Connection: Lamp units in accordance with manufacturer's

DATE:
instructions. Make external wiring connections required for proper functioning.

BY:
E. Coordinate with other electrical installations as appropriate for proper installation of

00F1
emergency lighting fixtures.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
A. Clean emergency units light set upon completion of installation.

MAS
MAS
B. Adjust aimable fixtures to provide light intensities in egress paths.
3.03 GROUNDING
A. Ground non-current-carrying parts of equipment. Where the copper grounding

conductor is connected to a metal other than copper, provide specially treated or
DESCRIPTION
lined connectors suitable for this purpose.
B. Tighten grounding connections to comply with tightening torques specified in UL

Standard 486A.
A. Tests: After emergency lighting units have been installed and building circuits have
been energized with normal power source, apply and interrupt electrical energy to
demonstrate proper operation. Remove and replace malfunctioning units with new
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
units and proceed with retesting. Give the Company Representative advance
notice of dates and times for all field tests. Provide instruments as required to
make positive observation of test results. Include the following in tests:
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
1. Duration of supply.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE 2. Low battery voltage shutdown.

ENGINEER
ANP
DATE:
12/1/16 3. Normal transfer to battery source and retransfer to normal.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS 4. Low supply voltage transfer.
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED B. Insulation Resistance Test: Perform as specified in Division 16 Section "Wires and
REZ
Cables" both before and after connection of fixtures and equipment.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION C. Electrical Continuity Tests: Perform as specified in Division 16 Section "Wires and
AGENCY
AAG Cables."
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS D. Lamp Replacement: Prior to tests, install new lamps in emergency lighting units.
SMK After testing, place malfunctioning lamps.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
END OF SECTION
DATE:
BY:
00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
26 56 13 - POLES AND STANDARDS

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
PART 1 – GENERAL
MAS
MAS

DESCRIPTION

1.2 SUMMARY

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
A. Extent, location, and details of electrical poles and standards work are indicated on
MAS drawings and in schedules.
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED B. Applications of lighting poles and standards specified in this section include the
REZ
following:
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 1. Automobile parking lots.
AAG
12/1/16
DATE: 2. Vehicular storage areas.
OPERATIONS
SMK
3. Promenades/plazas.
12/1/16
DATE:
4. Parks.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
5. Pedestrian walkways.
DATE:
BY:
6. Building entrances.
00F1
C. Excavation and backfilling for poles, standards, and foundations are specified in
Division 2.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
D. Concrete for embedding poles and for pole foundations and footings is specified in
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
Division 3.
MAS
MAS
E. Wire/cables, raceways, and electrical boxes and fittings which are required in
connection with electrical poles and standards are specified in Division-26 Basic
Materials and Methods sections, "Low Voltage Electrical Power Conduators and
Cables," "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems".
Refer to other Division-16 sections for cables/wires, raceways, transformers, and

electrical boxes and fittings work which are required in connection with electrical
DESCRIPTION
poles and standards.
F. Exterior lighting fixtures (luminaries) and brackets which are required in connection
with electrical poles and standards are specified in another Division-26 section,
"Exterior Lighting Fixtures."
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of electrical

poles and standards of types and sizes required, whose products have been in
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years.

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
B. Installer's Qualifications: Firm with at least 3 years of successful installation

experience with projects utilizing electrical pole and standard work similar to that
required for this project.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER C. Codes and Standards:
ANP
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 401 (Saudi Building Code Volume 4) and the NEC Articles 220 and 250, as
MAS
applicable to installation, and construction of electrical poles and standards,
12/1/16
DATE: with SBC 401 requirements prevailing over the NEC provisions.
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16 2. UL Compliance: Comply with UL standards, including UL 486A and B,

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
pertaining to electrical poles and standards. Provide lighting components
AGENCY
AAG
and fittings which are UL-listed and labeled.
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
3. ANSI/ASTM Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI C
SMK
2, "National Electrical Safety Code," and O 5.1, "Specifications and
12/1/16
Dimensions for Wood Poles," pertaining to construction and installation of
DATE:
lighting poles and standards.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
4. FS Compliance: Comply with FS TT-W-571 I and J pertaining to wood

EDSD
preservation treating practices.

DATE:
BY:
5. AWPA Compliance: Comply with provisions of applicable American Wood-

Preservers Association standards pertaining to preservative treatment of

00F1
wood poles and standards.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
6. AASHTO Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of American


A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials Standard LTS-1;

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
"Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs,

Luminaries and Traffic Signals."
MAS
MAS
7. NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA Stds Pub/No's. LE 2 and TT 1

pertaining to electrical pole and standard units, materials, and installation.
8. IES Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of IES RP-8

"Roadway Lighting," and RP-20, "Parking Facilities Lighting."

DESCRIPTION
9. REA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of Rural

Electrification Administration (REA) guide specifications for installation of
steel pole structures.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on electrical poles, standards and

hardware; include certified dimension drawings for fabricated poles, standards and
mast arms, if any.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of electrical poles and standards, including
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
mast arms and wire/cable connections which are custom work.

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
C. Wiring Diagrams: Submit wiring diagrams for electrical poles and standards
showing connections to electrical power panel feeders, switches, dimmers, and
controllers. Differentiate between portions of electrical wiring which are
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
manufacturer-installed and portions which are field-installed.
ENGINEER
ANP
12/1/16
D. Samples: Submit one complete unit and component for each type of electrical pole
DATE:
PROJECT
and standard specified.
ENGINEER
MAS
1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ A. Deliver electrical pole and standard products, and fittings in factory-fabricated
12/1/16 containers or wrappings, which properly protect products from damage.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
B. Store electrical pole and standard products, and fittings in original cartons in well-
12/1/16
ventilated space protected from moisture, construction traffic and debris.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
SMK
C. Handle electrical pole and standard products carefully to prevent breakage, denting
12/1/16
and scoring finish. Wrap finished laminated wood standards and mast arms
DATE:
individually, in heavy-duty moisture-resistant paper for protection in transit. Do not
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
install damaged units or components; replace with new.

EDSD

DATE:
BY:
A. Coordinate with other electrical work including wires/cables, electrical boxes and
fittings, and raceways, to properly interface installation of electrical pole and

00F1
standard work with other work.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
B. Sequence electrical pole and standard installation work with other work to minimize

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
possibility of damage and soiling during remainder of construction period.

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MAS
MAS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS

offering electrical poles and standards which may be incorporated in the work
include, but are not limited to, the following:

DESCRIPTION

of the following (for each type of pole or standard).
1. Standards
Appleton Electric Co.

Kirlin Company.
Koppers Company.
Lexington Standard Corp.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
Lighting Div; Harvey Hubbell, Inc.

Spring City Electrical Mfg Co.
Sternberg Lanterns Inc.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
Union Metal Mfg Co.

Westinghouse Electric Corp.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
2. Metal Poles
ANP
DATE:
12/1/16 Anchor Metals, Inc.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
A.B. Chance Co.
MAS Lehigh Structural Steel Co.
DATE:
12/1/16 Lithonia Lighting Div; National Services Industries, Inc.
CERTIFIED Marathon Steel Co.
REZ
Meyer Industries Div; ITT Corp.
12/1/16 Millerbernd Mfg Co.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
Union Metal Mfg Co.
AAG Valmont Industries, Inc.
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS 3. Fiberglass Poles
SMK
DATE:
12/1/16 Electronics and Fiberglass Div; Shakespeare Co.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
4. Reinforced Concrete Poles

EDSD
Ameron Pole Products Co.

DATE:
Centrecon, Inc.
BY:
Dura-Stress Inc. Raymond International Inc.

00F1
Union Metal Mfg Co.

Utility Vault Co.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
5. Pole Hardware

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
REZ
A.B. Chance Co.

Dixie Electrical Mfg Co.
MAS
MAS
Stanley G. Flagg and Co., Inc.

Hercules, Inc.
Joslyn Mfg and Supply Co.
Lithonia Lighting Div; National Services Industries, Inc.

McGraw-Edison Co.
DESCRIPTION
Preform Line Products Co.

Reliable Electric Co.
Utilities Service Co.
2.02 ELECTRICAL POLES AND STANDARDS
A. Laminated Wood Lighting Standards: Provide laminated wood, raceway-type,

lighting standards, of types, sizes, materials and finishes indicated, pressure-treat
with pentachlorophenol preservative; design to sustain wind velocities of up to 100
MPH; equip with hand access hole above and cable entrance hole below ground
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
level, locate as indicated or, if not indicated, at manufacturer's standard locations to

facilitate wiring, with matching plate to cover above-ground access hole. Provide
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
standards with solid wood mast arms, where indicated.
B. Utility-Type Wood Lighting Poles: Provide utility-type tapered solid wood lighting
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
poles, with single crossarms, of sizes and type materials indicated; pressure-treat
ENGINEER with creosote solution preservative.
ANP
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
C. Wood Pole Accessories: Where indicated, provide wood pole accessories
ENGINEER including guy-wires, anchors, and eye bolts, of types recommended by wood pole
MAS
manufacturer, of sizes and materials needed to fulfill loading erection application
12/1/16
DATE: requirements.
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16 D. Prestressed Concrete Lighting Standards: Provide prestressed concrete, raceway-

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
type, lighting poles and standards, of sizes and types indicated, comprised of
AGENCY
AAG
shafts and brackets, and construct with the following construction features:
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
1. Configuration: Embedded type base and reinforcing sleeve with hand and
SMK
cable entrance holes where indicated.
12/1/16
DATE:
2. Configuration: Anchor base type with hand hole and cover where indicated.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
3. Configuration: Transformer base type with access door and cover.

EDSD
DATE:
E. Prestressed Concrete Lighting Standard Accessories: Provide accessories for

BY:
prestressed concrete lighting standards, including anchor bolts, as recommended

by lighting standard manufacturer, of sizes and materials needed to fulfill loading

00F1
and erection application requirements.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
F. Metal Lighting Standards: Provide metal, raceway-type, lighting poles and


A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
standards, of sizes and types indicated, comprised of shafts and tenon joints.
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
Equip with grounding connections readily accessible from handhole or transformer

base access doors; and construct of the following materials and additional
MAS
MAS
construction features:
1. Material: Stainless steel.
2. Material: Galvanized steel.

3. Material: Spun aluminum.

DESCRIPTION
4. Material: Extruded aluminum.
5. Material: Bronze.
6. Material: Cast iron.
7. Material: Special weathering-type steel.
8. Configuration: Embedded type base and reinforcing sleeve with hand and
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
cable entrance holes where indicated.

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
9. Configuration: Anchor base type with hand hole and cover where indicated.
10/27/16
10. Configuration: Transformer base type with access door and cover.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER G. Metal Lighting Standard Accessories: Provide accessories for metal lighting
ANP
standards, including anchor bolts, as recommended by lighting standard
12/1/16
DATE: manufacturer, of sizes and materials needed to meet erection and loading
PROJECT
ENGINEER application requirements.
MAS
12/1/16
DATE: H. Metal Poles: Provide galvanized steel, tapered tubular seamless shaft poles, of
CERTIFIED
REZ sizes and types indicated, with 1/4" bearing plates and ground sleeves for direct
12/1/16
embedment. Provide removable step bolts 3/4" diameter and 6" long with threaded
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
steel lugs welded to pole beginning 12" above finish grade. Space step bolts at 15"
AGENCY
AAG
intervals on alternative sides of pole continuing to the top. Provide pole with
adequately sized reinforced handhole complete with matching cover and located
12/1/16
DATE: on climbing side of pole, 18" above grade level. Weld 1/2" grounding nut on shaft
OPERATIONS
with accessibility from handhole. Design poles to withstand loads developed by
SMK
100 MPH wind pressure, as adjusted for height above ground level, structural
12/1/16
DATE: shapes and cable/wire loading. Construct poles whose total length is greater than
CONTROL NUMBER
40 feet in two sections for shipping purposes.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
I. Metal Pole Accessories: Provide accessories for metal poles, including crossarms,
DATE:
bolts, lifting eyes, and nuts as recommended by pole manufacturer, of sizes and
BY:
materials needed to meet erection and loading application requirements.

00F1
J. Reinforced Concrete Poles: Provide reinforced raceway-type concrete poles of

(DCC) NO. _____________________
sizes and types indicated. Design poles to withstand loads developed by 100 MPH
28-00014-0002-0001
wind pressure, as adjusted for height above ground level, structural shapes and

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
cable/wire loading. Centrifugally spin concrete to attain 28-day strength of 7000

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
psi. Fasten galvanized steel base plates to pole by using both the prestressing
and reinforcing steel to transfer load on pole to anchor bolts. Embed base plate in
MAS
MAS
concrete and cast as integral part of pole. Provide adequately sized cable
entrance holes and handholes, where indicated, and with matching plate to cover
above-ground access hole.
K. Reinforced Concrete Pole Accessories: Provide accessories for reinforced

concrete poles, including anchor bolts and nuts, crossarms, climbing rungs, and
pole tops as recommended by pole manufacturer, of sizes and materials needed to
DESCRIPTION
meet erection and loading application requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
Examine areas and conditions under which pole and standard equipment and components
are to be installed, and substrate which will support equipment. Notify Contractor in
writing of conditions detrimental to proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed with
the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
the Installer.
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
3.02 INSTALLATION OF ROADWAY AND PARKING AREA LIGHTING
A. Install pole and standard units and products as indicated, in accordance with
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of SBC 401, the NEC,
ENGINEER NESC and NEMA Standards, and with recognized Industry practices to ensure that
ANP
12/1/16
roadway and parking area lighting equipment fulfill requirements.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER B. Utilize belt slings or rope (not chain or cable) to protect finishes when raising and
MAS
setting finished poles and standards.
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ C. Where poles and standards are indicated to be embedded in soil, set to depth
12/1/16 required for adequate structural support, but not less than minimum 5'-6" below
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
finish grade.
AGENCY
AAG
12/1/16
D. Set poles and standards plumb. Support adequately during backfilling, or when
DATE:
OPERATIONS
anchoring them to the foundations.
SMK
12/1/16
E. Provide sufficient space encompassing hand access and cable entrance holes for
DATE:
installation of underground cabling where indicated.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
F. Fasten electrical lighting fixtures and brackets securely to indicated structural

EDSD
supports, including poles/standards; and ensure that installed fixtures are plumb
DATE:
and level.
BY:
G. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with
00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001


A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
3.03 GROUNDING
MAS
MAS
Provide equipment grounding connections for poles and standard as indicated. Tighten
connections to comply with tightening torques specified in UL 486A to assure permanent
and effective grounding.
END OF SECTION
DESCRIPTION
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
SMK
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
26 56 68 - EXTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
PART 1 – GENERAL
MAS
MAS

DESCRIPTION

1.2 SUMMARY

JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
A. Extent of exterior lighting fixture work is indicated by drawings and schedules.
MAS
DATE:
12/1/16 B. Types of exterior lighting fixtures in this section include the following:
CERTIFIED
REZ
C. High-intensity-discharge (HID)
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 1. High pressure sodium.
AAG
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
2. Metal Halide
SMK
DATE:
12/1/16 3. LED
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
D. Applications of exterior lighting fixtures required for this project include the
EDSD
following:
DATE:
BY:
1. Outdoor flood lighting

00F1
2. Outdoor Alley Lighting


(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
3. Landscape Pollard Lights

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
REZ

MAS
MAS
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of exterior

building lighting fixtures of types and ratings required, whose products have been
in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years.
B. Installer's Qualifications: Firm with at least 3 years of successful installation

experience on projects with exterior lighting fixture work similar to that required for
project.
DESCRIPTION
C. Codes and Standards:

401 (Saudi Building Code Volume 4) and NEC Articles 225, 250, 410, and
501 as applicable to installation, and construction of exterior building
lighting fixtures, with SBC 401 requirements prevailing over the NEC
provisions.
2. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA Stds
Pub/No. LE 2 pertaining lighting equipment.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
3. IES Compliance: Comply with IES RP-8, 19, 20 and PB-15 pertaining to
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
exterior, parking, and roadway lighting practices and fixtures.
4. UL Compliance: Comply with requirements of UL standards, including Stds

NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
486A and B, pertaining to exterior lighting fixtures. Provide exterior lighting
ENGINEER fixtures and components which are UL-listed and labeled.
ANP
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
5. NFPA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NFPA 78,
ENGINEER "Lightning Protection Code," pertaining to installation of exterior lighting
MAS
fixtures.
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ 1.5 SUBMITTALS
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions on
AGENCY
AAG
each type exterior building lighting fixture and component.
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
B. Shop Drawings: Submit fixture shop drawings in booklet form with separate sheet
SMK
for each fixture, assembled in "luminaire type" alphabetical or numerical order, with
12/1/16
proposed fixture and accessories clearly indicated on each sheet.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
C. Wiring Diagrams: Submit wiring diagrams for exterior lighting fixtures showing
connections to electrical power panels, switches, dimmers, controllers, and
EDSD
feeders. Differentiate between portions of wiring which are manufacturer-installed

DATE:
and portions which are field-installed.

BY:
D. Samples: Submit one complete operating unit for each type of exterior lighting
00F1
fixture specified.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
E. Illumination Data: Provide isofootcandle (isolux) plot diagram of footcandles on


A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
horizontal pavement surface which shows composite values of luminance projected

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
from the arrangement of light sources from indicated fixture locations and heights.
Show on the graphic plots the locations, spacings and heights of luminaries.
MAS
MAS
A. Deliver exterior lighting fixtures in factory-fabricated containers or wrappings, which

properly protect fixtures from construction debris and physical damage.
B. Store exterior lighting fixtures in original wrappings in a clean dry place. Protect
DESCRIPTION
from weather, dirt, fumes, water, construction debris, and damage.
C. Handle exterior lighting fixtures carefully to prevent damage, breaking, and scoring.
Do not install damaged fixtures or components; remove units from site and replace
with new.
A. Coordinate with other electrical work including wires/cables, electrical boxes and
fittings, and raceways, to properly interface installation of exterior lighting fixtures
with other work.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
B. Sequence exterior lighting installation with other work to reduce possibility of

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
damage and soiling of fixtures during remainder of construction period.

10/27/16
1.8 MAINTENANCE
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER A. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts list for each exterior
ANP
lighting fixture and accessory; including "troubleshooting" maintenance guide.
12/1/16
DATE: Include that data, product data, and shop drawings in a maintenance manual; in
PROJECT
ENGINEER accordance with requirements of Division 1.
MAS
12/1/16
DATE: B. Extra Stock:
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16
Furnish stock or replacement lamps amounting to 15 percent (but not less than one
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
lamp in each case) of each type and size lamp used in each type fixture. Deliver
AGENCY
AAG
replacement stock as directed to SAUDI ARAMCO storage space, and obtain
12/1/16
receipt.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
SMK
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
12/1/16
DATE: 2.01 MANUFACTURERS
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION

EDSD
offering products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited
DATE:
to, the following:

BY:

00F1
of the following (for each type of exterior lighting fixture).

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
1. Exterior Lighting Fixtures:


A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
REZ AAG
ENGG CERT
REZ
Appleton Electric Co.

Crouse-Hinds Lighting Products Div; Cooper Industries Inc.
MAS
MAS
Devoe Lighting Corp.

Dual-Lite Mfg Inc.
Emerson Electric Co.
GTE Sylvania, Inc.
Lithonia Lighting Div; National Services Industries, Inc.

Saudi Lighting Co.
DESCRIPTION
Philips Lighting Co.

National Lighting Co.
2. High-Intensity Ballasts:

McGraw-Edison Co.
Sola Electric Div; General Signal Corp.
U.S. Lighting Products Inc.
Saudi Lighting Co.
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
2.02 EXTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
A. General: Provide lighting fixtures, of sizes, types and ratings indicated; complete
with, but not limited to, housings, energy efficient ballasts, starters and wiring.
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER B. Wiring: Provide electrical wiring within fixtures which are suitable for connection to
ANP
12/1/16
branch circuit wiring as follows:
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 1. NEC Type AF for 230-volts, minimum No. 18 AWG.
MAS
12/1/16
DATE: C. High-Intensity-Discharge Lamp Ballasts: Provide HID lamp ballasts, capable of
CERTIFIED
REZ operating lamp types and ratings indicated; reactor type, high power-factor, core
12/1/16
and coil assembly encapsulated in non-melt resin; install capacitor outside ballast
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
encapsulation for easy field replacement.
AGENCY
AAG
12/1/16
D. Lamps:
DATE:
OPERATIONS
SMK
1. Provide high pressure sodium lamps in wattages indicated.
12/1/16
DATE: 2. Provide metal halide lamps in wattages indicated.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EDSD
DATE:
3.01 EXAMINATION
BY:
A. Examine areas and conditions under which lighting fixtures are to be installed, and
00F1
substrate which will support lighting fixtures. Notify CONTRACTOR in writing of

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
conditions detrimental to proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed with the
Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
Installer.
REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
3.02 INSTALLATION OF EXTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES

MAS
MAS
A. Install exterior lighting fixtures at locations and heights as indicated, in accordance

with fixture manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of SBC 401
and the NEC, NECA's "Standard of Installation", NEMA standards, and with
recognized Industry practices to ensure that lighting fixtures fulfill requirements.
B. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with
DESCRIPTION

C. Fasten electrical lighting fixtures and brackets securely to indicated structural

supports, including poles/standards; and ensure that installed fixtures are plum and
level.
3.03 GROUNDING
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
A. Provide equipment grounding connections for exterior lighting fixtures as indicated.

00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
Tighten connections to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Standard

486A to assure permanent and effective grounds.
NO.
REV
00

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP
A. Replace defective and burned out lamps for a period of one year following the Date
12/1/16
DATE: of Substantial Completion.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS
B. At the Date of Substantial Completion, replace lamps in exterior lighting fixtures
12/1/16
DATE: which are observed to be noticeably dimmed after Contractor's use and testing, as
CERTIFIED
REZ judged by the Company Representative.
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
C. Refer to Division-1 sections for the replacement/restoration of lamps in exterior
AGENCY
AAG
lighting fixtures, where used for temporary lighting prior to Date of Substantial
12/1/16
Completion.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
SMK
12/1/16
DATE: A. Aim adjustable lighting fixtures and lamps in night test of system. Verify that
CONTROL NUMBER
measured illuminance values comply with isolux plot diagram values.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
B. Clean lighting fixtures of dirt and debris upon completion of installation.

DATE:
BY:
C. Protect installed fixtures from damage during construction period.

00F1
3.06 DEMONSTRATION
(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001
A. Upon completion of installation of exterior lighting fixtures, and associated electrical


A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SMK
AAG SMK
AAG
supply circuitry, apply electrical energy to circuitry to demonstrate capability and

REZ
ENGG CERT
REZ
compliance with requirements. Where possible, correct malfunctioning units at site,

then retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with new units,
MAS
MAS
and proceed with retesting.
END OF SECTION

DESCRIPTION
JO/EWO
28-00014
28-00014
00F1 12/1/16
DATE
10/27/16
NO.
REV
00
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
ANP
12/1/16
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
MAS
12/1/16
DATE:
CERTIFIED
REZ
12/1/16
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AAG
12/1/16
DATE:
OPERATIONS
SMK
12/1/16
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
00F1

(DCC) NO. _____________________
28-00014-0002-0001

A18 A DE-D20114
EDSD/2616-0399.doc

Electrical Specs-00f1 - Fire Station

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Electrical Specs-00f1 - Fire Station

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Electrical Specs-00f1 - Fire Station

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Saudi Aramco 2616-ENG (03/99)

Date Revision Remarks

ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION

1.01 from Section 26 05 26 was revised to

2.02 3 from Section 26 05 29 was revised to

12/01/16 00F1 1.07 from section 26 05 43 was deleted

3.01 from section 26 24 16 was revised to

residual current devices.

OF THIS DRAWING IS COVERED, FOR ALL

BY DRAWING COMPLETION CERTIFICATE

SOUTH DHAHRAN HOME OWERSHIP PROJECTS - SCHOOLS DOC 2

26 05 00 - BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS........................................................................................ 4

ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION

26 05 36 - CABLE TRAYS ............................................................................................................................. 60

26 05 43 - UNDERGROUND DUCTS & RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ................................ 77

26 41 13 - LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURES ..................................................................... 156

26 50 00 - LIGHTING ................................................................................................................................... 168

26 51 23 – HID INTERIOR LIGHTING......................................................................................................... 178

OF THIS DRAWING IS COVERED, FOR ALL

BY DRAWING COMPLETION CERTIFICATE

SOUTH DHAHRAN HOME OWERSHIP PROJECTS - SCHOOLS DOC 3

26 05 00 - BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION

A. This Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements for

1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE

SBC 401 Saudi Building Code – Volume 4

OF THIS DRAWING IS COVERED, FOR ALL

BY DRAWING COMPLETION CERTIFICATE

A. For purposes of these Specifications the following definitions apply:

1. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical, electrical and IT equipment

SOUTH DHAHRAN HOME OWERSHIP PROJECTS - SCHOOLS DOC 4

roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces,.

2. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include

3. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to

ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION

weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to

1.04 WORK INCLUDED

board and/or switchboard (as described on the drawings).

drives provided mechanical and wired by electrical.

components including all motor controllers and variable speed drives.

Building Management System (BMS).

14. Labor and/or standby assistance in commissioning the control and

OF THIS DRAWING IS COVERED, FOR ALL

BY DRAWING COMPLETION CERTIFICATE

instrumentation systems provided with Building Management Specification.

15. Wiring and connection to conveying systems, such as elevator equipment

SOUTH DHAHRAN HOME OWERSHIP PROJECTS - SCHOOLS DOC 5

Saudi Aramco unless specified otherwise.

18. Miscellaneous items as required for complete and functioning systems as

ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION

be furnished and installed complete as specified herein.

typed instruction booklets shall be provided covering maintenance,

c. Holes/openings in non-structural elements

d. Chases for concealment of buried services

e. Main services entries into buildings

f. Details for cast/set in cable containment/service outlet boxes in structural